Post Archive
Region: Commonwealth of Liberty
★ UNITED ARAB REPUBLIC ★
[list][list][list][pre]
"Fear is, I believe, a most effective tool in destroying the soul of an individual - and the soul of a people."
ANWAR EL-SADAT
[/pre][/list][/list][/list]
_________________
[list][sub]𝐓𝐇𝐄 𝐋𝐀𝐒𝐓 𝐌𝐀𝐑𝐂𝐇[/sub]
[sub]C H A P T E R 5:
V I T A L
Q U E S T I O N S[/sub]
[sub][sup]OCTOBER 1969 - UNITED ARAB REPUBLIC[/sub][/sup]
[list][sub]The President's health is failing. Repeated trips to the Soviet Union for treatment had not produced the results desired. A stroke Nasser suffered in the start of September had put him temporarily out of charge for over a month and given acting powers to his veep, Anwar el-Sadat. It has become quite a troubling possibility, in fact almost a certainty, that Nasser had not much to live. A Soviet physician had given him less than a year to live, though most dismissed this as mere hyperbole. Nonetheless, important questions have started to be raised.[/sub]
[sub]The only legal and true engine of power, the Arab Socialist Union, is fractured between almost four different factions, the political situation is not much better with rightist and leftist elements constantly clashing for influence, a business class that is waiting for the chance to pounce and increase their influence, and the ever present fundamentalist Islamists. This all of course without mentioning the Israeli occupation, the constant diplomatic wrangling between the United States and the Soviet Union, balancing the UAR's position as the leading Arab state with its commitment to domestic change. It is no surprise then that the position of President is slowly draining away the President's ability.[/sub]
[sub]The only thing holding everything together is Nasser, and in the event of his death, many uncomfortable questions will arise that perhaps even he can't answer. Most pressing of which is the question of succession. Since 1966, an ongoing battle between the various forces in Egypt had but only made the situation worse, with forerunners such as Zakaria Muhyi al-Din, Abdel Hakim Amer, or Aly Sabry all being pushed out of power, dead, or ousted respectively. Meanwhile, the more quieter elements such as Anwar el-Sadat, and Khalid Muhyi al-Din have both been slowly building their case behind the scenes, but don't have mass popular support owing to their non-prolific background. [/sub]
[sub]And then comes the question of new cadres. Nasser seems to have plucked his former aide-de-camp, Col. Gaddafi, out of obsecurity and slowly been grooming him for succession, even rewarding him with the position of Premier of the Republic in 1968, however Gaddafi is not even 30 and certainly not a known political figure, and without Nasser's patronage he will have to rely on his will and the support base he has in Libya to push his weight around, which might not be enough and will quite likely require any sort of alliance with more established figures such as Sadat.[/sub]
[sub]Last but not least is of course the question of Israel. There has been a growing camp within the ASU that has advocated for exploring some sort of peaceful solution to the conflict. Something which is viewed as almost synonymous to treason. Yet, even Nasser himself has not discounted the possibility, even proposing a five-point plan for negotiations and withdrawal that went without answer. A war is certainly coming, but the aftermath is yet to be known.[/sub]
[sub]It is unlikely that the United Arab Republic will fall to instability once the time comes for a successor to Nasser, it is quite unfeasible for even the most radical of political actors. But Nasser's passing will mean the weakening of many of the country's institutions which depend on him as its foundation. Legally, Nasser's successor will be his current Vice-President, Sadat, but Sadat lacks the power base to have near any comparable power to Nasser. Meanwhile, the other political actors, like sharks waiting for blood, are all readying their plans. Perhaps Nasser's last gamble could be in ensuring the smoothest transition possible, and the maintaining of all institutions built under him.[/sub]
[/list]
Paramountica, Rutannia, Amsterwald, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Tallahan, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway
Rudá pravda
[pre]The Czech events have now revealed all the features of the classical crisis of bureaucratic state capitalism, as revealed in the events of Poland and Hungary in 1956. There have been differences of emphasis; time and national conditions have produced peculiarities of casting, but the mould has retained the same contours. The forces shaping history have been similar, following from the dynamics of the same system.As with the convulsion of 1956 the Czechoslovak crisis had its origin in problems of the economy. But these in turn had their basis in the very nature of bureaucratic state capitalism: the contradictory combination of ruling class control of society through a bureaucratic machine backed up by a relentless terror apparatus that fixes social and political relations with a seemingly immutable rigidity, on the one hand, with the capitalist goals of that class incessant development of productive forces through accumulation of the means of production on the other.
For fifteen years Czechoslovakia had been among the most stable of the state-capitalist regimes. There was a local semi-insurrection in Pilsen in 1953, but otherwise the convulsions that swept the Stalinist bloc after Stalins death and the Twentieth Party Congress left it untouched. Czech industry grew. The industrialising regimes throughout the rest of Eastern Europe provided a seemingly insatiable demand for its products in the 1950s without demanding any improvement in quality or technological development. Externally the Czech bureaucracy happily accepted a position of subordination to the Russians; internally deviationists and potential deviationists were eliminated without any weakening of the regime. Relatively crude methods were successfully employed to carry through a continual expansion of production. On the factory floor simple piece rate incentives on the one hand, physical threats on the other, led to the production of a large surplus. Crude physical threats could again be used to prevent lower level bureaucrats either diverting this surplus for their own use or succumbing to pressures from the working class below. Even government ministers could be threatened with arrest on trumped up charges, gaol, torture or execution. At all levels the political police successfully prevented any formulation of alternative policies and the self-organisation of any social stratum.But such methods could only work to expand production while production techniques were relatively simple. They are not compatible with improved, sophisticated techniques. These demand greater initiative from the workers and do. not permit the same degree of police or managerial surveillance of production. Those on the shop floor can more easily engage in forms of passive resistance to the system without detection (producing shoddy products, increasing the wear and tear on machines, etc). Control through crude repression no longer guarantees increased production.
For a period this problem was evaded by the bureaucracy. But given its need to survive in a world where the productive forces were continually growing, a point was bound to be reached where evasion was no longer possible. In the early 1960s the contradiction between the forces of production and the relations of production revealed itself to the Czech bureaucracy in the classical capitalist form; through an inability to sell goods on the world market. As the other East European countries industrialised they became less dependent on Czech products. They reached the point where they could produce goods of a similar standard themselves. At the same time the decline in the Cold War tensions enabled them to buy sophisticated products from the West that could not be efficiently made under Czech conditions. Whereas the Czech national income had risen by an average of 8.2 per cent between 1953 and 1963, in 1963 it fell 3.7 per cent and industrial production fell by 0.7 per cent.
The impact on the bureaucracy was immediate. It split down the middle. A section began to press, ever more vigorously, for fundamental changes in the organisation of industry in order to streamline production and recapture markets. Despite its talk of socialism with a human face the aim of the liberal bureaucracy was not to pass control and initiative to the base of society. Rather it argued for relaxation of certain sorts of bureaucratic controls over middle managers and their replacement by -market controls. In the long term Czech industry would compete on the world market not as one single unit but section by section. Reforms in managerial methods were not to give power to workers, but to increase their feeling of participation. Workers would not assume any managerial functions. These would rest with the management.
After five years of bureaucratic infighting, the liberals, by forming alliances both with other sections of the bureaucracy notably the Slovaks and increasingly with extra-bureaucratic groups were able to neutralise the state forces at the disposal of the old guard and take over control last year. But this was only the beginning of the problems that faced them.Throughout 1968 the Dubcek group had to fight a battle on two fronts. On the one hand it had to deal definitively with the remnants, at every level of the bureaucracy, of the Novotny regime; whole hosts of administrators attached to an antiquated organisation of production had to be eliminated. On the other hand it increasingly had to worry about forces it itself had unleashed; in the factories and universities independent and democratic mass organisations were appearing for the first time for twenty years. Trade Unions were being rebuilt on a democratic basis. Journalists and radio and television personnel who had been freed from censorship in order to criticise the Novotnyites were in danger of discussing the policies of the new rulers.Even prior to the Russian invasion this flowering of free discussion was of some concern to the Dubcek group. Ministers began to refer to the dangers of anarchy and of anti-socialist forces.The economic situation continued to deteriorate. The economic reforms (involving the closing down of numerous plants, wage cuts and redeployment) were incompatible both to the existence of whole strata of old style bureaucrats and the existence of independent workers organisations. Investment decisions continued to be irrational and to lead to the production of unwanted goods and increased stock piles. The workers used their new found strength to force wage increases. Continual inflation resulted.
All this time the state machine was becoming less and less effective as a means of imposing governmental decisions. The control of the Dubcek group above all rested on its ideological hegemony. Any attempt to impose the economic reforms in all their austerity might have undermined this.A foreign hard currency loan could have eased these difficulties. It would have enabled the buying of machinery from the West to modernise industry. The obvious suppliers were the Russians. Not only had these been treating the Czechs in a typically imperialist manner for years (buying below market prices and selling above ) but they also had had a trade deficit with the Czechs for several years, which was paid for by crediting the Czechs with funds in the Comecon bank in Moscow amounting to several milliards of crowns.
The immediate effect of the Russian invasion in August was to stabilise the position of the reforming bureaucracy. The whole population united behind it. Even the conservative sections of the party did not dare form a puppet government for the Russians. Dubcek, balancing between the Russians and the mass of Czech people, seemed to be raised higher than either. Western journalists referred to an amazing triumph of dignified non-violence. Those aspects of Dubceks policy that might separate him off from the mass of Czech workers were cloaked by the Russian presence.
But over the months it became clear that there were huge differences between the demand of the Russians and those of the mass of Czechs that even Dubcek could not resolve. The more that Dubcek and the section of the bureaucracy behind him were bound to try to implement policies demanded by the Russians, the more the Czechoslovak population began to organise to take action independently of the Communist Party.When the students occupied the universities at the end of the last year they found they had immense support from workers in the factories. The trade unions, in which government-appointed officials had been replaced by democratic elections, began to demand control over the factories by workers councils elected from the shop floor.Above all there was the growth of intense hostility to the Russian occupation at the base of society. This found its fullest and most clear-cut expression in the half a million strong demonstrations that followed the defeat of the Russians in an ice hockey match. In every town people poured on to the streets. Every wall in Prague had the score scrawled on it. The Russians had invaded Czechoslovakia in order to curtail free debate. Yet that debate was now involving more people than ever before. One Russian newspaper complained that the situation was even worse than before the invasion.
As the two planks upon which it was resting moved further and further apart, the progressive section of the bureaucracy around Dubcek became more and more unsure of itself. It had to keep order for the Russians, but the moment it tried to do seriously it would lose its popularity with the Czechs. Meanwhile the forces of the state particularly the army were becoming more and more demoralised. At the top, a few generals were threatening a coup against the government. At the bottom, the rank and file shared the sentiments of the masses. For instance, when the soldiers were sent out to patrol the streets with the police, few seemed to take the task seriously.The very basis of the independent existence of the Czech ruling bureaucracy was being undermined. In the factories the mass meetings of workers were a growing power. The trade unions increasingly operated like an opposition political party.
The progressive bureaucrats continued to resent the Russian intrusion. But they also became more dependent on the Russian threats to preserve their own position. The continuing demoralisation of their own state machine and their urgent need to put into effect unpopular reforms made them fear anarchy more than the embrace of the Russians. They might hate the Russian domination, but that road at least promised them a minimum of security for their class rule. Better to be a subordinate bureaucrat than no bureaucrat at all.With the sacking of Dubcek, without serious bureaucrat opposition (even Dubcek does not seem to have seriously tried to oppose it) the Czech ruling class has jumped off the fence. It has shown it is prepared to put down the workers and students in the interests of the Russians. From now on the lines of the class struggle inside Czechoslovakia and of the national struggle against the Russians will be more and more identical.
This will have a two sided consequence. On the one hand an increasing bitterness against the bureaucracy as a whole among the masses of workers, students and other oppressed groups. On the other a continued articulation of this class consciousness in national terms that prevent it becoming fully self-conscious. A sort of Sinn Fein stance can be expected which will identify class enemies, but never be fully clear why, nor of long term alternatives to them.
Distressing as it may be to western socialists (who still think it is better to be pro-Russian in the West than pro-American in the East) this class consciousness may well be masked by all sorts of pro-western ideologies. But the increased repression and censorship will make the organised articulation of genuinely revolutionary alternatives well nigh impossible.For the time being the reconciliation between the Czech bureaucracy and the Russian imperialists will protect the rule of both. Although possibilities of some sort of spontaneous uprising cannot be ruled out the bureaucracy with memories of the ice hockey match felt it prudent to abandon May Day celebrations the threat of Russian intervention has reduced the political opposition to impotence. To this extent the progressive bureaucracy has successfully followed the path of Kadar and Gomulka.
In the long term, however, its prospects are not nearly as optimistic. Gomulka was able to stay in power through a judicious combination of huge increases in living standards, Russian threats and a popular nationalist ideology. He only needed to employ physical force after nearly a year in power, with the banning of Po Prostu and the use of armed force against demonstrations. Kadar was put into power by Russian troops, but over time was at least able to build himself some sort of indigenous base by raising living standards and continuing certain aspects of the liberalisation. In both cases what was central was that there were economic resources available that could be utilised to improve the standard of life. This was because the economic crisis had been a crisis of growth, not of stagnation (in both cases the most intractable problems were not in industry but in agriculture).The Czech bureaucracy has no such resources. It needs to depress living standards, not raise them. And even then its problems might not be capable of solution without a hard currency loan. After 1956 the Russians were willing to stabilise the Kadar regime by easing up on their exploitation of Hungary and giving some sort of aid to it. They seem much less willing to aid Husak and his friends. (After all, the Russian economy is not expanding at its old speed either.) Anyway, such a loan would not obviate the need to depress living standards. The Russian threats will have restored bureaucratic monolithism and have frozen existing relations of production. But they cannot do away with the opposition between this freezing and the needs of developing productive forces.
Looking at Czechoslovakia in isolation the picture can only be a pessimistic one. What seemed like spring was in fact an Indian summer. The human face of socialism turned out to be a grimacing death mask. The crisis cannot, however, be confined to Czechoslovakia in the long run. In the other advanced Eastern countries the same contradictions are there, albeit still latent. The Polish bureaucracy, with memories of 56 and of the riots of last year dare not reform the economy because it dare not reform itself. There and elsewhere the greater economic growth is, the greater the irrationalities and distortions to it. The more they feel their internal limitation the more the different bureaucracies compose and jostle with each other internationally. Even those who participated in the invasion of Czechoslavakia can resent Moscows economic domination through Comecon. It is not only the Czechs who, for instance, object to complete dependence on Russian oil or to the Russian bureaucracys aim of being the major producer of technological goods in the bloc.But it is in Moscow and Leningrad that the liberation of Czechoslovakia can really lie. For the Russian bureaucracy does not always sleep so easily. Declining growth rates have cut the overall resources at its command. It attempts to placate a massive working class by raising living standards. At the same time rt has to devote an even greater proportion of national resources than the Western powers to arms expenditure. The very repressiveness of its methods makes it difficult to raise labour productivity. For ten years or more the Russian bureaucracy has avoided coming to terms with the roots of its own economic problems. If it attempts to solve these it will have to undergo a Czech development of its own. If it does not discontent that will develop at the base of society will eventually erupt. In either case there will be no foreign army to bale it out.[/pre]
Achtung! Normalisierung steht bevor!
[pre]With Husák replacing Dubček as leader of the KSČ in September 1969, his regime acted quickly to normalize the country's political situation. The chief objectives of Husák's normalization were the restoration of firm party rule and the reestablishment of Czechoslovakia's status as a committed member of the socialist bloc. In the following days, all the party members belonging to the reforming bloc would be expelled from the party and publicly denounced.The most radical laws brought to officialdom during the Prague spring period would be struck down such as lossening of restrictions upon media and newspapers and reconstitution of the Social democrat party.
Within a week of assuming power, Husák began to consolidate his leadership by ordering extensive purges of reformists still occupying key positions in the mass media, judiciary, social and mass organizations, lower party organs, and, finally, the highest levels of the KSČ. In the fall of 1969, 42 liberals on the Central Committee of the KSČ were replaced by conservatives. Among the liberals ousted was Dubček, who was dropped from the Presidium , Dubček was expelled from the party; he subsequently became a minor functionary in a distant Slovakian Town.The method by which the KSČ under Husák would rule was commonly summed up as reluctant terror by observers. It involved careful adherence to the Soviet Union's policy objectives and the use of what was perceived as the minimum amount of repression at home necessary to fulfill these objectives and prevent a return to Dubček-style reformism. The result was that the new regime , while not a complete return to Stalinism, was far from being a liberal one either.Thr primary emphasis would be on the maintenance of a stable party leadership and its strict control over the population.[/pre]
Czechoslovak People's Army on the Rhine(a fictional theoretical war discussion between two military generals and a general history of the Czechoslovak peoples army)
COVERT
[pre]"We crossed the Rhine in the area of Strasbourg, comrade general," said the chief of staff of the Czechoslovak Front, Lt. Gen. Vaclav Vitanovsky. However, he had a gloomy face and continued. However, our divisions are greatly weakened by the fight and are advancing on Epinal and Dijon only with the utmost effort. Some divisions of the first line of the 1st and 4th armies completely lost their combat capability during the performance of the previous tasks and had to be replaced. Although it was possible to plant part of the divisions of the second line of the front, they aremainly made up of reservists of older years. In addition, with the exception of one division, they only have T-34/85 tanks, not the modern T-54A, which we lost during the previous week fighting the West German and American armies in southern Germany. When we have achieved the objectives of the operation, we should be ready to develop the next attack on Lyon, but we will be completely outnumbered and the deployment of the second strategic sequence in the form of the troops of the Carpathian Military District may be delayed. According to reports from the rear, the enemy has carried out more nuclear strikes on the moving troops and is also trying to destroy the remaining bridges over larger waterways. The terrain is already partly impassable, due to the previous use of nuclear weapons by our troops and the enemy. And all this in a situation where we can expect the deployment of a strong second line, made up of units of the French army."
"The task must be accomplished," replied the commander of the Czechoslovak Front, Colonel-General. Vladimir Janko. "When I and the tank brigade fought alongside the Red Army during the liberation of Ostrava, we also suffered heavy losses, but in the end we were able to liberate the steel heart of the republic. The Soviet comrades have given us a task and are counting on us to fulfill it. When approving the operational task of our front, they told us this very clearly in Moscow. As soon as the advance on our sector slowed down, the enemy could deliver a flanking attack to the troops on the main strategic line Berlin-Paris, cutting them off from the second strategic line and supplies from the border military circuits. We must not allow that." However, he thought to himself: "Now would be a good time for the 2nd Army, the development of which was abandoned in the spring of 1964 due to the economic problems of Czechoslovakia and the collapse of the five-year plan. It should have its own rocket brigade and three divisions armed with modern technology. Moreover, in October 1964, they changed the task of the front, and now we have to advance on a smaller width of the front into a greater depth of the enemy's territory. When I asked the commander-in-chief of the combined armed forces of the Warsaw Pact, Marshal Greček, how we would secure our wings and who would replace us, he told me not to worry.Such a conversation could have taken place in the mid-1960s between the commander of the Czechoslovak Front, General Vladimír Janko, and his chief of staff, one of the most capable generals of Czechoslovak army, Václav Vitanovský. Fortunately, it did not happen. But it was not enough, and some of the regional conflicts could turn into a global military rivalry between the then hostile military-political blocs the Warsaw Pact and the North Atlantic Alliance.
After the appointment of JUDr. With Alexeje Čepičky as head of the Ministry of National Defense, radical measures were taken, aimed at full submission to the Soviet military strategy and military art of the Soviet army. Already in April 1945, when adopting its first post-war government program, Czechoslovakia undertook to build its army according to the Soviet model. At the same time, no one responded. Neither the then president Bene, whom the Soviet Union considered a guarantee of Czechoslovakia's international security, nor the representatives of non-communist political parties, who did not prepare any counter-proposal. The political events of 1948 only accelerated the subordination of Czechoslovakia to Soviet interests. Klement Gottwald's words were fulfilled, who declared: "We will not make generals communists, but communists generals." One example was his son-in-law, whom he appointed Minister of National Defense in April 1950 and promoted from private to general in October of the same year army general.The Czechoslovak army began to prepare for the conduct of the war under complete subordination to the Soviet army. As early as August 1950, the reworking of operational plans began, which continued to assume that our army would become part of a front created mainly on the basis of Soviet troops. The "Maximum Arms Production Plan" for the years 1951 to 1953 was adopted, and the war army, which in the event of war was to consist of more than 760,000 soldiers and 23 all-army divisions, began to receive first hundreds and later thousands of new tanks, guns, aircraft and other combat equipment . At this time, even in the first phase of a possible war conflict, defense was considered. Only after the enemy's blow was repulsed and after the arrival of Soviet troops on our territory was the transition to "active activity", i.e. a counterattack, considered. In the depth of the territory, possible defense lines were reconnoitered, the construction of field fortifications was to be ensured by engineer barricade brigades, and the defense of the objects of the light fortifications of the First Republic in the area of the Czechoslovak-Austrian border was to be provided by the fortress corps. Over time, however, measures were taken that increased the striking and firing capabilities of our army. In the second half of the 1950s, the strength of the military army was reduced to 650,000 men, but the remaining 16 all-army divisions were to have a much larger number of weapons in the event of a war than before. The qualitative change was mainly brought about by the planned use of nuclear weapons.
If in the 1950s it was assumed that nuclear strikes would only form a supplement to existing conventional weapons, the beginning of the 1960s brought the exact opposite. Nuclear war was supposed to be the only variant of armed conflict, and ground troops were expected to be able to use the results of their own nuclear strikes with sufficient flexibility. In fact, in 1960, the so-called strategic missile army was created within the Soviet army, which was supposed to be able to threaten the US territory with the help of intercontinental ballistic missiles launched from land bases. The Czechoslovak (from 1954 people's) army also adapted to the changed strategy. In addition to the air force, which had already been using Il-28 aircraft as nuclear bomb carriers since 1955, the ground troops also received their own means of nuclear attack. Missile brigades appeared in the organization of armies, and tank and motorized rifle divisions gradually acquired military rocket divisions. At that time, however, there were no nuclear warheads on the territory of our country and the Czechoslovak Republic. the army was to receive them from the Soviet army only in times of increased danger. On the other hand, a drastic reduction of conventional artillery was carried out, so that, for example, instead of the original five artillery divisions at the operational level in 1963, only three artillery brigades continued to exist, and only one tank division remained from five artillery divisions.
In 1960, our army received a new assignment from Moscow, according to which it should immediately go on the offensive in the event of war. Until 1961, it was assumed that it would lead combat activities as part of the front formed by the troops of the Carpathian Military District. The operational group of the CSLA General Staff was to be integrated into the staff of this front, whose arrival at the airport in Hořovice was expected within 8 hours of the issuance of the order to move. Due to the need to achieve greater flexibility in fulfilling the tasks set for the ČSLA in the event of war, a decision was taken in 1961 to create an independent Czechoslovak Front from the troops allocated to the United Armed Forces of the Warsaw Pact. As of September 1, 1963, our army had 3,860 tanks, 4,500 artillery pieces and 720 combat aircraft. According to the operational plan from October 1964, Cs. front during the fulfillment of tasks to carry out 131 nuclear strikes (of which 96 were carried out by rocket means of the ground troops and 35 by the forces of the air force). However, the deadline for handing over the nuclear warheads was 18-22 hours, while the missile force of the ČSLA ground troops was supposed to be ready to conduct combat operations within 3 hours. Therefore, in December 1965, the Czechoslovak-Soviet agreement on the construction of nuclear munitions warehouses on our territory was signed. In April 1966, as part of the "Javor" campaign, the construction of special buildings began in the locations of Bílina, Bělá pod Bezdězem and MíovBorovno (VVP Jince), which were to be used by Soviet army units, disguised as liaison units. In December 1968, the Soviet Army was the first to take over the warehouse in Běla pod Bezdězem, and the relevant special unit took up its post in February of the following year. Only a senior representative of the Commander-in-Chief of the Combined Armed Forces of the Member States of the Warsaw Pact at the Czechoslovak Ministry of Defense could inspect said warehouses. ČSLA representatives did not have access to them.
However, the demands of the Soviet command on our army and its economic security exceeded the economic possibilities of Czechoslovakia and became a constant source of contradictions. E.g. with the abolition of the aviation regiment, which took place in the summer of 1964, the Soviet side expressed its consent only in 1967 and until then demanded its restoration, even at the cost of switching to a two-squadron system at the regiment.T-54A tanks during the final parade in Dresden In the mid-1960s, a renewed effort by the command of the Soviet army to deploy its troops on our territory began to manifest itself, which was to fill the gap between the groups of Soviet troops in the GDR and Hungary. The political leadership of our state and the command of the Czechoslovak Republic. of the army tried to prevent this by increasing the numerical strength of the ČSLA. The solution was to transfer the Border and Internal Guard from the Ministry of the Interior to the Ministry of Defense. On January 1, 1966, the so-called unified armed forces were created and the peacetime strength of the CSLA increased from the previous 204,000 to 235,000. In this situation, the border guard received heavy equipment in its arsenal, and a report was drawn up for the Warsaw Pact command about increasing the combat value of the ČSLA by two to three divisions.
The effort of the Soviet command to place a strong group on our territory finally reached its fulfillment after the August intervention in 1968. The reduction of the war numbers of our army to 580,000 people and all-army divisions to 15, implemented a year later, more than adequately replaced the presence of 75,000 soldiers, grouped into five all-army divisions and one air division of the Central Group of Soviet troops.Su-7B fighter-bombers delivered between 1964 and 1967 in the number of 102 units.( A new exercise has been slated to test the readiness of the Czech army next month )
[/pre]
/COVERT
[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
[/spoiler]
Paramountica, Rutannia, Amsterwald, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Tallahan, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway
[pre]T H E K I N G D O M O F S A U D I A R A B I A | المملكة العربية السعودية[/pre]
[list][sup][sub]2[/sub][/sup] 𝐋𝐢𝐯𝐞 𝐭𝐡𝐞 𝐏𝐞𝐨𝐩𝐥𝐞𝐬 𝐑𝐞𝐩𝐮𝐛𝐥𝐢𝐜 !
[pre]P A R T T W O - A C T I O N[/pre]
[sub][sup]| The order of the country is at stake. As the People's Republic of the Arabian Peninsula, which the logistics program has shorted to PRAP. As PRAP becomes ever more courageous in their acts of taking down the crown, the older coup begins to tie the lines, as the red yarn becomes more evident, in order to protect this countries pride and order, the country has dedicated itself to finding and deterring the enemies of the state, these people that threatened our legitimacy and sovereignty, dignity and order. If these people were allowed to tread the earth, the world would not be the same. So, the Saudi Military has declared it a act of treason, meaning if the group was captured, they would all be sentenced to death. This new incentive led the government to begin searching tirelessly for this group, with only ~20 captured, with 12 killed so far. Over 30,000 Riyals have been donated to the cause and the people of Saudi Arabia (excluding some rebellion controlled cities) do not accept visitors supporting the group, in fact, anyone that does support the group is most likely not welcomed on those cities soils. The county has begun to actively search for supporters as well, with any foreign supporters given the same punishment if they were to step foot on arab soil. The traitor can stand on one leg, unless that leg is thwarted. Now, as the people rise up against the traitor force, in order to intimidate the enemy forces, the King ordered a military march through Riyadh and Mecca, showing military prowess and supremacy, giving rise to people patriotism of the country. A conference quote sums it up quite well; [/sup][/sub]
[list][list][sub][sup]"We cannot be tried, for a liars tongue must be cut off, for the
people of Saudi cannot be tried with the liars prowess, for the liar
cannot martyr no more."
~Saddua Baffiz, Elected Delegate of Riyadh[/sup][/sub][/list][/list]
[sub][sup]| Conferences with the king have also left the state with pressing manners in the face of danger, with parliament being faced with complaints about the local delegation being oppressive, and some have even been 'liberated' from those hands of oppression. Though not many can tell how many settlements have been affected by the liberation group, the government moves to relieve those cities from the control of those people who call themselves liberators. The group had hinted at a takeover of Mecca, however, fast military arming caused the group to run off from such an event. Although no one can tell what the next event might be, something might be a strike on a medium sized oasis city, while others believe it may be even larger than that. Otherwise, however, this event just remains a whisper on some lips.[/sup][/sub]
[table=noheader][tr][td][/td][/tr][/table]
[pre]M I N I S T R Y O F P U B L I C R E P E R S E N T A T I O N [/pre]
New Flag Selected !
[sub][sup]Original Article from the Arabian Times[/sup][/sub]
| The Saudi Flag. On it is a holy green of Islam and written is our great words of the Shahada. This flag waves under our nation and we accept it, however, might it be time to change that? On February 12th of this year, the king announced that the high courts of the Saudi Families would create a brand new flag as a mark of change. This new flag would be much different than the one we know today. The chosen flag design was a 5:6 ratio flag that would have three stripes, the top being black, the middle white, and the bottom green. The Saudi Shahada and Saudi Sword would be in the white stripe in the same green color as the bottom stripe. This new flag design was loved by the populace of Riyadh, the least happy city was Al-Sassnida, a border oasis city recently established, it is now Saudi Arabia's new national flag, and is now being promoted as such. This is not to say, however, that does not mean the orignal flag is not used elsewhere. The design is still used for the flag of the royals, high courts, and legislative positions. This new flag promotes new oppurutnies, and brand new hopes for arabia. We hope to see it wave over all of our heads in the near future !
[table=noheader][tr][td][/td][/tr][/table]
[pre]𝐌 𝐈 𝐍 𝐈 𝐒 𝐓 𝐑 𝐘 𝐎 𝐅 𝐅 𝐎 𝐑 𝐄 𝐈 𝐆 𝐍 𝐀 𝐅 𝐅 𝐀 𝐈 𝐑 𝐒[/pre]
[list][list][list]𝐊𝐈𝐍𝐆𝐃𝐎𝐌 𝐓𝐎𝐖𝐄𝐑, 𝐑𝐈𝐘𝐀𝐃𝐇[/list][/list][/list]
[pre]A Visit to Japan/日本への訪問 - Government Statements/政府の声明[/pre]
[sup][sub]| The second week of the visit begins. The sultan has explained his time as grand! and beautiful! he even said once while on a call with government deputies; "Japan should be called a land of beauty and peace" the culture of Japan delighted the king as well, and some of his accompanying government officials took notes on Japanese architecture, culture, government strategy, and stated; "Implementations at home may be made!" as the visit continues, various government officials establish formal relations, like during a conference in Tokyo, the king stated that "He could call Japan his second home." [/sub][/sup]
[list]A Protest in Yemen; Government Dealings
| Civil Unrest grows in S. Yemen as people want to support the PRAP uprising in Saudi Arabia. As time goes on, PRAP gains more support, along with this, their support in Foreign states grows. For example, in the Eastern Coasts of Yemen, people begin to riot to tell the government to declare war on the crown of Saudi Arabia and fund the PRAP uprising, especially with the dispute of Al-Wadiyah, the chess board seems to play right onto PRAP's hands, and as they grow more and more distant from the overall nation, who can see what comes next. The government of Saudi Arabia warned that any involvement with the internal problem from Yemen would result in war. The government of S. Yemen headed the warning and is still not actively supporting PRAP, for fear of war. As this planned coup continues to grow, the government is fierce against foreign intervention, unless it is in support of the crown, for example, some american stationed troops have taken their heed alongside the royal army, same goes for the British Isles, which also have the same situation. The Saudi Crown can and will contain this virus as it tries to grow from outside the arab peninsula, for we cannot tell what comes next.[/list]
[table=noheader][tr][td][/td][/tr][/table]
[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
[/spoiler]
Paramountica, Rutannia, Amsterwald, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Tallahan, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Mutawakkiliti, Independent Singapore
[list]1969년 10월 23일
[sub]Old Money vs. New Money[/sub][/list]
[list][sub]The Necessity of Chaebols[/sub][/list]
[sub]Kingdom of Korea[/sub]
| Koreas pre-occupation economy was small and dominated by agricultural industries, and while Japanese occupation had spurred small-scale industrialisation, these businesses were in large Japanese owned and funded. Even following Koreas independence, and subsequent unification, the economy remained stagnant but several businessmen jumped on the opportunity to mop up gaps in the economic market left by the Japanese who had fled back to Japan. The rampant corruption seen during President Rhees tenure had directly benefited these growing businesses, many of which had direct links to the regime, often receiving special treatment from his government in exchange for kick-backs and other payments. These small businesses grew what became known as Chaebols, literally translated as rich family or financial cliques, often acting as their own mini-dynasty as nepotism is promoted above skill. |
| In 1960 following the April Revolution its leaders had promised to eradicate the corruption that had plagued the previous regime; promising to rid society of the injustice. Dozens of industry leaders and experts were arrested and tried for bribery and corruption, however it was quickly realised that the Government's ambitious economic plans would require their help. A quiet compromise was reached between the government and the businesses; the accused merely paid fines to the government in exchange for their freedom. This was the beginning of the cooperation between both parties, the need to work together was essential as the government looked to turn the economy away from consumer goods and light industries toward heavy, chemical, and import-substitution industries. |
| Over the last decade the Chaebols have dominated the economy, largely having focused on textiles, but diversity had become key, most Chaebols operate subsidiaries that focus entirely on one sector of the economy. The most recognisable Chaebols include; the Hyundai Group; Daewoo Industrial; the Samsung Group; the Lotte Corporation; and the Taekwang Group; these five groups alone are estimated to make up 35% of Koreas GDP, having massively diversified from their original beginnings. Samsung who began as a trading company has now entered the light electronics sector. However as Koreas government had on several occasions fumbled the bag on several foreign policy issues isolating several key partners, driving investment into the country had largely been through the hard work of these Chaebols. Many on the hard-left had often asked the question of who was really running the economy, but both the government and opposition SDP refused to address the issue. The growing power of the Chaebols had not just created questions over who was dictating government policy, but the monarchys restoration had also created some friction. The families of the Chaebols had often been considered the nation's cultural elites, and getting into their inner-circle was the golden ticket to a comfy life, now the monarchy had cemented itself as the definitive symbol of Korean culture it had become the Chaebols seeking to ascend higher. |
| The Korean Royal Family were by no means poor, operating much like its own Chaebol, following the end of the Second World War the then unrestored monarchy began building up a property portfolio, but following the removal of Syngman Rhee in 1961 the ownership of the Five Grand Palaces and other family lands had been returned to them.This bolstered their growing portfolio of property that had slowly been acquired between 1945 and 1960, most of the land being rented out to private businesses for commercial use. The Palaces would provide a boost with those not in use being opened up to the public for viewing and tours, as well as the gardens being transformed into country parks that could be enjoyed by visitors. Most of this accumulated wealth had been invested back into Korean businesses, including some that would go on to become the very Chaebols that sought approval. |
| The dynamic of what many called Old Money (landed) and New Money (business) was apparent, while private approval from the monarchy would make no difference to a chaebols' sales, it was easy to find those bestowed royal favour. The Lotte Corporation originally founded in Japan had been heavily pressured by Park Chung-hee and the monarchy to move their main base of operations to Korea having refused to enter the arms market, it had become a semi-regular site to randomly see royal household staff or indeed the occasional royal shopping in one of their stores. While the monarchy would never publicly endorse any product, the concept of a soft endorsement had become largely commonplace, however a new concept was being drawn up that would mimic that of the Royal Warrant used by the British monarchy, in which companies, products and brands would be given permission to use the royal seal of the different royals or the household if those products were in regularly use by either household or individual royal. |
| This domination of the Chaebols and monarchy had created an elite social and economic class that was driving Koreas growth at the cost of leaving many behind, and while King Haneul remained on the throne it was likely to continue. Some sources had indicated that Crown Prince Hee-seung would likely scale back some of the monarchys involvement in the economy particularly at an investment level, it was clear that the relationship between the Government, Chaebols and Monarchy had become key to Koreas goal of creating a developed economy. However privately the Chaebols had begun to realise that Koreas government, while stable, had spent most of the last decade flip-flopping between the East and West and now was the time for Korea to finally pick a side and they had an obvious preference. |
[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
[/spoiler]
Paramountica, Amsterwald, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Tallahan, Maziya, Spain-, Al-Jammahirya Al-Arabiyya, Slipway, Independent Singapore
[list] | [sub]𝖱𝖾𝗉𝗎𝖻𝗅𝗂𝗄 𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗀𝖺𝗉𝗎𝗋𝖺[/sub][/list][/list]
[list] | [sub]24 𝖮𝗄𝗍𝗈𝖻𝖾𝗋 1969[/sub][/list][/list]
[list]──[/list]
[list] | [sub]𝖱𝖺𝖽𝗂𝗈 𝖳𝖾𝗅𝖾𝗏𝗂𝗌𝗒𝖾𝗇 𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗀𝖺𝗉𝗎𝗋𝖺[/sub][/list]
[list][list]𝖯𝖾𝗋𝗃𝖺𝗇𝗃𝗂𝖺𝗇 𝖺𝗇𝗍𝖺𝗋𝖺 𝖱𝖾𝗉𝗎𝖻𝗅𝗂𝗄 𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗀𝖺𝗉𝗎𝗋𝖺 𝖽𝖺𝗇 𝖱𝖾𝗉𝗎𝖻𝗅𝗂𝗄 𝖲𝗎𝖽𝖺𝗇[/list][/list]
[list][list] | [sub]𝖳𝗁𝖾 𝖬𝗂𝗇𝗂𝗌𝗍𝗋𝗒 𝗈𝖿 𝖥𝗈𝗋𝖾𝗂𝗀𝗇 𝖠𝖿𝖿𝖺𝗂𝗋𝗌 [𝗈𝖿 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖱𝖾𝗉𝗎𝖻𝗅𝗂𝗄 𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗀𝖺𝗉𝗎𝗋𝖺] 𝗁𝖺𝖽 𝗌𝗈𝗎𝗀𝗁𝗍 𝗍𝗈 𝗌𝗍𝗋𝖾𝗇𝗀𝗍𝗁𝖾𝗇 𝗍𝗋𝖺𝖽𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝗋𝖾𝗅𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇𝗌 𝗐𝗂𝗍𝗁 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖱𝖾𝗉𝗎𝖻𝗅𝗂𝗄 𝖲𝗎𝖽𝖺𝗇, 𝗐𝗁𝗂𝖼𝗁 𝗁𝖺𝗌 𝖻𝖾𝖾𝗇 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗈𝗇𝗅𝗒 [𝖠𝖿𝗋𝗂𝖼𝖺𝗇] 𝗇𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇 𝗍𝗁𝖺𝗍 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖱𝖾𝗉𝗎𝖻𝗅𝗂𝗄 𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗀𝖺𝗉𝗎𝗋𝖺 𝗁𝖺𝖽 𝖾𝗌𝗍𝖺𝖻𝗅𝗂𝗌𝗁𝖾𝖽 𝗋𝖾𝗅𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇𝗌 𝗐𝗂𝗍𝗁. 𝖨𝗇𝖼𝗋𝖾𝖺𝗌𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝗍𝗋𝖺𝖽𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝖼𝗈𝗆𝗆𝗎𝗇𝗂𝖼𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇𝗌 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗏𝗈𝗅𝗎𝗆𝖾 𝗐𝖺𝗌 𝖺 𝗁𝗂𝗀𝗁 𝗉𝗋𝗂𝗈𝗋𝗂𝗍𝗒 𝖿𝗈𝗋 𝖿𝗈𝗋 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖬𝗂𝗇𝗂𝗌𝗍𝗋𝗒 𝗈𝖿 𝖥𝗈𝗋𝖾𝗂𝗀𝗇 𝖠𝖿𝖿𝖺𝗂𝗋𝗌 𝗐𝗁𝗂𝖼𝗁 𝗌𝗈𝗎𝗀𝗁𝗍 𝗍𝗈 𝗉𝗋𝗈𝗆𝗈𝗍𝖾 𝖻𝗂𝗅𝖺𝗍𝖾𝗋𝖺𝗅 𝗍𝗋𝖺𝖽𝖾 𝖼𝗈𝗈𝗉𝖾𝗋𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇 𝗐𝗂𝗍𝗁 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖱𝖾𝗉𝗎𝖻𝗅𝗂𝗄 𝖲𝗎𝖽𝖺𝗇, 𝗂𝗇 𝖺 𝗅𝗈𝗇𝗀-𝗍𝖾𝗋𝗆 𝗉𝗋𝗈𝗃𝖾𝖼𝗍 𝗍𝗈 𝖻𝗎𝗂𝗅𝖽 𝗍𝗋𝖺𝖽𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝗅𝗂𝗇𝗄𝗌 𝗐𝗂𝗍𝗁 𝖠𝖿𝗋𝗂𝖼𝖺.[/sub][/list][/list]
[list][list][list][list][sub]𝖤𝖺𝗋𝗅𝗂𝖾𝗋 𝗍𝗁𝗂𝗌 𝗒𝖾𝖺𝗋, 𝖻𝗈𝗍𝗁 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖱𝖾𝗉𝗎𝖻𝗅𝗂𝗄 𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗀𝖺𝗉𝗎𝗋𝖺 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖱𝖾𝗉𝗎𝖻𝗅𝗂𝗄 𝖲𝗎𝖽𝖺𝗇 𝗁𝖺𝖽 𝗌𝗂𝗀𝗇𝖾𝖽 𝖺 𝗌𝗂𝗀𝗇𝖾𝖽 𝖺 𝗍𝗋𝖺𝖽𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝖺𝗀𝗋𝖾𝖾𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍 𝖿𝗈𝗋 𝗂𝗆𝗉𝗈𝗋𝗍𝗌 𝗈𝖿 𝖻𝖾𝖾𝖿 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝖼𝗈𝗍𝗍𝗈𝗇 𝖿𝗋𝗈𝗆 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖱𝖾𝗉𝗎𝖻𝗅𝗂𝗄 𝖲𝗎𝖽𝖺𝗇. 𝖳𝗁𝖾 𝗅𝗈𝗐 𝗏𝗈𝗅𝗎𝗆𝖾 𝗈𝖿 𝗍𝗋𝖺𝖽𝖾 𝗁𝖺𝖽 𝖻𝖾𝖾𝗇 𝗎𝗇𝖺𝗉𝗉𝖾𝖺𝗅𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝖿𝗈𝗋 𝖻𝗈𝗍𝗁 𝖼𝗈𝗎𝗇𝗍𝗋𝗂𝖾𝗌 𝗀𝗈𝗏𝖾𝗋𝗇𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍𝗌. 𝖨𝗇 𝖺 𝖻𝗂𝖽 𝗍𝗈 𝗌𝗈𝗅𝗂𝖽𝗂𝖿𝗒 𝗍𝗋𝖺𝖽𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝗋𝖾𝗅𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇𝗌 𝗐𝗂𝗍𝗁 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖱𝖾𝗉𝗎𝖻𝗅𝗂𝗄 𝖲𝗎𝖽𝖺𝗇, 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖬𝗂𝗇𝗂𝗌𝗍𝗋𝗒 𝗈𝖿 𝖥𝗈𝗋𝖾𝗂𝗀𝗇 𝖠𝖿𝖿𝖺𝗂𝗋𝗌 [𝗈𝖿 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖱𝖾𝗉𝗎𝖻𝗅𝗂𝗄 𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗀𝖺𝗉𝗎𝗋𝖺] 𝗌𝖾𝗇𝗍 𝖺 𝖽𝖾𝗅𝖾𝗀𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇 𝗍𝗈 𝖲𝗎𝖽𝖺𝗇 𝗍𝗈 𝖺𝗍𝗍𝖾𝗆𝗉𝗍 𝗍𝗈 𝗋𝖾𝖺𝖼𝗁 𝖺 𝗆𝗈𝖽𝗂𝖿𝗂𝖾𝖽 𝖺𝗀𝗋𝖾𝖾𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍 𝗐𝗁𝗂𝖼𝗁 𝗐𝗈𝗎𝗅𝖽 𝗆𝖾𝖾𝗍 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗂𝗇𝗍𝖾𝗋𝖾𝗌𝗍𝗌 𝗈𝖿 𝖻𝗈𝗍𝗁 𝗇𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇𝗌. [/sub][/list][/list][/list][/list]
[list][list] | [sub]𝖡𝗈𝗍𝗁 𝗇𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇𝗌 𝗉𝖺𝗋𝗍𝗂𝖼𝗂𝗉𝖺𝗍𝖾𝖽 𝗂𝗇 𝗍𝖺𝗅𝗄𝗌 𝗐𝗁𝗂𝖼𝗁 𝗈𝗇𝗅𝗒 𝗅𝖺𝗌𝗍𝖾𝖽 𝖿𝗈𝗋 𝖺 𝖿𝖾𝗐 𝖽𝖺𝗒𝗌. 𝖳𝗁𝖾 𝖬𝗂𝗇𝗂𝗌𝗍𝗋𝗒 𝗈𝖿 𝖥𝗈𝗋𝖾𝗂𝗀𝗇 𝖠𝖿𝖿𝖺𝗂𝗋𝗌 [𝗈𝖿 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖱𝖾𝗉𝗎𝖻𝗅𝗂𝗄 𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗀𝖺𝗉𝗎𝗋𝖺] 𝖺𝗇𝗇𝗈𝗎𝗇𝖼𝖾𝗌 𝗍𝗁𝖺𝗍 𝗍𝖺𝗅𝗄𝗌 𝗐𝗂𝗍𝗁 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖱𝖾𝗉𝗎𝖻𝗅𝗂𝗄 𝖲𝗎𝖽𝖺𝗇 𝗐𝖺𝗌 𝗌𝗎𝖼𝖼𝖾𝗌𝗌𝖿𝗎𝗅𝗅𝗒 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝖾𝖿𝖿𝖾𝖼𝗍𝗂𝗏𝖾𝗅𝗒 𝖼𝗈𝗇𝖼𝗅𝗎𝖽𝖾𝖽 𝖺 𝗇𝖾𝗐 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗆𝗈𝗋𝖾 𝖻𝖾𝗇𝖾𝖿𝗂𝖼𝗂𝖺𝗅 𝗍𝗋𝖺𝖽𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝗋𝖾𝗅𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇𝗌𝗁𝗂𝗉. 𝖳𝗁𝖾 𝖬𝗂𝗇𝗂𝗌𝗍𝗋𝗒 [𝗈𝖿 𝖥𝗈𝗋𝖾𝗂𝗀𝗇 𝖠𝖿𝖿𝖺𝗂𝗋𝗌] 𝗋𝖾𝗅𝖾𝖺𝗌𝖾𝖽 𝖺 𝗌𝗍𝖺𝗍𝖾𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍 𝗈𝗎𝗋 𝖼𝗈𝗋𝗋𝖾𝗌𝗉𝗈𝗇𝖽𝖾𝗇𝗍 𝗌𝖺𝗒𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝗍𝗁𝖺𝗍 𝖼𝗈𝗆𝗆𝖾𝗋𝖼𝗂𝖺𝗅 𝗋𝖾𝗉𝗋𝖾𝗌𝖾𝗇𝗍𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗏𝖾 𝗈𝖿𝖿𝗂𝖼𝖾𝗌 𝗐𝗈𝗎𝗅𝖽 𝖻𝖾 𝖾𝗌𝗍𝖺𝖻𝗅𝗂𝗌𝗁𝖾𝖽, 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗂𝗇𝖼𝗋𝖾𝖺𝗌𝖾 𝗏𝗈𝗅𝗎𝗆𝖾 𝗈𝖿 𝗍𝗋𝖺𝖽𝖾 [𝗉𝖺𝗋𝗍𝗂𝖼𝗎𝗅𝖺𝗋𝗅𝗒 𝗂𝗇 𝗂𝗆𝗉𝗈𝗋𝗍𝗌 𝗈𝖿 𝖲𝗎𝖽𝖺𝗇𝖾𝗌𝖾 𝗀𝗋𝖺𝗂𝗇], 𝗋𝖾𝖺𝖿𝖿𝗂𝗋𝗆𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝖻𝗎𝗌𝗂𝗇𝖾𝗌𝗌 𝗍𝗂𝖾𝗌 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗌𝗍𝗋𝖾𝗇𝗀𝗍𝗁𝖾𝗇𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝖾𝖼𝗈𝗇𝗈𝗆𝗂𝖼 𝖼𝗈𝗈𝗉𝖾𝗋𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇.[/sub][/list][/list]
[list][list][list][list][sub]𝖳𝗁𝖾 𝖱𝖾𝗉𝗎𝖻𝗅𝗂𝗄 𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗀𝖺𝗉𝗎𝗋𝖺 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖱𝖾𝗉𝗎𝖻𝗅𝗂𝗄 𝖲𝗎𝖽𝖺𝗇 𝗍𝗋𝖺𝖽𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝗋𝖾𝗅𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇𝗌 𝗐𝗁𝗂𝖼𝗁 𝗁𝖺𝗌 𝖻𝖾𝖾𝗇 𝗂𝗆𝗉𝗋𝗈𝗏𝗂𝗇𝗀 [𝖺𝗍 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖻𝖾𝗀𝗂𝗇𝗇𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝗈𝖿 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗒𝖾𝖺𝗋] 𝗐𝗈𝗎𝗅𝖽 𝖽𝖾𝖿𝗂𝗇𝗂𝗍𝖾𝗅𝗒 𝗂𝗇𝖼𝗋𝖾𝖺𝗌𝖾 𝖿𝗎𝗋𝗍𝗁𝖾𝗋𝗆𝗈𝗋𝖾, 𝖺𝗌 𝖺 𝗋𝖾𝗌𝗎𝗅𝗍 𝗈𝖿 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗌𝗂𝗀𝗇𝖾𝖽 𝖺𝗀𝗋𝖾𝖾𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍 𝗋𝖾𝖺𝖼𝗁𝖾𝖽 𝖻𝗒 𝖻𝗈𝗍𝗁 𝗇𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇𝗌. 𝖳𝗁𝖾 𝖬𝗂𝗇𝗂𝗌𝗍𝗋𝗒 𝗈𝖿 𝖥𝗈𝗋𝖾𝗂𝗀𝗇 𝖠𝖿𝖿𝖺𝗂𝗋𝗌 𝗁𝖺𝖽 𝗂𝗇 𝗂𝗍𝗌 𝗌𝗍𝖺𝗍𝖾𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍, 𝗋𝖾𝗅𝖾𝖺𝗌𝖾𝖽 𝗍𝗈 𝗎𝗌, 𝖼𝖺𝗅𝗅𝖾𝖽 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖱𝖾𝗉𝗎𝖻𝗅𝗂𝗄 𝖲𝗎𝖽𝖺𝗇 𝖺 "𝗉𝗋𝗈𝗆𝗂𝗌𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝖠𝖿𝗋𝗂𝖼𝖺𝗇 𝗍𝗋𝖺𝖽𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝗉𝖺𝗋𝗍𝗇𝖾𝗋". [/sub][/list][/list][/list][/list]
Paramountica, Rutannia, Amsterwald, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Tallahan, Maziya, Spain-
[list][sub]THE ETHIOPIAN EMPIRE ✧ መንግሥተ ኢትዮጵያ✧ Oct. 1969[/sub]
ɴᴏᴛʜɪɴɢ ᴇᴠᴇʀ ɢᴇᴛꜱ ʙᴇᴛᴛᴇʀ[/list]
____________________________________________________________
| At this point, it has been clear, that the political instability in Ethiopia will not rest. Since mid-1967 paramilitaries connected to the Imperial Union and Democratic Nationalists have been disproportionately ratted out by the Imperial Police, while Vanguard militias remain untouched...furthermore the Vanguard party has have a surge in Oromo support, giving them traction for the elections next year. As expected, this has caused outrage in the circles of the Imperial Union and Democratic Nationalists. Especially after the Incident where the Imperial Police raided a Dem. Nationalist militia camp in Nekemte last month September 15 shortly after Enkutatash, leading to a major shootout that led to 10 innocent civilians dead. The September 15 Incident has fueled extreme polarization within Congress, everyone knows at this point that the Imperial Police is working with the Vanguardists In response to this, both the Imperial Union and Nationalists have founded their own "Sanctuary Cities" free from Imperial Police control, utilizing their militias as a substitution for police. Imperial Police that enter such cities are to be promptly detained and sent back. We have reached the point where authority is being outright refused, with even the throne taking a step back. The Emperor has condemned the formation of such militias, since the Sep. 15th raid. But did nothing against the formation of the sanctuary cities, some question why as if it was his incompetence or the sheer influence of the Dem. Nationalists have in the Military. PM Gebremariam has declared "no negotiation" with "shiftas" dubbing such sanctuary cities as illegal. To make matters worse, discourse within Congress was increasingly getting more polarized and radical, truly nothing has never recovered since the Meskel Bombings |
[list]➠ For those who have been completely lost for what has been going on in Ethiopia; there are three major political factions, the left-wing Vanguard Party, the right-wing Imperial Union, and the militarist National Democratic Party. The Vanguard party is a populist party that rose up to prominence in the early 60s, however, it has been unable to make any progress since 1963. Since the midterms the Vanguard party has been stuck in a peculiar political position and since the Meskel Bombings tensions have rapidly increased. They have become sworn enemies, they cannot collaborate, with the Vanguard party under a minority government, everything is long and slow...[/list]
| Furthermore, in response to the increasing Oromo support towards the Vanguard party, the Imperial Union has been increasingly pandering towards the Amhara vote. As politics begin to draw ethnic lines former Deputy PM and N.S.C. Chief Advisor Mengistu Haile Mariam and Congressman Haddis Alemayehu have issued a joint warning against ethnic-identity politics. Mengistu had recently begun to enter politics since the beginning of this year, usually criticizing all sides of the aisle. Vanguard Party's inaction regarding political unity, the Imperial Union's unreasonable reactionaries, and the Dem. Nationalist corruption. He has become a voice for those disillusioned with the state of Ethiopian politics. With this newfound influence, Mengistu founds the Society for National Rejuvenation, its goal? Simple. "Total Rejuvenation and Reclamation of Ethiopia", as Mengistu put it, "It is clear that Western democracy is not working for Ethiopia, the Emperor has been brought to the will of mob rule and decadent parliamentary politics and it has led us to an even worse state than we were before...What is next? God forbid a Civil War. I will make sure this will never happen until my very last breath." Mengistu does not identify with the left nor the right. He "foresees" a new fourth theory, separate from Communism, Democracy, and Fascism. Congressman Haddis Alemayehu would shortly leave the Vanguard Party to join the SNR, immediately after the foundation of the SNR he would also release his book; Modern Ideological Fallacies and Decadence. It is a political work that frames the Intellectual and Cultural Left is Anti-Progressive and the Populist Right as destructive, especially those of the West. Capitalism and Communism are both anti-human materialistic ideological means towards the same ending, individualist liberalism leads to the death of culture, and Fascism is the result of the purest form of Mob-Rule. |
| Amidst all this the young Ethiopian democracy, harbors a hotbed of political extremism underneath its surfaces. Its flawed composition left it open to influences from exiles and fanatics, and a shadow battleground made up of covert paramilitary/militia clashes ferments beneath Ethiopia, a pandora's box of zealot ideas. This is evident with the increasing split within the Vanguard Party, largely split between more staunch left-wingers and populist pragmatics, while this division is largely unknown to the public, PM Gebremariam has held multiple closed party meetings attempting to mend the division before it becomes apparent that his very own party is now divided. For the Prime Minister himself, he never really identified himself the left as much as he is famed to be, however, it was a vacuum to be seized since the more radical All-Ethiopian Socialist Movement alienated more moderate socialists and left-wing sympathizers during prior elections. However, now he was at a crossroads; should the Vanguard party tilt more towards the left or keep it as it is? but he fears that more left-leaning factions of his party would simply make their own party or even worse, join the All-Ethiopian Socialist Movement as it is becoming increasingly more and more mainstream. Meanwhile, the Imperial Union has called for the arrest of all "left-wing proxies", the majority already advocate for the abolition of the position of the PM, restoring duties to the Emperor. The Democratic Nationalists, the dominant party since the revolution of the guards, have largely become a mouthpiece for nationalists within the military. The party's reputation is based on PM Aklilu Habte-Wolde's tenure (1957 1961), while he did not do much to change the condition of Ethiopia, the party is largely popular with those simply seeking to keep the status quo or older generations who only simply support the party because the recognize Wolde's name. Nevertheless, those who are more invested in politics are usually ultranationalist pan-Ethiopians and militarists if they are Democratic Nationalist supporters. |
[list][sub]All we can do is pray for Ethiopia....[/sub]
[list]― ...[/list][/list]
____________________________________________________________
[list][spoiler=[sub]𝑺𝑼𝑩𝑳𝑰𝑴𝑬 𝑺𝑶𝑳𝑶𝑴𝑶𝑵𝑰𝑪 𝑺𝑻𝑨𝑻𝑬
𝑪𝑶𝑴𝑴𝑶𝑵𝑾𝑬𝑨𝑳𝑻𝑯 𝑶𝑭 𝑳𝑰𝑩𝑬𝑹𝑻𝒀[/sub]]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
[/spoiler]
Paramountica, Rutannia, Amsterwald, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Batallon De Dignidad, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Tallahan, Maziya, Spain-, Independent Singapore
[pre]K I N G D O M O F S A U D I A R A B I A | المملكة العربية السعودية[/pre]
𝐋𝐢𝐯𝐞 𝐭𝐡𝐞 𝐏𝐞𝐨𝐩𝐥𝐞𝐬 𝐑𝐞𝐩𝐮𝐛𝐥𝐢𝐜 ! [sup][sub]3[/sub][/sup]
[pre]P A R T T H R E E - T H E B O M B S[/pre]
[sub][sup]October 26th, 1969[/sup][/sub]
| Government in Arabia has always been somewhat stable. After the deceleration of the Peoples Republic of the Arabian Peninsula, the Saudi Kingdom went haywire. The kingdom was faced with months of tedious raids and annoying occurrences of raids from the PRAP. Chaos reigns supreme in this disorderly world, however, statements from various political entities have given hope to the demoralized populace of the kingdoms, with encouraging messages sent in between. Since the establishment of the PRAP in 1967, the corruption inside multiple military factions showed. As many high ranking officers began to show loyalty to the PRAP, it grew into a massive force of traitors. As the Yemeni Protests and Arab Uprisings began, the people of the Saudi Kingdom have drowned down into a state of turmoil and interruption. As people of this kingdom grow restless, the military had begun taking action in the 'liberated' cities by taking out the elected delegation. The National Police Force has struggled against rising tensions in local cities and have also seen rising opposition on border cities such as Dammam which has taken a multitude of different liberation groups in the past, and is currently in the control of the PRAP. The Royal Airforce has also been faced with increasing traitor marks as well, as now they commit bombings on larger cities, and begin ramping up difficulty as time goes on.
[list]- For those who do not have knowledge of the current state of Saudi Arabia, the country is currently split into two factions; The PRAP and Saudi Kingdom. The PRAP aims for a more democratic, less spiritual, nation, while the Saudi Kingdom is the kingdom currently established and is fighting for the Saudi Crown. These opposing sides have been fighting for a few months now, and different events have taken place as the conflict progresses; Currently, 3 regions pledge loyalty to the PRAP; the Eastem Province, Asir, and Narjan, while the rest pledge loyalty to the crown of Saudi Arabia. The conflict is currently listed as ongoing by the national logistics programs.[/list]
| Riyadh has been in particular danger for a while. The Riyadh Airforce was mostly made up of Khayin*, while the local police force made up of Almala**, which added an odd dynamic to the two sides. However, an unspeakable crime would be committed on October 23rd. In what is known as 'the Kingdom Bombings', people of Riyadh were faced with a hour long bombing session that killed 456 and injured some 10,000. The Riyadh bombing would lead up to the Riyadh Siege, by belligerents of the PRAP, which is still ongoing right now. The nation has a collapse of order in rural areas, which now fend for themselves in what seems like a free for all. Democracy anywhere has been fully outlawed by the Saudi Government, considering it an act of rebellion to practice such discriminant acts. These new guidelines gave way to another new problems across the Saudi Kingdom. As this conflict grows, so does resentment to the crown.
| Along with this, the Al-Waidah dispute, the country has seen rising tensions with South Yemen. Although the two countries are currently not looking for war, it may change in the future. As the country progresses and grows, the need for expansion does as well. The Saudi Crown has always expressed interest in the northern Yemeni lands, while Yemen has had interest in the southern Arab lands. The two countries have both agreed upon a peace agreement, although it was never 'official', but it is upheld. Al-Waidah has even had its own uprisings. In the midst of October 17th, a few weeks ago, the city experienced a riot committed by a mix of Saudi and Yemeni protesters, with ~340 individuals, the riot was quelled, and the people were detained, the ones from Yemen deported back to their homelands. As brand new issues begin to surround New interests beyond respected borders, Al-Waidah becomes a center of dispute and spite.
[table=noheader][tr][td][/td][/tr][/table]
[pre]𝗠 𝝞 𝝢 𝝞 𝗦 𝗧 𝗥 𝗬 𝝤 𝗙 𝗚 𝝤 𝗩 𝗘 𝗥 𝝢 𝗠 𝗘 𝝢 𝗧[/pre]
[list]| 𝝖𝗹𝗺𝗮𝗺𝗹𝗮𝗸𝗮𝘁 𝝖𝗹𝗲𝗮𝗿𝗮𝗯𝗶𝗮𝘁 𝝖𝗹𝘀𝘂𝗲𝘂𝗱𝗶𝗮[/list]
[list][list]| 𝐌𝐔𝐇𝐀𝐌𝐌𝐀𝐃 𝐒𝐏𝐈𝐑𝐄, 𝐌𝐄𝐂𝐂𝐀[/list][/list]
[pre]A Government in Turmoil[/pre]
| Saudi Arabia had a orderly government under one king, this, however, all changed when the first crime commited by the PRAP took place on Febuary 15th. Since then, the PRAP has ravaged across Saudi Arabia and caused turmoil for local governments. The terror is only best displayed when looked at from the Arabian Times News outlet;
╒═════════════════════════════════════════════════════
[list][The Transmission had just cut from the news room to the reporter][/list]
| ASNADFIDA [sub][sup]Reporter of the Arab Times[/sup][/sub] | "Well Safdas, we can see a pretty dramatic change being made here in Mecca with the construction of Kasnfafa Tower-
[list][Explosion is recorded at the construction site, as the camera pans to record, the reporter looks terrified at the site][/list]
| ASNADFIDA [sub][sup]Reporter of the Arab Times[/sup][/sub] | "What... what the f**k!!?!? Jasan, I think we need to get out of here, NOW! Get in the damn van! Move it!
[list][The start of a vehicle can be heard as the screeching of tires hit the hard rock on the surface, as more explosions can be heard in the background, gunfire now accompanying it.][/list]
| JASANFAVANA QATARIAF [sub][sup]Cameraman of the Arab Times[/sup][/sub] | "Hey, Asana, where the hell should we go? The nearest city is Medina, I think, lets head there-"
[list][Gunfire was heard coming through the window, and blood spilled over the camera and car. Two bodies were dragged out, presumed to be that of the cameraman and reporter][/list]
╘═════════════════════════════════════════════════════
This event was known as the Mecca Bombings, which were a series of bombings on important sites in Mecca, excluding the important holy sites. As far as the logistics department is concerned, groups responsible for the bombings were a group of ~3,000, which consisted of Arabs, Yemeni, Qatari, Omani, Egyptian, and Ethiopian belligerents. The state has only convicted 1,345 sure suspects, however the other 2,000 remained unserved from the national guard. The royal police force is currently searching for other suspects as the case continues. Local revolutionized governments were taken down either by local riots are by forceful invasion by rebel forces. The Country is currently facing turmoil as time continues; but Allah has not lost faith in his chosen land.
[table=noheader][tr][td][/td][/tr][/table]
[sup][sub]*The word of Traitors
**The word for Royal Men
3 - Part of a Series[/sup][/sub]
[spoiler=Special Thanks to [nation=noflag]Abessinienreich[/nation] for the template of post
[sub]Written for the Commonwealth of Liberty[/sub]]
[nation]Adriatican Islands[/nation]
[nation]Amsterwald[/nation]
[nation]Anglo Channel[/nation]
[nation]Arcanda[/nation]
[nation]Bhaarat Lok[/nation]
[nation]Cascadla[/nation]
[nation]Cheezaslovakia[/nation]
[nation]Connomia[/nation]
[nation]East Germany DDR[/nation]
[nation]Great Britain GB[/nation]
[nation]Greater Kurdistane[/nation]
[nation]Hatzburg[/nation]
[nation]Israelli[/nation]
[nation]Kewtpuff[/nation]
[nation]Klingenthalerburg[/nation]
[nation]Kotakuan II[/nation]
[nation]Ma-li[/nation]
[nation]Maziya[/nation]
[nation]Metropolitan Francais[/nation]
[nation]Mutawakkiliti[/nation]
[nation]Nevbrejnovitz[/nation]
[nation]Newauroria[/nation]
[nation]New Provenance[/nation]
[nation]Nileia[/nation]
[nation]Nippon-Nihon[/nation]
[nation]OsivoII[/nation]
[nation]Paramountica[/nation]
[nation]Paseo[/nation]
[nation]Peking Zhongguo[/nation]
[nation]Pontianus[/nation]
[nation]Provenancia[/nation]
[nation]Ranponian[/nation]
[nation]Rio de la Plata Argentina[/nation]
[nation]Rutannia[/nation]
[nation]Saudi Arabiyah[/nation]
[nation]Socialist Democratic Republic Romania[/nation]
[nation]Spainard[/nation]
[nation]Spain-[/nation]
[nation]The Confederate Prussian Empire[/nation]
[nation]United Jericho[/nation]
[nation]Vancouver Straits[/nation]
[nation]Victoria Harbor[/nation]
[nation]Vietnam SV[/nation]
[nation]Virnall[/nation]
[/spoiler]
Paramountica, Rutannia, Amsterwald, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Batallon De Dignidad, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Tallahan, Maziya, Spain-, Mutawakkiliti, Salisbury-Southern Rhodesia
[list]October 1969
[sub]Gates of Gold[/sub][/list]
[pre]J U S T I C E I S S E R V E D ?[/pre]
FILIPINO POLITICAL GAMESMANSHIP
[sub]MANILA, THE MANILA PROVINCE, REPUBLIC OF THE PHILIPPINES, Provenancia - MORNING[/sub]
| With the opposition LIBERAL PARTY unlikely to usurp the strength of the center-right NACIONALISTA PARTY and the administration of PRESIDENT FERDINAND MARCOS, many pundits liked to quip that the true leader of the opposition to the Marcos Administration was none other than ROBERTO CONCEPCION, Chief Justice of the Supreme Court, an appointee of President CAMILO OSIAS, also of the NP. Concepcion, at the head of the Court, and wielding strong influence over his fellow jurors, steered the Court through various cases, oftentimes questioning what he described as the "concerningly centralized nature" of the Marcos administration. Justice Concepcion was faced with one of the greatest questions of his career in |
[table=noheader][tr][td][list][pre]AQUINO, ET AL. VS. MARCOS SR., ET AL. (1969)
Writ of certiorari issued, May 1969
Case decided, October 1969
QUESTIONS PRESENTED: Does the President of the Republic of the Philippines, under the powers granted and authorized by the Constitution, and all amendments that followed, hold the power to unilaterally wage war and involve personnel of the Armed Forces of the Philippines in an armed conflict without the express consent of Congress?
HOLDING: Majority opinion authored by Justice CONCEPCION;
The President does not have the power to unilaterally wage war and involve personnel of the Armed Forces of the Philippines in an armed conflict without the express consent of Congress. Pertaining specifically to the case of Philippine engineering/combat battalions deployed to Vietnam, the President is required by the Constitution to seek and secure the consent of Congress by way of a congressional resolution in order to put lives of Filipino servicemen at risk.
6 joins the MAJORITY opinion
5 joins the DISSENTING opinion
The ruling is final and executory.[/pre][/list][/td][/tr][/table]
| The AQUINO V. MARCOS decision was celebrated by liberal and progressive groups, student activist bodies and civil rights organizations, but was strongly and quickly criticized by the Marcos administration. A group of 10 Nacionalista senators and 23 Nacionalista Congressmen signed a joint statement criticizing the Supreme Court for "unnecessarily and unconstitutionally slimming down and weakening the authority of the President" and for "politicizing the Court". Protests and counter-protests then followed, with pro- and anti-demonstrators alike marching down the MENDIOLA chanting slogans at the PLAZA MIRANDA |
[list][pre]PROTECT OUR DEMOCRACY! ... THANK YOU JUSTICE CONCEPCION! ... NO TO WAR! ... VIETNAM: NOT OUR FIGHT! ... PILIPINAS FOR PEACE[/pre][/list]
| MARCOS ADMINISTRATION BACKERS, most prominently SEC. JUAN PONCE ENRILE, the Secretary of Justice, pledged to appeal the decision on behalf of the President and "prevent the collapse of our justice system". ENRILE, a close ally of the President who had previously worked on his initial 1966 campaign and then served as Undersecretary of Finance from 1966 to 1968, took to the radios and the televisions and the newspapers to broadcast his message critical of the Supreme Court. Public opinion, generally, however appeared to be in favor of the Court's decision war was UNPOPULAR, with the Vietnam question garnering only 42% support among Filipinos. While the anti-communist fighter days of Ramon Magsaysay were still relatively fresh in memory, many mothers and fathers were not willing to risk the lives of their children fighting in Vietnam. With election year approaching, MALACANANG sought to find a way out of their public opinion predicament as PRESIDENT MARCOS continued to seek alternative pathways to deploy Philippine personnel to Vietnam to support the country's American partners. |
| In late October, a few weeks after the early Oct. ruling of the Supreme Court, the MARCOS ADMINISTRATION embarked on a national tour aimed at unveiling a series of new executive actions aimed at repealing many agricultural regulations, unleashing the potential of Filipino farmers, and embarking upon an ambitious infrastructure project to drastically reduce the travel time between Baguio, Manila, and Naga City, as well as boost inter-provincial trade on LUZON province. President Marcos visited TAGAYTAY, then CLARK AIR BASE, then BAGUIO then ISABELA province. The tour would continue throughout November, and Malacanang would confirm that it would continue to the end of the year. |
| President Marcos's wife, the infamous IMELDA MARCOS, known for her great opulence and extravagance, was dispatched by her powerful husband to lead the openings of several high-profile cultural events. All were built around the "Bagong Lipunan" policy umbrella of the Marcos administration it roughly translates to New Society. A new center for heart and lung research in QUEZON CITY, new public hospitals in LAS PINAS, a new site for housing development in PASIG the ambition of the administration was practically boundless. |
| While the media news cycle redirected most public attention away from the tense Supreme Court ruling in October on Aquino v. Marcos, the Liberal Party and student groups and alliances were determined to oust the President in the coming elections this 1970. SENATOR NINOY AQUINO, the leader of the opposition in government and the head plaintiff in the Supreme Court case, was organizing a strong list of candidates for the Senate with the aim of at the very least flipping a chamber and disrupting a second Marcos agenda. This, however, would prove to be an uphill task, with polling by the MANILA TIMES indicating Marcos leading Aquino with 46% to 42%. There were also increasing worries that the coming election season would be one of the most tense, with fired-up opposition groups ready to be pitted against supporters of the incumbent administration. |
[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
[/spoiler]
Paramountica, Rutannia, Amsterwald, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Batallon De Dignidad, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Tallahan, Maziya, Spain-, Salisbury-Southern Rhodesia
The Three Princes
| Scene 2, Act 1 |
| First Blood |
______________
[sub]October, 1969[/sub]
The game had begun just a few months ago, and two major events had given the Senior Minister for Commerce, Nnamdi Azikiwe the upper-hand in the opening act of the Three Princes. The 1969 Budget, which had discussed and debated for a few weeks between Baelwa Loyalists wanting to adopt to a more pro-US approach, aiming at faster de-regulation and allowing investors to buy into key markets, and Azikiwes more moderate and cautious approach, wanting to hold off any drastic de-regulation and adapt a more gradual approach to market-based reforms. It was clear this split in the cabinet was bigger than purely a policy difference. Gaining a compromise between the two would automatically be a win for Azikiwe and his loyalist band and showcase his influence on the government at full strength. Forcing Balewa with a budget deemed only as a half measure would not just be a blow to the confidence inside government, but also offer time to Azikiwes faction to hold their cards out for the longer and wait in the sidelines for an extended time. The budget easily passed the unicameral National Assembly, even supported by the Liberal Alliance, but internally, a blow to Balewas confidence and his own faction and showing the opening cracks of a growing sense of disloyalty and instability in Nigerias first democratic government in 7 years. But this would be simply a minor blow to what was coming for President Balewa and his faction in the cabinet.
By September of 1969, Balewa had announced a new operation to crackdown on remaining dissidents in the Niagara region, who had remained active in the region since the signing of the Treaty of Lagos earlier that year, with over 2,500 soldiers set to be deployed mostly in the rural farmlands of the oil-rich region. The aim was to military suppress the Biafra Nationalist Front (BNF) in a brutal and quick fashion and continue operations in a more silent fashion with the deployment of the newly-formed Nigerian Security Corps to deal with any remaining terrorist behaviour in the region in a much more long-term sense. In terms of his own personal and party popularity, it would create the dynamic he had been gambling for years - Unity and the One Nigeria doctrine. Defeating them would also foil any attempt at ousting him in the near future and would put quiet any rumours of Azikiwe becoming the new President. But the other prince of Gowon, who had quietly been building up his own powerbase, mostly outside of the central government, was put to lead Operation Syndicate. His aim was to make it out to be a success, but his own personal success, and the hope of that was to create a scapegoat inside the central government if something was to be go wrong. If the operation failed, Gowon would simply place public blame on the newly-installed Balewa loyalist, Musa Yar'Adua, and could deal a deep blow to the government and the President himself.
The 3 week period in September saw the BNF for the most part crushed by a far superior, better armed and better supplied Federal Nigerian Army, although minute pockets remained scattered across the region, for the large part, was stabilised. However, after the operation had died down in terms of the scale and activity, Gowon had discussed with one of Nigerias biggest media outlets, the Kano Outlet, which was heavily popular amongst the rural farmers of Nigeria, to accuse the Nigerian Government of allowing the committing of war crimes on BNF soldiers. While it may or may not have been true, Gowon was the leading man of the operation, and so a genuine attempt to create something out of nothing. His own personal loyalists, unlike Azikme and Balewa, were more outside the government, either in regional governments or in the media, and one of his most trusted allies was one of the chief editors of the Kano Outlet, who happily allowed the publication to enter front pages on the morning of the 22nd September, 1969.
Chaos struck the Balewa government - perhaps even to an extent, their first crisis. Responding to this accusation could go one of the two ways. Either shift the blame back onto Gowon, which could open the chest to even more scrutiny from either Gowons loyalists or Azikimes in government, or accept the blame and let someone go, and that someone was either the Senior Minister for Defence, that being his own loyalist and long-time ally, Ladoke Akintola, the Senior Minister for Internal Security, of which was another loyalist, named of Festus Okotie-Eboh, a long-time figure in the party and government who had been a skilled political strategist during the civil war years or his veteran friend, the Minister for Military Affairs, Musa Yar'Adua. Whoever he was to sack, it would be a blow to himself, his confidence in government and the political game in government with Azikiwe. He knew he had to accept it to avoid growing out the political skirmish with Gowon, and so looked to sack the Senior Minister for Internal Security, Okotie-Eboh, and place the Musa as the new Senior Minister for IS. Shortly after that, he would abolish the Minster for Military Affairs. This was a big blow in many different ways.
Firstly, it showed a clear weakness in the government, created a potential crisis in confidence for the President, allowed Gowon to walk free and most importantly of all, gave Azikime another front to battle on, that being with Gowon or without him. He didnt care if it was true or not. Balewa knew for certain that both his former advisor and second in command, and the popular general of the Nigerian Army, Azikime and Gowon, were in it for the long haul. Is Azikime going to strike first and cause chaos early doors, or hold his cards and wait for the perfect tune? Was it merely a warning shot from Gowon, or the beginning of a tense battle between government and military?
Nigerias road to recovery is now firmly interwoven with the battle for power in the Three Princes. How quickly they recover, and if they recover at all, will come down to who holds their cards and who goes all in. The question is - who will become the true King of Nigeria.
Paramountica, Rutannia, Amsterwald, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Batallon De Dignidad, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Maziya, Spain-
[list][list]SHŌWA 44 | NOVEMBER 1969[/list]
[list][list]ニクソン・佐藤声明
[pre]NIXON-SATO STATEMENT[/pre][/list][/list]
[pre] S A T O I N A M E R I C A ¹ [/pre]
[list][list][sub][pre] オー・スネイル 富士山に登ろう でも、ゆっくり、ゆっくり
O Snail; Climb Mount Fuji But slowly, slowly![/pre][/sub][/list][/list]
THE WHITE HOUSE, Paramountica JOINT STATEMENT[/list]
https://www.nationstates.net/page=dispatch/id=2001387
[list]
____________
[sub]¹ SATO IN AMERICA, American President Richard Nixon welcomed Japanese Prime Minister Eisaku Sato to the White House. [/sub]
Paramountica, Rutannia, Amsterwald, Cascadla, Batallon De Dignidad, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Tallahan, Maziya, Spain-
[list][list]SHŌWA 44 | NOVEMBER 1969[/list]
[list][list]沖縄協定
[pre]OKINAWA ACCORD[/pre][/list][/list]
[pre] M E M O R Y O F A D E F E A T [/pre]
[list][list][sub][pre] オー・スネイル 富士山に登ろう でも、ゆっくり、ゆっくり
O Snail; Climb Mount Fuji But slowly, slowly![/pre][/sub][/list][/list]
NAGATACHŌ EVENING
[sub]TOKYO, Nippon-Nihon[/sub]
| Okinawa remained a reminder of Japans defeat for a quarter of a century. Liberated by the Americans in the final days of the war, it continued to be an American-occupied area even after Japan regained sovereignty. In Washington, during two days of talks, RICHARD NIXON and EISAKU SATO agreed on a timetable for the long-promised return to Japanese control of the Ryukyu Islands, with Okinawa their largest island. The agreement puts an end to the last unfinished business regarding the Japanese attack on Pearl Harbor. At the National Press Club, The PRIME MINISTERs speech, although he spoke English fluently with an accent, hailed the Okinawa agreement as the end of the post-war period. By satisfactorily resolving the Okinawa issue, The PRIME MINISTER greatly improved his domestic political position. |
| Under the terms of the agreement, the Ryukyu Islands returned to Japan in 1972. The Americans, however, will maintain their military bases there. These bases must follow the terms of the U.S.-Japan Mutual Security and Cooperation Treaty, which prohibits Washington from using nuclear weapons without Tokyos approval. Before Japan took control, the Americans withdrew their nuclear weapons there. If the Vietnam War is not over by then, the Americans have reserved the option of asking the Japanese for permission to fly combat support missions from Okinawa, where most of the B-52s are currently located. In return, The PRIME MINISTER made important concessions. He promised to shoulder a greater share of the burden of Asian defense. The PRIME MINISTER will also increase Japans economic aid to other Asian nations. On the trade front, The PRIME MINISTER promised that Japan to use the multilateral Geneva talks to resolve problems created by the rapid expansion of the Japanese textile industry, which has flooded the American market with its low-cost synthetic fibers. |
| Still, the Okinawa agreement is expected to give the Liberal Democratic Party an unprecedented opportunity to maintain control of the Diet. American control and use of Okinawa as a base for Vietnam war operations has long been sensitive to Japanese antimilitarists, and the party has staked its political future on reversion. In Tokyo, party leaders have already hailed Washingtons statement as a demonstration of mutual trust and friendship between Americans and Japanese. Although a minority of radical students and workers oppose any American presence in Japan or Okinawa, a substantial majority of Japanese support The PRIME MINISTERs plan for continued cooperation with the Americans. A master of political timing, The PRIME MINISTER is expected to capitalize on his new advantage by convening an extraordinary session of the Diet to hear his report on Okinawa and then scheduling parliamentary elections. If that happens, The PRIME MINISTER can reasonably expect that his party, which now holds 273 of Japans lower houses 486 seats, might even gain some seats, perhaps at the expense of the Socialists. |
Paramountica, Rutannia, Amsterwald, Cascadla, Batallon De Dignidad, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Maziya, Spain-
| DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC OF KURDISTAN - KOMARA DEMOKRATA KURDISTANÊ |
The Great Leader Recovers as Kurdistan Contemplates the Succession
[sub]| Amed Capital District
| October, 1968 - January, 1969[/sub]
-
After suffering a stroke and subsequent coma, Remman begins to consider Kurdistan without himself and names a formal successor.
___________________
The political climate of Kurdistan was thrown into sudden disarray when the Great Leader Mazar Remman, President of the Republic, suffered a stroke in early October of 1968. The President, now 63 years old, collapsed in his office and was taken to City Hospital #2 where he slipped into a coma. With no Vice-President in the Kurdish system, there was not a clear substitute leader in the Presidents absence. Immediate power fell to the RNLF Political Bureau, which form the elite of the countrys politics.
At a Politburo meeting convened immediately after Remmans stroke, the Minister of Defense, Major General Serhildan Bahram, asserted himself as the de facto leader and sought to have the Peoples Assembly name him Acting President. The 11 members of the Politburo were divided on Bahrams play, with 4- plus Bahram himself- supporting the motion, but 6 opposing it. He would not be made Acting President but with his opponents in the Politburo themselves too divided to rally around a replacement, his unofficial leadership of the Politburo was conceded to. He formed a working alliance with Colonel Diyako Memreshi, the most extreme-left member of the Politburo and the current Foreign Minister. The two assumed responsibility for many functions of the state including carrying out scheduled diplomatic negotiations with Syria.
Just over three weeks after his stroke Remman finally emerged from his coma. Within a few days it became clear the long-term effects would be minimal and though beleaguered he was eager to resume responsibility. All but perhaps Bahram was relieved to have the President back on his feet. While the change was not immediate, his actions during the coma would prove disastrous for his political position. Seeds of distrust were sown in Remman's mind and within a month Bahram would lose all practical influence as Minister of Defense.
Though he himself came to power via a military coup, President Remman became markedly wary of his military after the coma. Once his base of power and source of loyalists, the Peoples Army now seemed to the President to be a potential source of opposition. The military could be broadly divided into moderate and radical factions and of the two the radical officers seemed mostly likely to organize a coup against him. On the 4th of December, Col. Memreshi was sacked as Foreign Minister and subsequently arrested by the State Security Directorate. 14 more of the most politically extreme senior officers were arrested, purging many of Bahrams allies. Rumors swirled that Memreshi had been executed at a political prison in the Zagros Mountains.
Fearing for his life and position, Bahram approached the President in person and swore his allegiance, disavowing his actions during the coma and any possible plot in the military. Perhaps assuaged by this, Remman stated the man would keep his position but that any further acts of such entitlement would result in his immediate end. From here on it was clear Bahram was no longer the #2 man in the Amed Capital District. And a new fervor had been awoken in the President to find a formal successor for the Presidency, especially in the event he were to die in office.
In an address to the 32-man Central Committee of the Revolutionary National Labor Front the President expressed his intent to create a formal position of Vice-President within the constitution of the Democratic Republic of Kurdistan. This announcement kicked off a flurry of political activity inside the Kurdish government and military. Remman had essentially announced his intent to name a successor as it became clear he intended for the office of Vice-President to succeed the Presidency if needed. With Bahram disgraced, there was no clear pick for the office and now the disparate factions of Kurdish politics had the opportunity to seriously elevate their position.
The fortunes of radical officers had recently worsened and so it seemed likely that Remman would choose a more moderate member of the military to succeed him. The clearest choice among them was Brig. Gen. Khidr Abdullah Rasul, Inspector-General of the Kurdish Peoples Army and a member of the RNLFs Central Committee. Since his appointment in 1966, he has ruthlessly asserted Remmans control over the organization, arresting dozens of officers on charges of conspiracy or corruption. Also vying is Lt. Gen. Kaka Ziad Koya, who recently finished a stint as Chief of Staff of the Peoples Army.
It was also possible that Remman would forgo the military entirely and select a member of Kurdistans burgeoning class of bureaucrats and public functionaries. But this group is divided on many ideological matters, especially those of military and economic policy. Of the more moderate civilians, leaders include the longtime Minister of Development, Avdel Rostami, and one of the RNLFs Deputy-Secretaries, Mustafa Qaradaghi. The two are proponents of a reduced role for the Kurdish Peoples Army as well as supporting some liberalizing reforms within the Kurdish economy and opposing more progress for the rights of women in Kurdish society. Opposite them are men like Nouri Shaweis, the other Deputy-Secretary of the RNLF, and one of the most prominent Marxists in the party. Having formerly served as Speaker of the Peoples Assembly, Shaweis is a leader of high reputation in Kurdistan and one of Remmans closest personal advisors. His allies include the Minister of Education, Ali Hazhar, and Hashim Akreyi, one of the RNLFs chief disciplinarians.
On January 7th 1969, the Peoples Assembly passed Amendment #04 to the Kurdish Constitution, legally creating the office of Vice-President. The act designates the VP as the formal successor should the President die in office, being allowed to finish the current term before the Peoples Assembly selects the next President. On the 9th, subsequent legislation was adopted that named Avdel Rostami as the first Vice-President of the Democratic Republic. As an apparent olive branch to civilian radicals, Ali Hazhar would be named Development Minister, and Hashim Akreyi named Education Minister in turn. Rostamis naming sent shockwaves throughout the state, party, and military apparatuses. In a few short moves President Remman had shifted the source of many of his closest subordinates from the military to civilians. Spooked by the actions of his Defense Minister, the aging dictator had now pushed his military compatriots to the margins.
__________________
[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
[/spoiler]
Paramountica, Rutannia, Amsterwald, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Tallahan, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway
[pre]K I N G D O M O F S A U D I A R A B I A | المملكة العربية السعودية[/pre]
[sup]4[/sup] 𝐋𝐢𝐯𝐞 𝐭𝐡𝐞 𝐏𝐞𝐨𝐩𝐥𝐞𝐬 𝐑𝐞𝐩𝐮𝐛𝐥𝐢𝐜 !
[pre]P A R T F O U R - C A P T U R E D[/pre]
| "Our people. . . cannot be tried." a quote from formal king of the emirate A. Saud, grandfather of the current king. This king is important, responsible for the unification of Saudi Arabia. A founders wish in vain. The PRAP, a subject for many, has now grown from a simple rebellion, to a revolution. This evening, Mecca was bombed again, this time some damage was done to the important spiritual sites; caused local authorities to surrender, for fear of the damage of more important sites. Mecca is now in the hands of the People's Republic of the Arabian Peninsula, with these provinces under their control;
[list][*]Makkah (Mecca)[*]Eastem Province[*]Narjan[*]Asir[*]Jizan[*]Bahah[*]Tabuk[/list]
| New Threats now lead to the idea that this rebellion may have a chance of succeeding. The Eastem National Airforce Base was taken by the PRAP forces a week ago, with Makkah being taken this evening. This rebellion continues to grow into a revolution, coming close to taking the crown's life. The Royal Military now arms itself around Riyadh, the final target of the Rebels. Suspicion grows around the inside military, as no one can tell who is a traitor and who is a loyalist, for the impostor situation has grown out of control. With hundreds now found out to be traitors. This growing movement grows with the day, and the crown is in serious danger. As no foreign help has arrived for the crown, hopes seem low. This does not mean the crown has given up, however. Royal Military Forces now surround a successful offensive in the Al-Khobar, and the military progresses to recapture Mecca. Only 378 soldiers are wounded, killed, or missing, while over 1,345 men on the PRAP offensive forces went missing, were killed, or wounded. Now, in the PRAP controlled Al-Waidah, South Sudan has not given any mind towards the manner, dealing with internal issues. As the forces draw closer, more cities could be lifted from rebel control. Royal Airforce has recouped at Riyadh National Airforce Center, and are back in the skies. A new offensive could be launched in the future, and Rebel hands could be broken, and the chess game checkmated.
[table=noheader][tr][td][/td][/tr][/table]
[pre]𝐑𝐞𝐩𝐮𝐛𝐥𝐢𝐜 𝐨𝐟 𝐀𝐫𝐚𝐛𝐢𝐚[/pre]
[list][list]𝐌𝐄𝐂𝐂𝐀, 𝐌𝐀𝐊𝐊𝐀, 𝐓𝐇𝐄 𝐏𝐄𝐎𝐏𝐋𝐄𝐒 𝐑𝐄𝐏𝐔𝐁𝐋𝐈𝐂 𝐎𝐅 𝐀𝐑𝐀𝐁𝐈𝐀[/list][/list]
[pre]| P R E S I D E N T I A L R E P O R T |[/pre]
|KHMER NASSAU [sup][sub]Elected President of the Republic of Arabia[/sub][/sup]| "Citizens of the Republic, I grant you our grand victory over Mecca! An astonishing accomplishment by our royal military. The Crown's oppressive hand no longer reigns over us, now the light of freedom can fall on to our heads, and we can shower in its glorious shine!"
[list]|Ministers Beside Khmer Clap, as the public outside the podium claps|[/list]
|HAEMAH KHALAF [sup][sub]Minister of the Interior, the Republic of Arabia[/sub][/sup]| "As our beloved president stated, this momentous victory over the crown is sure to help us win the war, as foreign powers do not take into account the current conflict, we should be good to go. As well, we have had unofficial support from Egyptian Authorities, funding war efforts and weapons. As far as the Ministry of the Interior is concerned, the Egyptian Government is unaware of the unofficial support, a good thing I suppose."
[list]| The Crowed erupts in cheers and praise, chanting "Tahya Althawratu! Tahya Althawratu!" as the Haemah signals to quiet down, the people abruptly stop. |[/list]
|KHMER NASSAU [sup][sub]Elected President of the Republic of Arabia[/sub][/sup]| "We can now give the go for a invasion of Riyadh. This fight will decide the fate of the Republic, Crown, and the entirety of the Arabian Peninsula. We can do our part! Afterwards, if the fight is won, we can take care of the issue with Southern Yemen, if needed by force!"
[list]| Claps can be heard as the crowd stomps on the floor, signaling the praise. The banner of the republic flies over Mecca, the City of Islam. |[/list]
[table=noheader][tr][td][/td][/tr][/table]
[sup][sub]4 - Part of a Series[/sub][/sup]
[spoiler=[sub]Links to the rest of the series on[/sub]
Live the Peoples Republic !
[list=1][*]Part 1[*]Part 2[*]Part 3[*]Part 4[/list]]Adriatican Islands
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
[/spoiler]
Paramountica, Rutannia, Amsterwald, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Maziya, Spain-, Mutawakkiliti
OCTOBER , 1969
Very Able Troopers 69
| With the communist insurgents still active as ever in Malaysia's north. As reports had come in throughout the year on communist activities, with the activities that shine through the most being:
[List][I]24/July Communist terrorist killed a Chinese woman leaving her house in the small isolated mining village of Sintok, Kedah.
[B]25/October Communist terrorist mined a stretch of the Changlun-Sadao road on the Malaysia-Thailand border and tried albeit unsuccessfully to ambush a Malaysian security forces motorised convoy.[/I][/list]
As a response to their activity Minister of Home Affairs & Justice [I]Yeap Ghim Guan[/I] proposes the formation of a purposely formed special forces that performs the role of counter-insurgency within the Malaysian state. Eventually this proposal would form the [I]Yeap Project[/I]. |
| With the [I]Yeap Project[/I] underway and recruitment efforts for the project began. [I]Yeap Ghim Guan[/I] began looking for other special forces organisation that'll serve a mentorship for the future counter-insurgency special force. Eventually settling on the British SAS to provide the necessary mentorship. [B]1,600 officers and men from the [I]Police Field Force[/I] applied for the [I]Yeap Project[/I]. Of which 60 passed the basic commando training tests. A group of instructors from the [I]British SAS, 22nd regiment[/I] were sent to Fort Kemar, Perak[/I] to supervise the training of the first recruits. Only 30 police officers managed to pass and they formed the first nucleus troops of the 69 Commando Battalion. |
| The planned organisation of the special forces that'll result from the [I]Yeap Project[/I] would be organisationally modelled after the [I]British SAS, 22nd Regiment[/I]. To achieve the function of:
[List][I] Intelligence collection in deep reconnaissance missions and warfare.
[B] Special operations to support the [URL=https://www.nationstates.net/page=rmb/postid=55011298]Kuasa Tertinggi Field Unit[/URL] in combating subversive organisations.
[B] Law enforcement operations in dealing with armed criminals inside Malaysian territory.
[B] Search and rescue operations inside or outside Malaysian territory.
[B] Support in term of technique and training to other
Royal Malaysian Police elite units.[/I] |[/list]
| Sand coloured berets would be bestowed onto each member of the [I]69 Commando Battalion[/I] by the British SAS, 22nd Regiment[/I] on the final day of their training by the [I]SAS[/I]. Along with that the [I]69 Commando Battalion[/I] would adopt their own informal insignia. Their informal insignia features:
[list][I][B] The colour black:
[B]i Black symbolises the highly secretive nature of their operations.
[B] The colour red:
[B]i Red symbolises the bravery of the men in this elite unit.
[B] The colour yellow:
[B]i Yellow symbolises loyalty to the king and country.
[B] A javelin:
[B]i The javelin is a Lembing, which is a traditional weapon used by Malay warriors.
[B] Two pieces of the Kerambit.
[B]i Which are arranged to form the number 69, signifying stealth and efficiency.[/I][/list]
Along with that. They'd create their own motto; "Warisan Darah Perwira" [I](Inheritance of The Blood of Warriors)[/I]. |
| The [I]Yeap Project[/I] would be publicly promoted as the Very Able Troopers 69 as the project was deemed [I]"usable"[/I]. The first operation assigned towards the first battalion of the [I]VAT 69[/I] would be to assist the [I]Kuasa Tertinggi Field Unit (KTFU)[/I] in the infiltration of the Communist ranks. Collecting information on Communist strategies, communist plans and communist equipment and if possible take out their leader. But their main overall mission is to help the [I]KTFU[/I] destroy the Communist forces by forcing them to divide and fight amongst themselves. |
______________________________________________
Paramountica, Rutannia, Amsterwald, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Spain-, Slipway
[list][list][pre]| V E R E N I G DㅤㅤK O N I N R I J KㅤㅤB E N E L U X
| "ㅤE E N D R A C H TㅤㅤM A A K TㅤㅤM A C H Tㅤ"[/pre]
[list][list][pre]Zo brult de Nederlandse leeuw
en ontwaakt uit zijn slaap...[/pre][/list]
[pre]// 05 NOVEMBER 1969, WOENSDAG
DEN HAAG, NEDERLAND //[/pre][/list]
Ā L E AㅤㅤI E C T AㅤㅤE S Tㅤㅤ:ㅤㅤAㅤㅤB L O S S O M I N GㅤㅤF L O W E R
[list]ㅤㅤㅤㅤㅤㅤ[sub]In the wake of the Wolsheijner Administration's bold economic experiments, Holland found itself on the brink of a remarkable transformation. With each passing day, the nation surged forward, propelled by an economy that seemed to know no bounds. The once quiet ports of Rotterdam now echoed with the clamour of international trade, while the business plazas of Amsterdam teemed with the hustle and bustle of commerce. In the heart of Eindhoven, factories hummed with ceaseless activity, their labour a testament to the nation's newfound prosperity. It was a time of dizzying growth, as Holland soared to the pinnacle of Western economies. Record-breaking surges in GDP left economists in awe, and whispers of an economic miracle began to circulate. With each success, the scars of the Dutch Banking Crisis and the Walloon Question, still fresh in the nation's memory, seemed to fade into obscurity.[/sub]
[sub]Amidst the whirlwind of Holland's burgeoning economy, the manufacturing sector soared to unprecedented heights, fueled by fierce market competition and significantly reduced production costs. Once stagnant, the Dutch economy now churned out historic quantities of goods, signalling a dawn of new opportunities. Enterprising Dutch-Greek businessman, Gert-Jan Christiakis, emboldened by the dominance of BMW, Renault, Volkswagen, and Peugeot in the European automobile market, envisioned a new chapter for Holland. In 1962, he laid the groundwork for a Dutch automobile manufacturer, spurred by a desire to see his homeland take its place among the industry giants. With government support, Christiakis established Kieft Motors Company in Amsterdam in May 1964, rallying venture capitalists and angel investors to fuel its growth. By 1965, Christiakis joined forces with businessman Huug Roeloffzen, officially founding the Kieft Group, with Kieft Motors Company as its flagship subsidiary. The company's vision took shape as they meticulously crafted their debut model, the Batavia 5060, a sleek and modern vehicle tailored for the needs of nuclear families. From June 1965 to April 1968, Kieft poured heart and soul into perfecting the Batavia 5060 before finally transitioning into full-scale production. In February 1969, the world stood witness as Kieft unveiled the Batavia 5060 to the European market, backed by an ambitious marketing blitz targeting discerning consumers across Switzerland, Britain, France, and the Nordic nations. The response was nothing short of euphoric. Customers lauded the Batavia 5060, propelling Kieft to record-breaking sales in the first two quarters of 1969. Leading the charge was the United Kingdom, where Kieft boasted over fifty-five thousand units sold within the first half of the year, cementing its place as a rising star in the European automotive landscape.[/sub]
[sub]As the applause for Kieft's inaugural Batavia 5060 echoed across the continent, whispers of a new endeavour began to circulate behind closed doors. While plans for a second model simmered in secrecy, Kieft's meteoric rise to prominence sent shockwaves through the automotive world. Despite its youth, Kieft had etched its name into the annals of European manufacturing, poised for a leap onto the global stage. The irresistible blend of comfort, elegance, and affordability that defined its debut offering had already endeared Kieft to the hearts of Dutch consumers, igniting a fervour that transcended borders. Now, with eyes set on international markets, Kieft stood as a beacon of hope in Holland's rapidly evolving economic landscape. The company's ambitions burned brightly, fueled by the promise of a future brimming with possibility. As the world watched, Kieft dared to dream of even greater heights, ready to perhaps one day carve out its place among the titans of the automotive industry.[/sub][/list]
_______________________________________________
[/list][spoiler=[sub]Dit is een fictief stukje creatief werk voor[/sub]
de GEMENEBEST VAN FRIJHEID [ CoL ]
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
[/spoiler][/list]
Paramountica, Rutannia, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway
[list][list][list][pre]RÉPUBLIQUE FRANÇAISE
FRENCH BUREAUCRACY
MINISTÈRE DE LÉCONOMIE & FINANCES[/pre][/list]
______
MINISTRY OF ECONOMICS & FINANCE: ECONOMY & FINANCE MINISTER VALERY GISCARD D'ESTAING ANNOUNCES BROAD ECONOMIC REFORM MEASURES
[sub]VTH FRENCH REPUBLIC | PARIS, SEPTEMBER 1969[/sub][/list]
[sub]| HELM OF PROGRÉS, MINISTÈRE DE LÉCONOMIE & FINANCES - | The Pompidou administration's abrupt devaluation of the franc last month was widely praised as an example of skillful financial management. However, the question remains if France can control inflation before the trade-off advantages of a weaker franc are lost to rising prices which will determine its eventual success. The Pompidou administration welcomed a large number Frenchmen back to work last week after their August vacations with tidings of impending austerity. Finance Minister Valery Giscard d'Estaing unveiled a plan to combat inflation that will make use of almost all of the fiscal and monetary tools at the disposal of modern day administrations.[/sub]
[sub]If accomplished, the objectives that Giscard has established may make France the envy of other countries. He also boldly pledged to accomplish such objectives in less than a year. The objectives are as follows: 1) a balanced budget by January 1, 1970; 2) a "equilibrium" between production and consumption by April 1; and 3) the elimination of France's trade deficit by July 1. When Giscard called for national support to help "win the battle of the franc," he was careful not to incite the industrial conflict that had disturbed the government's economic objectives during the 1968 student riots. The burden placed on common Frenchmen was actually quite small and focused mainly at limiting credit. Instead of the current 30% down payment, car buyers will need to put down 50% and pay the remaining balance over 18 months rather than 21. The down payment on furniture and household equipment will now be 40% instead of 30%, and the term will be cut from 18 to 15 months. Interest rates on savings accounts will increase from 4% to 6% in order to incentivize customers to transfer their funds there. Opposition is significantly more likely to be sparked by a government promise to maintain wage stability. Giscard said that during talks next month, the government would aim to keep salary increases at 4%, which would match the rise in the cost of living so far this year. The minister vowed to boost family allowances for low-income groups and to raise old-age pensions for all, in an attempt to sweeten the pill and somewhat defuse criticism of his polices.[/sub]
[sub]Businessmen were treated with significantly less tact. The devaluation-induced price freeze will persist, albeit with minor adjustments. Due to their increasing revenues from checking-account deposits, bankers will now be required to pay a "exceptional" tax on profits. Only 0.6% of this year's price increases will be permitted for industries that rely on imports, which are more expensive following devaluation1.25% in 1970. Any additional increases will need to be discussed with the government and declared one month in advance. Giscard suavely sought to appease industry by promising that the government would set an example of restraint. He promised to reduce the 1969 deficit from $422 million to just $100 million. Government-owned gas and power providers will not be carrying out their planned price increases. To increase the labor pool, military conscripts will be discharged one month ahead of schedule. Long-term, the Finance Minister repeated a promise made by Prime Minister Jacques Chaban-Delmas: public spending will not increase at a rate higher than the GDP as long as he is in office.[/sub]
[sub]The new austerity, Giscard promised grandly, will "further make France into a model industrial state," with a "regime of permanent price stability." To prevent any speculative rush, Paris has already secured $9.5 billion in fresh international credits as a safeguard against additional depreciation of the franc. The flagship industries of France are still a source of pride and power. The first of the second generation of jet transports, the Caravelle, the renowned Marcel Dassault Mirage jet fighter, and the supersonic Concorde, which was primarily designed in France, are examples of the innovation of the French aviation sector. French products are starting to compete with Italian refrigerators and washing machines, Dutch toasters and transistors, and West German machine tools in the crucial domains of engineering and middle-level management. France is at last emerging as a rival in the global industrial markets that it deserves to be. | [/sub]
[list]______[/list]
[list][list][pre]VIVE LA RÉPUBLIQUE!
VIVE LA FRANCE!
VIVE LEMPIRE![/pre][/list][/list]
[list][spoiler=[sub]𝐄𝐌𝐁𝐑𝐀𝐂𝐄 𝐅𝐑𝐀𝐍𝐂𝐄
𝐂𝐎𝐌𝐌𝐎𝐍𝐖𝐄𝐀𝐋𝐓𝐇 𝐎𝐅 𝐋𝐈𝐁𝐄𝐑𝐓𝐘[/sub]]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
The Kemalist Republic Of Turkiye
[/spoiler]
Paramountica, Rutannia, The Confederation Of Northern Germany, Arcanda, Amsterwald, Federated Arab Emirates, Sixth French Metropolitan Republic, Cascadla, Holy Vatican City States, Federated Turkey, Nasrid Algeria, New Provenance, Monaco-, Andorra-, Tallahan, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway
Post self-deleted by United Jericho.
[sub] DEC 1969[/sub]
[list][list][list][sub][sup]REPUBLIC OF CHINA | 中華民國[/sub][/sup]
[pre]POSTURING[/pre]
[/list]
T[sub]he Kuomintang's National Congress in a way mirrors that of the Mainland's Communist Party's National Congress. Held every five years, the mostly symbolic congress usually is anticipated by China watchers to determine the direction of the state. It also serves as the ground where new political figures are made, and important national policy is announced. This year's National Congress also held the special distinction of marking the 75th anniversary of the party's founding by Dr. Sun Yat-sen. Notable however this time was the massive sign that saw Chiang Kai-shek's son, Ching-Kuo, being pictured alongside his father. For the first time, it seemed that there would be a new party leader.[/sub]
[sub]Citing his health and desire to focus on running the affairs of the state, Generalissimo Chiang Kai-shek announced that he will be stepping down as Tsungtsai (Director-General) to make way for a new leader of the party who in Chiang's own words would 'rejuvenate the heroic spirit of the Party and lead the charge for the reunification of China and it's liberation from the Communist aggressors in the mainland'. This man was of course no other than Ching-kuo, who ran opposed and was elected by an overwhelming majority as new 'Chairman' of the party.[/sub]
[sub]The National Congress however was a distraction for what was happening in the background. Part of the reason for the sudden succession despite having no clear signs before was increased pressure by the mainland on Taiwan. a false flag operation raised alarm bells all over the political establishment and a decision was made that all the relevant political powers, mainly Ching-kuo as Minister of National Defense, had to have total power to deal with the situation at hand. Chiang was no fool, he had no delusions about his abilities, and such understood the need for delegation.[/sub]
[sub]As the Congress progressed into its first few days, newly elected Chairman Ching-kuo began to employ a brand of aggressive language not used since the 50s. 'Immediate unification!' 'The regime is collapsing as the Great Leap Backwards descends into more chaos' 'Mao is senile, he is letting the youth beat up teachers under the pretenses of ideology!' were some of the slogans and phrases used in the congress. A declaration that gave the Chairman wide-range (symbolic) powers to lead the country into war was passed as another form of psychological warfare. Nobody was under the impression that there would be an actual large-scale conflict - save perhaps for a few of the more hardline military officers - but if Beijing wanted violence then it would see the true face of the tiger.[/sub]
[sub]On the final day, the Standing Committee of the Kuomintang was elected, essentially the highest decision-making body of the party. 21 members were elected, most of the former members retained their seats, however this new SC brought with it an increased military presence, notable of which the inclusion of General Hau Pei-Tsun and Chief of the General Staff Lai Ming-tang, another clear indication of the militarized state that the KMT was pursuing in the wake of the aggression by the Communist Party. [/sub]
[sub]A few months ago, the current situation would have been unthinkable, but so was renewed aggression by the Chinese Communist Party in it's weakest moments. Then again, none of the top leaders in Taiwan were ever under the impression that the CPC's position on the mainland was ever at threat, the Great Leap Forward had succeeded in building a successful foundation for a revival of the economy and began turning the wheels for the country's industrialization, meanwhile the Cultural Revolution had only succeeded in proving that the CPC's iron fist approach was the only right one. However for Ching-kuo and his military cadres, none of this would stop their march towards retaking the mainland by any means necessary.[/sub]
-----------------------------
[/list]
[pre]"If when I die, I am still a dictator, I will certainly go down into the oblivion of all dictators. If, on the other hand, I succeed in establishing a truly stable foundation for a democratic government, I will live forever in every home in China" ~ Chiang Kai-shek[/pre]
Paramountica, Rutannia, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Tallahan, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway
[list][list][pre]| V E R E N I G DㅤㅤK O N I N R I J KㅤㅤB E N E L U X
| "ㅤE E N D R A C H TㅤㅤM A A K TㅤㅤM A C H Tㅤ"[/pre]
[list][list][pre]Een regering bestaat uitsluitend
om haar volk te dienen...[/pre][/list]
[pre]// 28 NOVEMBER 1969, WOENSDAG
DEN HAAG, NEDERLAND //[/pre][/list]
Ā L E AㅤㅤI E C T AㅤㅤE S Tㅤㅤ:ㅤㅤS E R V A N TㅤㅤO FㅤㅤT H EㅤㅤP E O P L E
[list]ㅤㅤㅤㅤㅤㅤ[sub]Holland basked in the glow of its economic renaissance, hailed as the Dutch Economic Miracle, affectionately dubbed "Lagerlandswonder" (Lowland's miracle), as the nation charged into the 1970s with unwavering economic might. The shadows of past setbacks, epitomised by the Dutch Banking Crisis and the suffocating grip of the Walloon Crisis during the De Jong administration from 1965 to 1967, seemed but distant memories. Under the visionary leadership of Adrian Wolsheijner, who clinched victory in early 1969, the Netherlands experienced a remarkable resurgence. A convergence of factors, from a burgeoning population to bold policy reforms and a culture of innovation nurtured by the state, propelled the nation back onto the global stage. Wolsheijner's philosophy, rooted in a nuanced approach that rejected the extremes of neoliberal economics, drew inspiration from the principles of the Freiburg School and the visionary insights of Eucken and Böhm. His vision was clear: to forge a path toward a social market economy, where regulation and free markets harmonised to foster sustainable growth and prosperity for all.[/sub]
[sub]Amidst the bustling growth fueled by immigration and soaring birth rates, the Netherlands emerged as a formidable force in Europe, its influence swelling with each passing day. Yet, like all nations grappling with rapid population expansion, Holland found itself ensnared in a pressing dilemma. A scarcity of housing loomed large, driving rent prices and housing costs to dizzying heights. Nowhere was this predicament more palpable than in Amsterdam, where a confluence of immigrants and natives alike clamoured for affordable accommodations, only to be met with frustration and despair. Recognising the urgency of the situation, the Dutch government resolved to seize control. With determination etched upon their faces, they embarked on a bold initiative, poised to confront the housing crisis head-on.[/sub]
[sub]In a bold move spurred by the insights of sociologist and political advisor Koen Eekwiendels, Holland embarked on a pioneering social development project in May 1969. The seeds of change were sown with the Luijendijk Project in Rotterdam, a groundbreaking endeavor that saw the construction of four apartment complexes in the long-neglected Schiedam borough, providing a sanctuary for 560 souls. Buoyed by the moderate success of the Luijendijk initiative, the Dutch government wasted no time in expanding its ambitious vision. From the urban sprawl of Amsterdam to the corridors of power in The Hague, and even reaching down south to Luxembourg and Luik, a wave of social housing projects began to take shape. Among them stood the likes of Kievidhaven (Amsterdam), Wiedelwiejkeert (The Hague), Lieuweende (Luxembourg), and Zuid-Maarten (Luik), each a beacon of hope in the struggle for affordable housing. With two of these transformative projects nearing completion, the Netherlands stands poised to usher in a new era of accessibility and inclusivity. By prioritising the needs of the most vulnerable, Holland endeavours to pave the way for a brighter future, where the promise of affordable housing with low rent prices is not just a dream, but a reality for all.[/sub]
[sub]Under the vigilant oversight of the Ministry of Housing and Urban Development, the social housing projects are meticulously tailored to meet the needs of lower-middle-class families and solitary urban dwellers. Fixed at a modest rate of 27.5 guilders per room, the rental fees ensure accessibility without compromising on quality, with a standard two-bedroom unit totaling 110 guilders (£43 pound sterling) to encompass the kitchen, living room, and bedrooms. To ensure equitable distribution, citizens can apply for social housing through designated government channels, presenting proof of income as a prerequisite. With a commitment to fairness, each family is limited to one housing unit, safeguarding against exploitation of the system. In a nod to sovereignty, foreign residents, including guest workers without Dutch citizenship, are temporarily excluded from eligibility for social housing. This measure underscores the government's dedication to prioritising the welfare of its own citizens, preserving resources for those who call the Netherlands home. As the Netherlands strides confidently into a new chapter, it remains steadfast in its commitment to serving the people, shunning the grip of elitism that once cast a shadow over The Hague. With each passing milestone, the nation reaffirms its dedication to the principles of equality and social justice, ensuring that all citizens have a place to call home in this ever-evolving landscape.[/sub][/list]
_______________________________________________
[/list][spoiler=[sub]Dit is een fictief stukje creatief werk voor[/sub]
de GEMENEBEST VAN FRIJHEID [ CoL ]
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
[/spoiler][/list]
Paramountica, Rutannia, Socialist Democratic Republic Romania, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Tallahan, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway
[table=noheader][tr][td][pre]T H E S L O V E N E R E P U B L I C S L O V E N S K A R E P U B L I K A[/pre]
JAKAC GOVERNMENT ANNOUNCES NEW SPORTS INITIATIVE IN WAKE OF FAILED WORLD CUP QUALIFICATION
[sup][pre]After a disappointing performance in the 1970 FIFA World Cup qualifications, President Jakac announces a wide-reaching sports subsidy program.[/pre][/sup]
[/td][/tr][/table]
[list][sup]WELFARE WELL-TIMED
NOVEMBER 1969[/sup][/list]
In truth, sports and athletics had long been targets for new funding and revitalization under President Boidar Jakac. In sporting, Slovenia was a robust nation: sokols gave it an enormous rate of youth sport participation, particularly in gymnasticswherein Miroslav Cerar won his recent gold medaland youth football participation was solidly on the rise. However, the flush budget that resulted from the Alpski nakup gave Jakac more room for social initiatives, and building on an already-robust foundation seemed like a sure victory.
Politics, however, demand cunning timing. Like any program, Jakacs athletics subsidies could be set in favorable circumstances at a favorable hour. This is what he elected to do. Slovenia was enthralled by the 1970 FIFA World Cup (Sport-Internationale) qualifiers, keenly remembering the dramatic 1966 qualifiers and Slovenias razor-thin defeat to Spain that ended its dream run. This time, the sting managed to be harsher; Slovenia placed second-to-last in its group, far from the qualification it so desired. It was now, when attention to national sports was at its zenith, that the Jakac administration would unveil his reply$3 million (1968) to be distributed in subsidies to youth and adult sports clubs, including professional football teams, in $1 million parcels set for 1970, 1972, and 1974. The emphasis would be on talent cultivationon seeking out natural talent and honing it. Even in its current state, Slovenias sporting landscape was producing exciting young names in football, midfielder Branko Oblak and winger Zdenko Verdenik among them. Now, with Slovenian sports organs to be afforded funds for new scouts and recruiters, another generation in Slovenias towns and villages might be sifted for its stars.
[list][sub]IN OTHER NEWS: A deal with the Republic of Singapore was recently concluded by the Slovenian Foreign Ministry, reaffirming relations between the two states and establishing mutual commercial representative offices to expand trade. An agreement was likewise reached to reduce double taxation, aiming to make Singapore a place for Slovenian companies to operate and likewise. The prospect of involvement in Singapore has proved a subject of much enthusiasm among Slovenian companies, who watch the young state grow with a keen eye.[/sub][/list]
https://www.nationstates.net/page=dispatch/id=1857012
Paramountica, Rutannia, Socialist Democratic Republic Romania, Cascadla, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Tallahan, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway
[list]November 1969
[sub]Eine Nation Völler Ambitionen[/sub][/list]
[pre]D I E B U N D E S R E P U B L I K[/pre]
A NATION OF AMBITION
[sub]FRANKFURT, THE FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY, New Provenance - MORNING[/sub]
| ". . . We are a boundless, impenetrable, unstoppable nation of ambition . . ." was the line most remembered by the country in Sophie Scholl's first speech as FEDERAL CHANCELLOR. After receiving a majority of votes in the Bundestag (247) in the vote of confidence in a government led by her, she addressed the nation's unicameral parliamentary body and made a speech largely focused on optimism about the future, and plans to tackle social issues like the Vietnam War, detente with the Communist East, and new economic programs aimed at lifting up the working class and encouraging overall national export rate and GDP growth. Her speech was met with applause from her coalition partners, the SPD and the FDP, with polite applause from the opposition CDU. Within days of assuming office, Scholl signaled her intention to move fast when she put forward to the Bundestag for consideration legislation that would expand existing programs to boost Germany's exports and empower German corporate innovation. |
| As the country concludes the decade of the 1960s, the outlook is positive but the current state of the nation is somewhat dull in comparison to what the previous government of Willy Brandt was aiming for. While the country's exports and unemployment had decreased overall since the mid-1960s, when the economy was most volatile, a collusion of a variety of factors have meant there remains an issue to be tackled. The most crucial piece of data that requires tackling by the German government is the decline in capital investments into German private industry, which in past decades have spurred on historic levels of jobs and economic growth for the country. The Brandt government assumed a fiscally conservative position on the issue, supporting CDU proposals to slash business taxes and streamline regulations to boost economic productivity and encourage mobility in the German industrial world. |
| To the delight of free market liberals and fiscal conservatives alike, FDP leader Wolfgang Mischnick assumed the position of Minister of Economy rather than Minister of Defense, giving him the purview to direct the country's economic policy for the foreseeable future. Mischnick's economic policy is more liberal, but still somewhat similar to, than that of one of his most popular predecessors in the position, and current opposition leader, Ludwig Erhard. Both have supported incentivizing growth and innovation of German companies that in the 1950s were the backbone of the export boom that grew the national economy to record levels. |
| The heavily demoralized SPD, now in second position in the coalition, with their leader, Willy Brandt, serving as Vice-Chancellor with an additional portfolio as Foreign Minister, was given the task of leading the country on foreign policy. The new Chancellor was a strong supporter of Ostpolitik and general detente with the Communist East, and was even supportive of a loosening of border restrictions between the Federal Republic of Germany and the German Democratic Republic. The leading DfV party, the liberal political machine that formed this year and rallied behind Scholl as their candidate, assumed the daunting task of reforming, as mentioned above, domestic policy. Scholl unveiled her plans for domestic policy during visits to a Volkswagen factory complex outside of Frankfurt and a visit to a general hospital in Cologne, outlining health and industry as the priorities of her administration. She also gave a nod to younger voters during a visit to a low-income housing complex in Bonn built in 1967, touting plans to reform the welfare system to expand its coverage while keeping its fiscal cost on the country in check. |
[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
[/spoiler]
Paramountica, Rutannia, Amsterwald, Socialist Democratic Republic Romania, Cascadla, Metropolitan Francais, Tallahan, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway
NOVEMBER , 1969
A Necessary Sacrifice Of Democracy
| [I]Datuk Abdul Razak[/I] the current chairman of the United Malay National Organisation (UMNO[/I] would make a speech to students from the school known as [I]Victoria Institution[/I], which is the oldest secondary school in Kuala Lumpur. Having been established in 14 August 1893. This school was selected by [I]Datuk Abdul Razak[/I] due to its importance in the history of modern Malaysia, as it's the site of, the formal surrender of the [I]29th Imperial Japanese Army[/I] to [I]Lieutenant-General Ouvry Roberts[/I] of the [I]34th Indian Corps[/I], on the [I]13 September 1945[/I]. [I]Datuk Abdul Razak[/I] would make a speech to the students of [I]Victoria Institution[/I]:
[List][I]" What is Malaysia? It's not a distinct identity but rather a nation made by the Malays, for the Malays. The British recognised that fact when our nation was a mere colonial subject of the British Empire and allowed our nine rulers to retain their administrative positions. In the early years of the British colonial period, our nation was a nation of Malays led by only Malays. It's only in recent years had the non-Malays have a desire to expand their influence in governance of our nation. Our rulers invited the British into our country and as such they had a say in how our nation is to be governed. But we never invited the non-Malays to have an administrative role in our country but yet here we are led by a Chinese prime minister. There needs to be a call for re-election so we the Malays will have a rightful Malay leader to lead our country of Malays for the Malays! "[/I] | [/list]
| Prime minister [I]Goh Hock Guan[/I] would pass a new act from his cabinet entitled the "Necessary Sacrifice of Democracy". This act would be passed as part of the [URL=https://www.nationstates.net/page=rmb/postid=55078291]Nation Reform Policy (NRP)[/URL] as well as a response to the speech by [I]Datuk Abdul Razak[/I] at [I]Victoria Institution[/I]. |
| This new act would entail:
[List][I][B](I) A Ban On Racial & Religious Ideologies
[B] Any political society that talks about implementing racial supremacism or racial biased laws or religious supremacism or religious laws in the nation will not be a legal entity within Malaysian politics.
[B] Any political society that uses words with an association with any religion in its name will not be a legal entity within Malaysian politics.
[B]- If a political society is in violation of those two criteria's, all members of that political society are bound to see imprisonment and political reeducation.
[B](II) Limitations To Political Tools
[B] Before any protest could be performed in the nation. The leader of the protest have to apply for the right to protest and after the protest is over, that right will be revoked until appealed at a later date.
[B] Before an election, all political parties cannot begin campaigning until the first day of voting.
[B]- If any of these criteria's have been broken, the police are allowed to use a moderate amount of force (beating people) and placing these violations onto their criminal records. [/I] |[/list]
| With this new act taking effect, multiple parties would not be considered as legally a political party within Malaysia anymore. This includes the major parties of the [I]Malaysian Chinese Association (MCA)[/I] due to them being founded under the principles of [I]Sun Yat Sen[/I] teachings, which included Chinese nationalism. Then there's also [I]UMNO[/I] a party that has not been shy about its Malay nationalism and belief of a Malay nation with a Malay overlordship. Then there's the [I]Malaysia Islamic Party (PAS)[/I] which have since its inception been vocally against the practice of other religions in Malaysia. |
| Chairman of the [I]MCA[/I], [I]Tan Siew Sin[/I] would send a letter to [I]Goh Hock Guan[/I] to regain the [I]MCA's[/I] legal status. The letter states that:
[List][I]" While yes, the MCA was ideologically founded under the ideas of Sun Yat Sen. The MCA does not advocate for Chinese nationalism in the same way as UMNO does for Malay nationalism. Rather we advocate for a united Chinese identity not racial supremacism. The MCA has in the past works within the Malaysian laws to represent the interest of the Chinese people in Malaysia's government. "[/I][/list]
After reading that letter. The [I]MCA[/I] was allowed to once again be a legal political entity in Malaysia's politics. |
| With that new act taking effect it sends shock waves across Malaysia's political landscape as suddenly Malaysia's most strongest political force [I]UMNO[/I]. Is no longer a legal entity within Malaysia's politics. However shocking news would also befall Malaysia's newspapers as the [I]"father of development"[/I], [I]Datuk Abdul Razak[/I] was reported as having disappeared by members of [I]UMNO[/I], family members and Malaysia's ex-prime minister [I]Tunku Abdul Rahman[/I]. |
______________________________________________
Paramountica, Rutannia, Amsterwald, Socialist Democratic Republic Romania, Metropolitan Francais, Spain-, Slipway
Post by Holy Seelers Imperial Federation suppressed by Metropolitan Francais.
November 1960
Pretoria, Transvaal, The place that was formerly known as the Union of South Africa. For the survival of Christian Civilzation, and for the Afrikaner nation.
After World War 2, growing political dissent for part taking in a war that was largely unpopular amongst the majority Black African and more numerous Afrikaner community has led to riots and political turnmoil in the then Union of South Africa, a British self governing dominion. Jan Smuts, the prime minister fails to address political demands of the Blacks who want universal sufferage, and Afrikaners who want to entrench segregation between whites and blacks. The dawn of a new decade shows South Africa in the verge of collapse, and soon the Afrikaner majority Transvaal Republic and Oranje Free State emerge from the shadows, with the Union Defence Force(UDF) and the government splitting into various states in each of the former four provinces of the Union, with Southwest Africa gaining independence as Namibia. Now, the South African Republic, a Volkstaat for the Afrikaners have reemerged from the shadows. There is growing tension in the borders of the fragil combination of the Free State and the Transvaal. The millions of blacks living in the former borders of two provinces have been expelled, with Afrikaans speaking coloureds and Afrikaners all gathering here from all over Africa.
Now, at 1960, the Republic must defend its borders to protect the lives of 5 million Afrikaans speaking brothers and sisters. It is a Christian state, dominated by the Dutch Reformed Church. Ethnic groups are as the following: 85% White Afrikaner, 13% Coloured and 1% Black and 1% Asian. In the 1960 survey, 95% spoke Afrikaans as their native language, with English, Basotho, and Zulu following.
The Afrikaner units of the Union Defence Force that joined the Republic, now known as the South African Defence Force or the Suid Afrikaanse Weermag, secure the border. There is tight control on immigration, with Dutch speaking Indo people who fled the former Dutch colony of Indonesia being the most recently accepted immigrants. The surrounding nations include the Natalia Republic, the Zulu Kingdom, Transkei, Botswana, Cape Republic and the Federation of Rhodesian and Nyasaland. As tensions between the British colonial government and Blacks up north of the Zambezi begin to rise, so does the need to strengthen it's military. All males aged between 16 and 35 are subjected to three years of national service, with an obligation to be present when reserve forces are mobilized up until the ages of 35. The standing military is currently 80,000 with 60,000 being the Army, 15,000 being the Airforce, and the rest being split between the Medical Corps and Staff Service. It has no navy.
The nation stands firmly against communism. As a result the nation supports continued European domination in Africa, and supports British, Belgian, French and Portuguese efforts to crush rebellions and quell independence movements. What lies at the future? No one is for sure what does.
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania, Spain-
Road to Recovery
| First 5-Year Cycle |
_____________
[sub]November 1969[/sub]
While inside the central government, Balewa was facing a power struggle with his former second-in-command, Nnamdi Azikiwe, a small band of advisors and influential lawmakers had been tasked with setting up the "5-year Cycle" - a road which would see a series of political and economic reforms. While into which direction it was unclear, President Balewa and his party were aiming to give a concrete map of direction for Nigeria to follow.
Plans had already been devised for big investments into agriculture, set to be funded via a revamp of the old-school tax system, of which was both sluggish and full of corruption already. The government also wanted to look into political reform, such as the setting up of an independent judiciary, having established one within the National Assembly. All these ideas had very much been set in motion for the last few months, but fighting a factional battle inside the cabinet created a paralysation within the core of Nigeria's governing body. It was decided, with a large influence from the President himself, that they would focus on tax reform, price regulations for farmers, investment into housing and education and the accelerated roll-out of the Farmers Subsidy Scheme to stir productivity and growth within a devastated sector, and a key sector, of the Nigerian economy.
Set to last 5 years, the cycle would begin with an ambitious budget for 1970, which would aim for a national roll-out of the farmer's subsidy scheme, funded partly by borrowed money as well as new taxes concerning businesses, which were set by the start of the year to pay a flat 5% of income directly into the central government. Placement of temporary caps in ministry budgets would be able to prevent a spiral of debt, and so would be supported by new regulations set on ports, an area of high economic corruption and tax evasion. If the 1970 Budget was a success, it was then perhaps the most important stage - tax reform - next in line. Balewa and his small band of advisors were concerned with both the low level of taxation on long-term wealth, luxury items, non-productive rural land and especially and the tax evasion, mostly within the wealthier urban areas, as well as within many of the ports within Nigeria. If they could raise more tax revenue, it could be able to fund future potential projects surrounding housing and education.
The President's big pledge for "careful reformism" now hits it's catalyst. While he may fight his factions in the cabinet and central government, his promises of economic recovery must be taken grasp. While the economy remains in a state of confusion, an industrial sector masked with de-regulation and the potential for corruption, a rural economy is still in a state of disarray, with attempts by Balewa and his government failing to make a dent into the long-term systemic problem for Nigeria's agricultural sector. For the wealthier ports of the South, the prospect of mass deceit and avoiding the growing reality of more taxes. Millions across the country still do not see the promises of a rejuvenated economy, with the pledges of a modern welfare system, a minimum wage and regulations on larger corporations failing to come to means. Nigeria's road to recovery is still on a shaky path, as attempts to raise more revenue, re-invest in a stale and broken economy and most of all, give a sense of optimism to the millions across the Lion of Africa.
Paramountica, Rutannia, Socialist Democratic Republic Romania, Metropolitan Francais, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway
[sub] DEC 1969[/sub]
[list][list][list][sub][sup]REPUBLIC OF CHINA | 中華民國[/sub][/sup]
[pre]MONEY AND POLITICS[/pre]
[/list]
T[sub]aiwanese television has witnessed a rapid rise in latest years. Moving into the 60s with a flourishing electronics industry, a booming economy, a newly emerging middle class, and a desire to introduce the latest technology into the Taiwanese market made the conditions ripe for the creation of a television industry on the island. Starting it's existence with a capital of US$ 750,000, the Taiwanese Television Enterprise has grown not only to produce television content, but also directly aid the economy by manufacturing television sets and cultivating an advertisment environment that has led to the growth of Taiwanese businesses. Today, the TTV produces 70 hours of broadcasting content, a large portion of which is in color .[/sub]
[sub]Not content with just the TTV, the government authorized the creation of a second television channel in 1968. Having proved that a TV station was profitable, the eyes of Taiwanese entrepreneurs lit up, and many applied for a license to create a second channel. However, the Kuomintang's propaganda department, specifically through the Broadcasting Corporation of China (BCC) which owned the largest radio station in the country, also wanted a share in the pie. Eventually, President Chiang Kai-shek stepped in and ordered a joint-venture between all the relevant parties (that heavily prioritized the BCC) and the China Television Company was formed.[/sub]
[sub]The CTV was an even bigger success, introducing mass scale color television to the island, and having a much larger budget thanks to the involvement of many private interests, the Taiwanese government got the message, and announced that a third channel will be launched in 1970, this time fully prioritizing private companies and even being listed on the Taiwanese Exchange so that it would truly flourish as a private company. Of course not just any businessman could do, it had to be someone close to the KMT. Enter Lin Ting-Sheng, owner of the largest private company - Tatung, which holds a large market share in the production of electrical appliances, including color television sets, and heavy machinery - in Taiwan, and member of the Taipei City Council.[/sub]
[sub]For Lin Ting-Sheng, the business opportunity proved too good to pass, as not only would it serve as an excellent diversification scheme for the Tatung Group, turning it into a true conglomerate enterprise that would be involved in more than just the manufacturing, but it would also allow Lin to build a strong foundation to launch a bid for the mayoral position in Taipei, thus expanding his influence politically even more. Thus as December came on the island, it was announced in a press conference that Tatung would be the first private company to launch a television channel, owning the majority share in the 'Taipei Broadcasting Group'. This share however was only 58%, with the rest being divested between the Ministry of National Defense, The ROC government, and the BCC.[/sub]
[sub]The TBG was, in Lin's own words, 'be both a channel for patriotic development and trailblazing entertainment of novel variety'. This slogan was important, with the big two already hounding most prominent actors and entertainment, the TBG had its work cut out for it. Lin, ever the cunning businessmen, however saw a niche from which he could especially benefit from. By targeting the youth and young adult demographics, Lin would be able to take advantage of support from the military establishment which would provide funds and resources in exchange for airtime from which it could reach its main target, while also providing said demographic with the type of entertainment that would appeal to them. Specifically, foreign movies, low-brow wuxia and action tv shows, and sports. [/sub]
[sub]Infrastructure wise, the TBG was to have as much cutting edge advantage as it could. The establishing document listed the following as base principles concerning the television channel: The station was to be located in Taipei in a studio lot covering 15,000 square meters, it would telecast in colors, it would be established with a base capital of US$ 3,500,000, and finally that it would lunch in September of 1970.[/sub]
[sub]Promising the creation of hundreds of new jobs whether in construction or in the operation of the TV station, Lin had already began to form the basis of his political ascension by buying the loyalty of many Taiwanese. Establishing ties with the military establishment would help with having key allies within the most powerful institution in the country, and having a public media company would only help with advertising Tadung's products, which would increase sales for the enterprise. Lin Ting-Sheng had begun laying down the building bricks for the next step in his rise.[/sub]
-----------------------------
[/list]
[pre]"If when I die, I am still a dictator, I will certainly go down into the oblivion of all dictators. If, on the other hand, I succeed in establishing a truly stable foundation for a democratic government, I will live forever in every home in China" ~ Chiang Kai-shek[/pre]
Paramountica, Rutannia, Arcanda, Victoria Harbor, Socialist Democratic Republic Romania, Metropolitan Francais, Tallahan, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway
[B]ALL EYES ON LITTLE ANGUILLA
[sub]| 11 July23 September 1967 | The Valley, Republic of Anguilla, Leeward Antilles |[/sub]
Enduring subjugation and malfeasance from the greater St. Christopher Federation, the Anguillan people in near unanimity decided in referendum which formulated a vote polarity of 1,813 to 5 regarding the question of independence for the island of some 6,000. With as many as 2,550 total registered voters in Anguilla on 11 July 1967, it stood clear, 99.75% of Anguillan voters favored the idea of full sovereignty, no matter trial nor tribulation, above the conditions that which the St. Christopher-Nevis-Anguilla Federation of Premier Robert L. Bradshaw (St. Kitts), impose upon and usurp from little Anguilla since the binding of their union together in February 1967. Funds gravely misappropriated, infrastructure left neglected, roads left unpaved, Wallblake Aeroport yet still but a miniscule unpaved sandy strip and operating today identically as the day it was excavated for martial use during the Second World War. The worst of these being the somber fact that Anguilla did not yet have a main port of entry, or a proper pier for that matter, unlike St. Kitts and Nevis with Basseterre and Charlestown, while contrarily The Valley, Anguilla's largest city, capital, and commercial centre, is located further inland.
Notwithstanding, the town's infrastructure increasingly falls short of the ability to manage it's own enterprises and commercial interests. With all of the funds from the Crown ending up in Basseterre, little Anguilla would be forced to remain constrained this way in order to inflate the lesser isle's necessity to remain within the tri-state Federation, and thus St. Kitts continues to receive the lion's share of Anguilla's subsidies. It would come as no surprise when a mob burned down the Government House in The Valley in March 1967 in protest of Bradshaw's administration, evicting the Federation police force largely comprised of Kittitian constables, just two months thereafter on 30 May, declared as "Anguilla Day". The ardent Anguillan people had fought for their liberty and were ready to exercise the political leverage they took direct action to obtain, to finally decide the fate of their own island.
On 12 July, a day after the referendum vote, the Republic of Anguilla was proudly announced, it's official national ensign was hoisted that morning and it's official declaration of independence, prepared by Harvard Law professor, Roger Fisher, an American lawyer representing Anguilla throughout it's ongoing transitory process from an Associated State of the United Kingdom, into an independent Republic on par with the many free nations of the world, was formally ratified before the five-seat Anguilla Island Council (AIC) installed as the interim government with Ronald Webster serving as it's Chairman. The formal declaration would make headlines across the Leeward Islands Associated States, garnering mixed emotion throughout the rest of the British West Indies. The full reading of the declaration by [sub]Sir[/sub] Walter Hodge, Treasurer, was broadcasted live on a 53.000 Mhz 6-metre VHF band from Crocus Hill wireless station, Anguilla's highest peak, reaching ham radio stations up to 2,500km away. Crocus Hill station was under the control of Tennison "Tenny" Dover's armed militant gang, self-styled as the 'Anguillan Gendarme', utilising it's facilities to monitor local police chatter in neighbouring St. Christopher. As well, the wireless station's hillside overlook proved quite the vantage for them, affording a generous view of Sandy Ground and Road Bay.
Despite technically being political adversaries of Ronald Webster and the Anguilla Island Council-led government, Tennison Dover expressed magnanimity toward the strides Webster had made thus far to achieve genuine independence for little Anguilla, ultimately a goal of his own. This would become the first instance of cooperation between these two sides driven by similar aims, yet remain divided by the differences of political vehicles they each invest.
Across the pond, on Nevis Island, Norman "Norm" Berkeley, a Nevisian secessionist and former St. Kitts police officer sympathetic to the Anguillan cause, soon became one of it's most vital lifelines in the months that followed independence day of 12 July. Norm routinely traveled from his residence in Gingerland to Charlestown, Nevis' largest settlement, to furnish a 1963 Chris-Craft Cavalier 35' motor yacht and ferry supplies over to the 'Anguillan Gendarme' under the nose of both the government's of Anguilla and St. Christopher. Utilising code wording, usually in morse, Norman kept in direct contact with Dover's forces through the ham radio VHF bands, making habit of changing frequencies often, and would coordinate these supply drops using the cryptic language they had begun to mutually develop to thwart potential Kittitian police eavesdropping. As Nevisian sovereigntist sentiments come to an equitable boil, fanning the flame underneath Anguilla's independence became politically and strategically advantageous to Nevis' own struggle against the overlordship of St. Christopher.
[spoiler=[sub]O LANDS OF BEAUTY![/sub] ] Adriatican Islands AmsterwaldAnglo Channel Arcanda Bhaarat Lok Cascadla Cheezaslovakia Connomia East Germany Ddr Great Britain Gb Greater Kurdistane Hatzburg Israelli Kewtpuff Klingenthalerburg Kotakuan Ii Ma-Li Maziya Metropolitan Francais Mutawakkiliti Nevbrejnovitz Newauroria New Provenance Nileia Nippon-Nihon Osivoii Paramountica Paseo Peking Zhongguo Pontianus Provenancia Ranponian Rio De La Plata Argentina Rutannia Saudi Arabiyah Socialist Democratic Republic Romania Spainard Spain- The Confederate Prussian Empire Vancouver Straits Victoria Harbor Vietnam Sv Virnall [/spoiler]
Paramountica, Rutannia, Arcanda, Victoria Harbor, Osivoii, Socialist Democratic Republic Romania, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Tallahan, Maziya, Greater Kurdistane, Spain-, Zeitenwende
[pre]| TENTH OF DECEMBER | 十二月十号 |[/pre]
[pre]| 1969 |[/pre]
[list][list][list][pre]PRC ★ PEOPLES REPUBLIC OF CHINA
中华人民共和国 |[/pre][/list][/list][/list]
OPERATION YOUNGER BROTHERS:
THE CENTRAL INVESTIGATION DEPARTMENT BEGINS INFILTRATION IN MALAYSIAN COMMUNIST GROUPS TO ROOT OUT THOSE WHO SEEK TO END THE MALAYSIAN INSURGENCY!
弟弟行动:
中央调查部开始渗透马来西亚共产党组织,铲除那些试图结束马来西亚叛乱的人!
| THE REVOLUTIONARY GUARD - 革命卫队 |
[pre]Su Yi - 苏毅 | [/pre]
[pre]Mo Gang - 莫刚 |[/pre]
[pre]Zhu Yazhu - 朱亚珠 |[/pre]
[pre]Yu Song - 于松 |[/pre]
[pre]Ding Huan - 丁欢 |[/pre]
[pre]A force of five intelligence officers were tasked to be deployed to assist the Peoples War currently in a dire position in Malaysia. These Five officers headed by Agent Su Yi were tasked to travel to Malaysia and disrupt and identify those within the Communist organizations leading the conflict who are infiltrators from the Malaysian government and those leaking information to Malaysian State Security Forces. The five officers were to be regarded in communications between Malaysian groups and the Peoples Republic of China as The Revolutionary Guards and on all documents be stated as being Chinese Malays and no connection to Mainland China. Alongside the operation to disrupt infiltration by the Malaysian government the Revolutionary Guard would seek out counter-revolutionary thought and reeducate guerrillas and politicians who are a part of the organization with the truth of Maoist ideology. The Revolutionary Guard also sought to build a loyal and elite infantry unit within the Communist groups to assist in ground operations against the Malaysian government made up of Malaysian citizens to limit PRC units within the region. The five agents were to be smuggled into Malaysia with the cooperation of Malaysian communist forces and would be armed before arrival into the country.[/pre]
| AREA OF OPERATION - 经营范围 |
[pre]Currently the Malaysian communist forces are centralized along the Thai-Malay border which allows the Revolutionary Guard easy access against government infiltrators who are in possible positions of power within the communist organizations engaged in the righteous Peoples War. The States of Malaysia that would be housing the traveling Revolutionary Guard in their mission to clean up the ranks of the Malaysian Communist factions shall be the states of Kedah, Perlis, Perak, and Kelantan. Additional agents would be available should the cause require more manpower from Beijing.[/pre]
[list][list][pre]SERVE THE PEOPLE![/pre][/list][/list]
[list][list][pre]为人民服务![/pre][/list][/list]
Paramountica, Rutannia, Victoria Harbor, Socialist Democratic Republic Romania, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Tallahan, Maziya, Spain-, Zeitenwende, Slipway
[pre]T H E K I N G D O M O F S A U D I A R A B I A | المملكة العربية السعودية[/pre]
𝐋𝐢𝐯𝐞 𝐭𝐡𝐞 𝐏𝐞𝐨𝐩𝐥𝐞𝐬 𝐑𝐞𝐩𝐮𝐛𝐥𝐢𝐜 !
[pre]P A R T F I V E - CRUSHED REBELLIONS[/pre]
| Fall of the Rebels |
[list]| The Arab Revolutions, the event that almost destroyed 2 decades of monarchy; to replace it with a modern insecurity. Such was not tolerated; and would never be tolerated among the Saudi Kingdom. The idea of democracy was already set in stone. The heir to the crown himself mentioned; "Our constitution is the Quran; Allah's Law is ours" one of the main warcries being "Allahu Akbar!" or "Allah hu Alrasasi!" both having Allah at their head. The crown was never in the wrong; the Republicans were the ones responsible for damaging Allah's holy site; disgracing Allah's name. The army marches with a purpose not in vain; a purpose to be fulfilled by the modern warriors to retake our lands, to destroy the sinners.[/list]
| In context, the republicans were originally in the sight to win. They had captured Mecca, the entire province, and surrounding areas, after extraordinary actions taken by General Asad Abdullah, introducing revolutionary tactics to the war scene which Saudi Arabia had never seen before. These tactics alone were enough to decimate Saudi Special Forces; with over three thousand casualties, the Regional Offensives had been some of the most devistating in Saudi History. As the army marched in defeat; brother of Asad, Colonel Ehsan Abduallah encouraged soilders that god would not allow defeat to dawn upon them. In the following days, the army regrouped in Al-Muzahmiya, south of Riyadh, the officers regrouped into a oranized force of a couple thousand, then they travelled to Riyadh, where they told the Royal Guard about these events. In support of the Mecca Offensive, the Royal Guard sent more men, only about 3,000, towards Mecca; to one of the bloodiest battles in Saudi History
| Siege of Mecca |
[list]| Armies marched towards the holy city, sources told others of the event, and some civilians joined the march. As Mecca Residency heard about the reports of army advances into Mecca, many royalists cheered in celebration. The Republicans were quick to silence internal support, but quick action by military forces in the east of Mecca caused the law enforcement to focus on the Saudi Hostiles. Little did the city know, a second larger force waited behind Walyal Town, a town within close proximity of Mecca. The military settled in for siege around Mecca. The trenches were dug, gunmen put in front-lines; it seemed like a replay of World War 1, but with more advanced weaponry.[/list]
| The siege was a tedious back and forth fire, with the distraction of Mecca and redirection of troops to Mecca, many southern and eastern areas were left unguarded by military personnel, leading to easy takeovers from Saudi Royal Forces. The crown showed mercy amongst many citizens and all followed the word of the Quran. The army marched through town after town, slowly shrinking Republican Control. The continued march of the soldiers continues into Mecca, now joining with larger forces. On the 45th day of the siege, an aggressive attack from Saudi forces broke through the walls of Mecca and marched through the city. After a few hours, the smoke cleared. Thousands of the republicans have fallen on the floor of Mecca, a sinners price. The Royal Salute was played as the joyous cheers crowd the city as the royals march through, glad to take the city to its rightful place.
| Treaty of Kaaba, 1969 |
[list]| After nearly 10 months of fighting, the 1969 Arab Revolutions, as it has been dubbed, is officially over. The conflict was a conflict between sinners and liars and preachers of Allah's word. The preachers, though going through great pain, led their people to, quote, "The Top of Mount Jabal Sawdā". The green flag was a symbol of pride throughout the entire conflict, and the pride of the Arab people led to a victory unlike any other. Through hardship and trickery, the crown endured, and so did the nation. Now, the nation, though scarred, continues on to become a world power; like that of the west of Europe, becoming a nation "Worth the Time of the Precious World." The Treaty of Kaaba was officially signed on the dawn of November 1st, officially ending the rebellion. The crown has taken action to prevent such uprisings again; using more military control on the media, elected positions, (though not many) are watched closely. The holy crown reigns the lands once again with their even hand; the just government filled with justice and stability; presents the people with a brand new purpose and safety unlike seen before on this land; to keep our own people safe, some sacrifices must be made.[/list]
| The Conclusive? The holy hands cannot be cut off, for when one is cut, more grow. The world we see today was tainted by non-believers, tainted by the works of Marrid, Shaytan, and malevolent spirits charging into this imperfect world. Prophets of Allah do not die; they simply return in new forms. These points bring out how hard the Saudi Royal Forces work to protect their country, to serve to protect holy lands; to serve the crown of Allah. We, the people, can be a more perfect union if we serve the crown; if we allow the holy words to fill us with confidence. Let these words be fulfilled in their own ways; for no one can tell what comes next in this system, but may Allah guide us in our times of need.
[table=noheader][tr][td][/td][/tr][/table]
[pre]| 𝗠 𝝞 𝝢 𝝞 𝗦 𝗧 𝗥 𝗬 𝝤 𝗙 𝗧 𝗘 𝗥 𝗥 𝝞 𝗧 𝝤 𝗥 𝗬 |[/pre]
[list]𝐊𝐈𝐍𝐆𝐃𝐎𝐌 𝐓𝐎𝐖𝐄𝐑, 𝐑𝐈𝐘𝐀𝐃𝐇[/list]
[pre]THE AL-WAIDAH DISPUTE[/pre]
[list][sup][sub]Nearly a decade after initial disputes, on the 21st of October, 1969, PRSY army units advanced onto Al-Waidah, and told residents that the city was[/sub][/sup][sup][sub]Arabic and Arabic Taxes were paid. Saudi forces deployed in the region were limited to some tribal militias, backed by some aircraft and artillery. A small section of the PRSY force began advancing on Sharurah, but was halted by order of the generals Omir Ali and Nasir Mohammed, regarding the plan as, "Pointless" and "Unnecessary". Wise actions taken by other ranked officers were enough to tell forces to stay in Al-Waidah until Yemeni Authorities Replied. Two merchants were walking through the town in November, and Saudi forces opened fire after they refused to pay taxes for public business, stating it was Yemeni land. The Saudi crown, upset about the occurrence, denounced the two officers. South Yemen looks on with aggression towards the troops in Al-Waidah, and the crown is unsure of response, but is looking on as Southern Yemen tries to take back their cities. Agreements with Northern Yemen saw the border between South and North Yemen reinforced by Saudi Forces, as the new border now has a clear distinction. As the borders to Northern Yemeni open, while the borders to Southern Yemen firmly close, the two governments battle over legitimacy in Al-Waidah, intimidating each other, with no actual fighting, the Saudi crown can only watch and see as to what South Yemen has in stock to take back a small city in the middle of the Arab Desert. [/sup][/sub][/list]
[pre]A Claim for Sinai[/pre]
[list][sup][sub]The Sinai Peninsula is a peninsula on the westernmost point of Saudi Arabia, and is currently claimed by Israel, an illegitimate state according to the crown of Saudi Arabia. The importance of Sinai comes from the Quran, it is the alleged writing of the ten commandments and the alleged place where the prophets alongside Moses walked. This assumption inserts new importance into claims of Sinai, due to the importance it serves, allegedly housing the man who wrote the commandments of Allah. This incentive now is to gain Sinai from Egypt, hopefully through diplomatic reasoning. The most important area Sinai houses is the Suez Canal, which is vital to the peninsula. Hopes are fulfilled and assured that; this claim may not go unnoticed [/sub][/sup][/list]
[list][list][list][list][list][list][list][list][list][list][spoiler=[sup]For Allah, for Saudi[/sup]
Commonwealth of Liberty]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
[/spoiler]
Paramountica, Rutannia, Victoria Harbor, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Tallahan, Maziya, Spain-, Zeitenwende, Slipway
[list][pre]DECEMBER of 1969[/pre][/list]
[pre]THE UNION OF SOVIET SOCIALIST REPUBLICS
Союз Советских Социалистических Республик[/pre]
[pre]GENERAL SECRETARY ALEXEI KOSYGIN PREPARES FOR A NEW DECADE OF LEADERSHIP IN CHRISTMAS ADDRESS[/pre]
[pre]ГЕНЕРАЛЬНЫЙ СЕКРЕТАРЬ АЛЕКСЕЙ КОСЫГИН ГОТОВИТСЯ К НОВОМУ ДЕСЯТИЛЕТИЮ ЛИДЕРСТВА В РОЖДЕСТВЕНСКОМ ОБРАЩЕНИИ[/pre]
| [sub]Since his ascension to power in the middle of the century, CPSU General Secretary Alexei Kosygin has presided over one of the most significant periods of rapid shifts in Soviet history. A failed coup by government hardliners, the significant reforms to the Soviet economic system, a crisis in Yugoslavia, a tenuous relationship with Beijing, and a changing relationship with Europe were all challenges the government of Alexei Kosygin had to tackle with the grit of Khrushchev and the conciliation that Kosygin brought to the table. An ardent reformist, Kosygin made the 1969 Christmas speech the first that would be globally broadcast to non-Eastern nations, and the first speech that would be attended by members of the general public. As he adjusted his tie and took his position at the front of the large auditorium in Moscow, filled by Soviet workers, retirees, pensioners and students alike, as well as members of the political establishment and military leadership, all eyes rested on the man who had, for better or for worse, led the USSR since the fall of Nikita Khrushchev.[/sub] |
[list][pre]LIVE - NIKITA KHRUSHCHEV AUDITORIUM, RED SQUARE, MOSCOW[/pre][/list]
[list][sub]"Good evening and Merry Christmas, Comrades of our Union, of our fellow partners, of the socialist world, and the non-socialist world alike . . ."[/sub][/list]
| [sub]At the conclusion of his speech, the crowd erupted in raucous applause, as Kosygin departed the hall. The members of the Politburo and the Kremlin elites invited to observe the speech sat in shock - whether it be positive or negative shock, it was shock nonetheless. In his speech, Kosygin touched on the usual themes - building a more prosperous union, empowering the socialist revolution, and supporting like-minded nations and revolutionary forces across the world by way of the use of arms and the use of diplomacy. The focus, however, was largely on the issues of foreign policy[/sub] |
[list][sub]". . . The tense diplomatic crisis between Moscow, Budapest and Belgrade was a regrettable one, but the Soviet Union stood firm and stood its ground on the issues that it believed mattered. Let there be no doubt - the Union will come to the rescue of any member whose territorial integrity is compromised, opening the pathway for unlawful Western influence on our socialist revolution. We are a nation of morals, of hope, of prosperity, and of rapid change to build the perfect envisioned society. Our commitment to peace is firm, but my commitment to my country is further."[/sub][/list]
| and the economy. |
[list][sub]". . . In no other time during the existence of our great Union and not since the rise of the revolution of 1917 have we experienced such historic levels of economic growth and record-high job growth. Through the reforms instituted during my tenure as General Secretary, and with the support of the Supreme Soviet and the greater proletariat, we have seen historic growth that will advance our nation into the future. We take these reforms cautiously and with great care to preserve the workers' paradise we have sought to build. There will be no compromise, there will be no weakening of resolve when it comes to questions surrounding the defense of workers and the defense of the revolution and our national security."[/sub][/list]
| [sub]Declaring his plans for the coming decade the 1970s Kosygin unveiled a bold, ambitious plan for record growth and a record effort to strengthen the Armed Forces, strengthen social spending, and bring the USSR forward on diplomatic issues as a "favored leader and partner". The next two Five-Year Plans were confirmed to be continuing the path of reform started by the '65-'80 Five Year Plan that implemented the first elements of Kosygin's planned economic reforms to rescue the country from stagnation and falling behind the Americans and the West. He also confirmed his plans to build a more positive relationship with non-socialist nations especially in Europe and Africa, while continuing to shore up Soviet partners in the Middle East, Asia and beyond. The Soviets will be seeking to amend its relationships with many left-leaning nations and establish new partnerships to bring allies into the Soviet fold. Staying competitive with the Americans in the space Race is especially important as the USSR continues to sink new funds into the space program year by year.[/sub] |
[list][sub]". . . The decade that comes shall be the revolution's decade."[/sub][/list]
____
[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
]
Peoples Republic Of Czechoslovakia
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
[/spoiler]
Paramountica, Rutannia, Amsterwald, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Batallon De Dignidad, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Tallahan, Maziya, Greater Kurdistane, Spain-, Salisbury-Southern Rhodesia
Yo its me the former state of blahcostan.
I came back to this website after 2+ years and came back to the region i used to be on.
So happy to be back again
:New NVegas/Blahcostan
Cascadla
Post by Germania Fascists suppressed by Metropolitan Francais.
why tf do i get invited into a democratic club?
[list] | [sub]𝖱𝖾𝗉𝗎𝖻𝗅𝗂𝗄 𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗀𝖺𝗉𝗎𝗋𝖺[/sub][/list][/list]
[list] | [sub]𝖪𝗈𝗇𝗀𝗋𝖾𝗌 𝖪𝖾𝗌𝖺𝗍𝗎𝖺𝗇 𝖯𝖾𝗋𝖽𝖺𝗀𝖺𝗇𝗀𝖺𝗇 𝖪𝖾𝖻𝖺𝗇𝗀𝗌𝖺𝖺𝗇[/sub][/list][/list]
[list] | [sub]09 𝖣𝗂𝗌𝖾𝗆𝖻𝖾𝗋 1969[/sub][/list][/list]
[list]──[/list]
[list][list]𝖪𝗈𝗇𝗀𝗋𝖾𝗌 𝖪𝖾𝗌𝖺𝗍𝗎𝖺𝗇 𝖯𝖾𝗋𝖽𝖺𝗀𝖺𝗇𝗀𝖺𝗇 𝖪𝖾𝖻𝖺𝗇𝗀𝗌𝖺𝖺𝗇[/list][/list]
[list][list] | [sub]𝖳𝗁𝖾 𝖭𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇𝖺𝗅 𝖳𝗋𝖺𝖽𝖾𝗌 𝖴𝗇𝗂𝗈𝗇 𝖢𝗈𝗇𝗀𝗋𝖾𝗌𝗌, 𝗈𝗋 𝗍𝗁𝖾 "𝖭𝖳𝖴𝖢", 𝖿𝗈𝗋 𝗌𝗁𝗈𝗋𝗍, 𝗁𝖺𝖽 𝖿𝗈𝗎𝗇𝖽𝖾𝖽 𝗂𝗍𝗌𝖾𝗅𝖿 𝗂𝗇 𝗍𝗋𝗈𝗎𝖻𝗅𝖾 𝖺𝗌 𝖺 𝗋𝖾𝗌𝗎𝗅𝗍 𝗈𝖿 𝗆𝖾𝗆𝖻𝖾𝗋𝗌𝗁𝗂𝗉 𝖽𝖾𝖼𝗋𝖾𝖺𝗌𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝖽𝗈𝗐𝗇 𝗍𝗈 90,000 𝖻𝗒 1969. 𝖳𝗁𝗂𝗌 𝗐𝖺𝗌 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖼𝗈𝗇𝗌𝖾𝗊𝗎𝖾𝗇𝖼𝖾 𝗈𝖿 𝗆𝖺𝗇𝗒 𝖿𝖺𝖼𝗍𝗈𝗋𝗌 𝗂𝗇𝖼𝗅𝗎𝖽𝗂𝗇𝗀, 𝖻𝗎𝗍 𝗇𝗈𝗍 𝗅𝗂𝗆𝗂𝗍𝖾𝖽 𝗍𝗈, 𝗍𝗁𝖾 "𝖳𝗁𝖾 𝖨𝗇𝖽𝗎𝗌𝗍𝗋𝗂𝖺𝗅 𝖱𝖾𝗅𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇𝗌 (𝖠𝗆𝖾𝗇𝖽𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍) 𝖠𝖼𝗍" 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗍𝗁𝖾 "𝖤𝗆𝗉𝗅𝗈𝗒𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍 𝖠𝖼𝗍" 𝖼𝗈𝗎𝗅𝖽 𝖻𝖾 𝖺𝗋𝗀𝗎𝖾𝖽, 𝖻𝗒 𝗈𝗉𝗉𝗈𝗇𝖾𝗇𝗍𝗌, 𝗍𝗈 𝗀𝗋𝖾𝖺𝗍𝗅𝗒 𝖽𝗂𝗆𝗂𝗇𝗂𝗌𝗁 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗉𝗈𝗐𝖾𝗋𝗌 𝗈𝖿 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖭𝖳𝖴𝖢. 𝖥𝗈𝗋 𝖾𝗑𝖺𝗆𝗉𝗅𝖾, 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖿𝗂𝗋𝗌𝗍 𝖯𝖺𝗋𝗅𝗂𝖺𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍 𝖡𝗂𝗅𝗅 𝖾𝗅𝗂𝗆𝗂𝗇𝖺𝗍𝖾𝖽 𝗎𝗇𝗂𝗈𝗇𝗌 𝗁𝖺𝗏𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝖺𝗇𝗒 𝗅𝖾𝗏𝖾𝗋𝖺𝗀𝖾 𝗈𝗏𝖾𝗋 𝖾𝗆𝗉𝗅𝗈𝗒𝖾𝗋𝗌 𝗂𝗇 𝖺𝗋𝖾𝖺𝗌 𝗌𝗎𝖼𝗁 𝖺𝗌 𝗐𝗈𝗋𝗄𝖿𝗈𝗋𝖼𝖾 𝖽𝖾𝗉𝗅𝗈𝗒𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍, 𝗉𝗋𝗈𝗆𝗈𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇𝗌 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝖽𝗂𝗌𝗆𝗂𝗌𝗌𝖺𝗅𝗌. 𝖨𝗇 𝖺𝖽𝖽𝗂𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇, 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗌𝖾𝖼𝗈𝗇𝖽 𝖯𝖺𝗋𝗅𝗂𝖺𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍 𝖡𝗂𝗅𝗅 𝗅𝗂𝗆𝗂𝗍𝖾𝖽 𝗉𝗋𝗈𝗁𝗂𝖻𝗂𝗍𝖾𝖽 𝗎𝗇𝗂𝗈𝗇𝗌 𝗁𝖺𝗏𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝖺𝗇𝗒 𝗅𝖾𝗏𝖾𝗋𝖺𝗀𝖾 𝗈𝗏𝖾𝗋 𝖾𝗆𝗉𝗅𝗈𝗒𝖾𝗋𝗌 𝗂𝗇 𝖺𝗋𝖾𝖺𝗌 𝗌𝗎𝖼𝗁 𝖺𝗌 𝗐𝗈𝗋𝗄𝖿𝗈𝗋𝖼𝖾 𝖽𝖾𝗉𝗅𝗈𝗒𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍, 𝗉𝗋𝗈𝗆𝗈𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇𝗌 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝖽𝗂𝗌𝗆𝗂𝗌𝗌𝖺𝗅𝗌. 𝖳𝗋𝖺𝖽𝖾 𝗎𝗇𝗂𝗈𝗇𝗌, 𝖾𝗌𝗉𝖾𝖼𝗂𝖺𝗅𝗅𝗒 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖭𝖳𝖴𝖢, 𝗐𝖾𝗋𝖾 𝗀𝗋𝖾𝖺𝗍𝗅𝗒 𝗇𝖾𝗀𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗏𝖾𝗅𝗒 𝗂𝗆𝗉𝖺𝖼𝗍𝖾𝖽 𝖻𝗒 𝗃𝗎𝗋𝗂𝖽𝗂𝖼𝖺𝗅 𝖺𝖼𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇 𝗍𝗈 𝗅𝗂𝗆𝗂𝗍 𝗍𝗁𝖾𝗂𝗋 𝖻𝖺𝗋𝗀𝖺𝗂𝗇𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝗉𝗈𝗐𝖾𝗋𝗌 𝗈𝗏𝖾𝗋 𝖾𝗆𝗉𝗅𝗈𝗒𝖾𝗋𝗌. 𝖮𝗏𝖾𝗋 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖼𝗈𝗆𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝗒𝖾𝖺𝗋𝗌, 𝗈𝖿 𝗍𝗁𝖾𝗌𝖾, 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗈𝗍𝗁𝖾𝗋 𝖻𝗂𝗅𝗅𝗌, 𝗆𝖺𝗇𝗒 𝗐𝗈𝗋𝗄𝖾𝗋𝗌 𝖻𝖾𝗀𝖺𝗇 𝗍𝗈 𝗊𝗎𝗂𝗍 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖭𝖳𝖴𝖢. [/sub][/list][/list]
[list][list][list][list][sub]𝖧𝗈𝗐𝖾𝗏𝖾𝗋, 𝗍𝗁𝗂𝗌 𝗐𝖺𝗌 𝗇𝗈𝗍 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖿𝗂𝗋𝗌𝗍 𝗍𝗂𝗆𝖾 𝗍𝗁𝖺𝗍 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖭𝖳𝖴𝖢 𝗂𝗇𝗁𝖾𝗋𝗂𝗍𝖾𝖽 𝗉𝗋𝗈𝖻𝗅𝖾𝗆𝗌 𝗍𝗁𝖺𝗍 𝗂𝗍 𝗁𝖺𝖽 𝗍𝗈 𝗈𝗏𝖾𝗋𝖼𝗈𝗆𝖾 𝗂𝗇 𝗈𝗋𝖽𝖾𝗋 𝗍𝗈 𝗌𝗎𝗋𝗏𝗂𝗏𝖾, 𝗂𝗇 𝖺 𝗌𝖾𝖾𝗆𝗂𝗇𝗀𝗅𝗒 "𝖺𝗇𝗍𝗂-𝗎𝗇𝗂𝗈𝗇 𝗇𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇". 𝖳𝗁𝖾 𝖭𝖳𝖴𝖢 𝗐𝖺𝗌 𝗈𝖿𝖿𝗂𝖼𝗂𝖺𝗅𝗅𝗒 𝖾𝗌𝗍𝖺𝖻𝗅𝗂𝗌𝗁𝖾𝖽, 𝖻𝗒 𝗍𝗐𝖾𝗅𝗏𝖾 𝗎𝗇𝗂𝗈𝗇𝗌, 𝗐𝗁𝗂𝖼𝗁 𝗐𝖾𝗋𝖾 𝖺𝗇𝗍𝗂-𝖼𝗈𝗆𝗆𝗎𝗇𝗂𝗌𝗍, 𝖺𝖿𝗍𝖾𝗋 𝗂𝗍𝗌 𝗌𝗉𝗅𝗂𝗍 𝖿𝗋𝗈𝗆 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖳𝗋𝖺𝖽𝖾𝗌 𝖴𝗇𝗂𝗈𝗇 𝖢𝗈𝗇𝗀𝗋𝖾𝗌𝗌 (𝖳𝖴𝖢) 𝗈𝗇 𝗍𝗁𝖾 6 𝗈𝖿 𝖲𝖾𝗉𝗍𝖾𝗆𝖻𝖾𝗋, 1961. 𝖳𝗁𝗂𝗌 𝖿𝗋𝖺𝖼𝗍𝗎𝗋𝖾 𝗐𝖺𝗌 𝖺 𝗋𝖾𝗌𝗉𝗈𝗇𝗌𝖾 𝗍𝗈 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗌𝗉𝗅𝗂𝗍 𝗂𝗇 𝖯𝖠𝖯 𝖺𝗌 𝖺 𝗋𝖾𝗌𝗎𝗅𝗍 𝗈𝖿 𝗂𝖽𝖾𝗈𝗅𝗈𝗀𝗂𝖼𝖺𝗅 𝖽𝗂𝗏𝗂𝗌𝗂𝗈𝗇𝗌 𝖻𝖾𝗍𝗐𝖾𝖾𝗇 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗋𝗂𝗀𝗁𝗍 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗅𝖾𝖿𝗍, 𝗂𝗇 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗉𝖺𝗋𝗍𝗒. [/sub][/list][/list][/list][/list]
[list][list] | [sub]𝖳𝗈 𝗂𝗅𝗅𝗎𝗌𝗍𝗋𝖺𝗍𝖾 𝗍𝗁𝗂𝗌 𝗌𝗍𝗋𝗎𝗀𝗀𝗅𝖾, 𝗍𝗁𝖺𝗍 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗇𝖾𝗐𝗅𝗒 𝖻𝗈𝗋𝗇 𝗍𝗋𝖺𝖽𝖾 𝗎𝗇𝗂𝗈𝗇 𝖿𝖺𝖼𝖾𝖽, 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖭𝖳𝖴𝖢 𝗁𝖺𝖽 𝗍𝗈 𝖼𝗈𝗆𝗉𝖾𝗍𝖾 𝗐𝗂𝗍𝗁 𝗂𝗍𝗌 𝗇𝖾𝗐 𝗋𝗂𝗏𝖺𝗅, 𝗍𝗁𝖺𝗍 𝖺𝗅𝗌𝗈 𝗌𝗉𝗅𝗂𝗍 𝖿𝗋𝗈𝗆 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖳𝖴𝖢, 𝗋𝖾𝗉𝗋𝖾𝗌𝖾𝗇𝗍𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗅𝖾𝖿𝗍 𝖿𝖺𝖼𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇, 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗀𝖺𝗉𝗈𝗋𝖾 𝖠𝗌𝗌𝗈𝖼𝗂𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇 𝗈𝖿 𝖳𝗋𝖺𝖽𝖾𝗌 𝖴𝗇𝗂𝗈𝗇 (𝖲𝖠𝖳𝖴). 𝖳𝗁𝗂𝗌 𝗎𝗇𝗂𝗈𝗇, 𝗂𝗇 𝖼𝗈𝗇𝗍𝗋𝖺𝗌𝗍 𝗍𝗈 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖭𝖳𝖴𝖢, 𝗐𝗁𝗂𝖼𝗁 𝗐𝖺𝗌 𝖾𝗌𝗍𝖺𝖻𝗅𝗂𝗌𝗁𝖾𝖽 𝗐𝗂𝗍𝗁 12 𝗍𝗋𝖺𝖽𝖾 𝗎𝗇𝗂𝗈𝗇𝗌, 𝗀𝖺𝗋𝗇𝗂𝗌𝗁𝖾𝖽 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗌𝗎𝗉𝗉𝗈𝗋𝗍 𝖿𝗋𝗈𝗆 82 𝗍𝗋𝖺𝖽𝖾 𝗎𝗇𝗂𝗈𝗇𝗌, 𝗐𝗁𝗂𝖼𝗁 𝖾𝗏𝖾𝗇𝗍𝗎𝖺𝗅𝗅𝗒 𝖿𝗈𝗋𝗆𝖾𝖽 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖲𝖠𝖳𝖴. [/sub][/list][/list]
[list][list][list][list][sub]𝖳𝗁𝗈𝗎𝗀𝗁 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗍𝗁𝗋𝖾𝖺𝗍, 𝖿𝗋𝗈𝗆 𝖲𝖠𝖳𝖴, 𝗐𝖺𝗌 𝗌𝗁𝗈𝗋𝗍-𝗅𝗂𝗏𝖾, 𝗐𝗂𝗍𝗁 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗅𝖾𝖿𝗍-𝗐𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝗍𝗋𝖺𝖽𝖾 𝗎𝗇𝗂𝗈𝗇 𝗈𝗋𝗀𝖺𝗇𝗂𝗌𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝗇𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇𝗐𝗂𝖽𝖾 𝗌𝗍𝗋𝗂𝗄𝖾𝗌 𝗐𝗁𝗂𝖼𝗁 𝗋𝖾𝗌𝗎𝗅𝗍𝖾𝖽 𝗂𝗇 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗎𝗇𝗂𝗈𝗇 𝖻𝖾𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝖽𝖾𝗋𝖾𝗀𝗂𝗌𝗍𝖾𝗋𝖾𝖽. 𝖠𝗅𝗈𝗇𝗀 𝗐𝗂𝗍𝗁 𝗍𝗁𝗂𝗌, 𝖳𝗁𝖾 𝖱𝖾𝗀𝗂𝗌𝗍𝗋𝖺𝗋 𝗈𝖿 𝖳𝗋𝖺𝖽𝖾 𝖴𝗇𝗂𝗈𝗇𝗌 𝖽𝗂𝖽 𝗇𝗈𝗍 𝖺𝗅𝗅𝗈𝗐 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖲𝖠𝖳𝖴 𝗍𝗈 𝖻𝖾 𝖺 𝗋𝖾𝗀𝗂𝗌𝗍𝖾𝗋𝖾𝖽 𝗎𝗇𝗂𝗈𝗇, 𝗐𝗁𝗂𝖼𝗁 𝗆𝖺𝖽𝖾 𝗂𝗍 𝖺𝗇 𝗂𝗅𝗅𝖾𝗀𝖺𝗅 𝗈𝗋𝗀𝖺𝗇𝗂𝗌𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇. 𝖡𝗒 1964, 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖭𝖳𝖴𝖢 𝖻𝖾𝖼𝖺𝗆𝖾 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗈𝖿𝖿𝗂𝖼𝗂𝖺𝗅 𝖽𝖾 𝖿𝖺𝖼𝗍𝗈 𝖢𝗈𝗇𝗀𝗋𝖾𝗌𝗌 𝖿𝗈𝗋 𝗍𝗋𝖺𝖽𝖾 𝗎𝗇𝗂𝗈𝗇𝗌 𝗂𝗇 𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗀𝖺𝗉𝗈𝗋𝖾.[/sub][/list][/list][/list][/list]
[list][list] | [sub]𝖳𝗁𝖾 𝖭𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇𝖺𝗅 𝖳𝗋𝖺𝖽𝖾 𝖴𝗇𝗂𝗈𝗇 𝖢𝗈𝗇𝗀𝗋𝖾𝗌𝗌, 𝖺𝖽𝗆𝗂𝗍𝗍𝖾𝖽𝗅𝗒, 𝗎𝗇𝖽𝖾𝗋𝗌𝗍𝗈𝗈𝖽 𝗂𝗍'𝗌 𝗌𝗂𝗍𝗎𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇 𝗍𝗁𝖺𝗍 𝗂𝗍 𝖿𝖺𝖼𝖾𝖽 𝖼𝗎𝗋𝗋𝖾𝗇𝗍𝗅𝗒 𝖼𝗈𝗎𝗅𝖽 𝗇𝗈𝗍 𝖻𝖾 𝗌𝗈𝗅𝗏𝖾𝖽 𝗐𝗂𝗍𝗁 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗌𝖺𝗆𝖾 𝖺𝗉𝗉𝗋𝗈𝖺𝖼𝗁 𝗌𝗂𝗆𝗂𝗅𝖺𝗋 𝗍𝗈 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖾𝖺𝗋𝗅𝗒 1960𝗌. 𝖳𝗁𝖾 𝖭𝖢𝖴𝖳 𝗅𝖺𝗎𝗇𝖼𝗁𝖾𝖽 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖬𝗈𝖽𝖾𝗋𝗇𝗂𝗌𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇 𝗈𝖿 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖫𝖺𝖻𝗈𝗎𝗋 𝖬𝗈𝗏𝖾𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍. 𝖿𝗈𝗎𝗋-𝖽𝖺𝗒 𝗌𝖾𝗆𝗂𝗇𝖺𝗋 𝖿𝗋𝗈𝗆 16 𝗍𝗈 19 𝖭𝗈𝗏𝖾𝗆𝖻𝖾𝗋 1969. 𝖳𝗁𝖾 𝗌𝖾𝗆𝗂𝗇𝖺𝗋 𝗌𝖺𝗐 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗍𝗎𝗋𝗇𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝗎𝗉 𝗈𝖿 47 𝖺𝖿𝖿𝗂𝗅𝗂𝖺𝗍𝖾𝖽 𝗎𝗇𝗂𝗈𝗇𝗌 𝖺𝗍 𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗀𝖺𝗉𝗈𝗋𝖾 𝖢𝗈𝗇𝖿𝖾𝗋𝖾𝗇𝖼𝖾 𝖧𝖺𝗅𝗅. [/sub][/list][/list]
[list][list][list][list][sub]𝖢.𝖵. 𝖣𝖾𝗏𝖺𝗇 𝖭𝖺𝗂𝗋, 𝖺𝗇 𝖺𝖽𝗏𝗂𝗌𝗈𝗋 𝗍𝗈 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖭𝖳𝖴𝖢, 𝗍𝗈𝗅𝖽 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗍𝗋𝖺𝖽𝖾 𝗎𝗇𝗂𝗈𝗇 𝖻𝗈𝗅𝖽𝗅𝗒 𝗍𝗁𝖺𝗍 𝖳𝗁𝖾 𝖽𝖺𝗇𝗀𝖾𝗋 𝗈𝖿 𝖺𝗇 𝖾𝗏𝖾𝗇𝗍𝗎𝖺𝗅 𝖽𝗂𝗌𝖺𝗉𝗉𝖾𝖺𝗋𝖺𝗇𝖼𝖾 𝗈𝖿 𝗈𝗋𝗀𝖺𝗇𝗂𝗌𝖾𝖽 𝗅𝖺𝖻𝗈𝗎𝗋 𝖺𝗌 𝖺 𝗌𝗂𝗀𝗇𝗂𝖿𝗂𝖼𝖺𝗇𝗍 𝗌𝗈𝖼𝗂𝖺𝗅 𝖿𝗈𝗋𝖼𝖾 𝗂𝗌 𝗏𝖾𝗋𝗒 𝗋𝖾𝖺𝗅. 𝖠 𝗋𝖺𝖼𝖾 𝗁𝖺𝗌 𝖺𝗅𝗋𝖾𝖺𝖽𝗒 𝗌𝗍𝖺𝗋𝗍𝖾𝖽 𝖿𝗈𝗋 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖫𝖺𝖻𝗈𝗎𝗋 𝖬𝗈𝗏𝖾𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍 𝗂𝗇 𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗀𝖺𝗉𝗈𝗋𝖾 𝖺 𝗋𝖺𝖼𝖾 𝖻𝖾𝗍𝗐𝖾𝖾𝗇 𝗆𝗈𝖽𝖾𝗋𝗇𝗂𝗌𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝖾𝗑𝗍𝗂𝗇𝖼𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇. 𝖳𝗁𝗂𝗌 𝗐𝖺𝗌 𝖺 𝗌𝗎𝗀𝗀𝖾𝗌𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇, 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝖺𝗇 𝗂𝗇𝖽𝗂𝗋𝖾𝖼𝗍 𝗈𝗋𝖽𝖾𝗋, 𝖿𝗈𝗋 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖭𝖳𝖴𝖢 𝗍𝗈 𝖺𝖽𝖺𝗉𝗍 𝗍𝗈 𝖼𝗁𝖺𝗇𝗀𝖾𝗌 𝗂𝗇 𝗈𝗋𝖽𝖾𝗋 𝖿𝗈𝗋 𝗌𝗎𝗌𝗍𝖺𝗂𝗇𝖺𝖻𝗅𝖾 𝖽𝖾𝗏𝖾𝗅𝗈𝗉𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍. [/sub][/list][/list][/list][/list]
[list][list] | [sub]𝖳𝗁𝖾 𝗌𝖾𝗆𝗂𝗇𝖺𝗋 𝗁𝖺𝖽 𝖽𝖾𝗍𝖾𝗋𝗆𝗂𝗇𝖾𝖽 𝗍𝗁𝖺𝗍 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖭𝖳𝖴𝖢 𝗐𝗈𝗎𝗅𝖽 𝖺𝖽𝗈𝗉𝗍 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗍𝗋𝗂𝗉𝖺𝗋𝗍𝗂𝗍𝖾 𝖺𝗉𝗉𝗋𝗈𝖺𝖼𝗁 𝗂𝗇 𝗈𝗋𝖽𝖾𝗋 𝗍𝗈 𝖾𝗇𝗌𝗎𝗋𝖾 𝗍𝗁𝖺𝗍 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖼𝗈𝗎𝗇𝗍𝗋𝗒'𝗌 𝗐𝗈𝗋𝗄𝖿𝗈𝗋𝖼𝖾 𝗂𝗇𝗍𝖾𝗋𝖾𝗌𝗍𝗌 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗋𝗂𝗀𝗁𝗍𝗌 𝗐𝖾𝗋𝖾 𝗉𝗋𝗈𝗍𝖾𝖼𝗍𝖾𝖽. 𝖳𝗁𝖾 𝗌𝗁𝗂𝖿𝗍 𝗈𝖿 𝗉𝗈𝗅𝗂𝖼𝗂𝖾𝗌 𝗐𝗈𝗎𝗅𝖽 𝗉𝗋𝗈𝗆𝗈𝗍𝖾 𝖼𝗈𝗈𝗉𝖾𝗋𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇 𝖻𝖾𝗍𝗐𝖾𝖾𝗇 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗎𝗇𝗂𝗈𝗇, 𝗀𝗈𝗏𝖾𝗋𝗇𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝖾𝗆𝗉𝗅𝗈𝗒𝖾𝗋𝗌. 𝖧𝗈𝗐𝖾𝗏𝖾𝗋, 𝗍𝗁𝗂𝗌 𝗐𝖺𝗌 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗋𝖾𝗌𝗎𝗅𝗍 𝗈𝖿 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖭𝖳𝖴𝖢 𝖺𝖼𝖼𝖾𝗉𝗍𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖽𝖺𝗒𝗌 𝗈𝖿 𝗎𝗌𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝗌𝗍𝗋𝗂𝗄𝖾𝗌 𝖺𝗌 𝖺 𝖻𝖺𝗋𝗀𝖺𝗂𝗇𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝖼𝗁𝗂𝗉 𝗐𝖾𝗋𝖾 𝗈𝗏𝖾𝗋 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗍𝗁𝖺𝗍 𝖺𝖽𝖺𝗉𝗍𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇𝗌 𝗁𝖺𝖽 𝗍𝗈 𝖻𝖾 𝗆𝖺𝖽𝖾, 𝖿𝗈𝗋 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗌𝖺𝗄𝖾 𝗈𝖿 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗎𝗇𝗂𝗈𝗇.[/sub][/list][/list]
[list][list][list][list][sub]𝖳𝗁𝖾 𝖭𝖳𝖴𝖢 𝗐𝖾𝗋𝖾 𝖿𝗎𝗅𝗅𝗒 𝖼𝗈𝗇𝖿𝗂𝖽𝖾𝗇𝗍 𝗍𝗁𝖺𝗍 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖺𝖽𝗈𝗉𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇 𝗈𝖿 𝗇𝖾𝗐 𝗉𝗈𝗅𝗂𝖼𝗂𝖾𝗌, 𝗍𝗈 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗋𝖾𝗌𝗉𝗈𝗇𝗌𝖾 𝗈𝖿 𝖼𝗁𝖺𝗇𝗀𝖾𝗌, 𝗐𝗈𝗎𝗅𝖽 𝗌𝖾𝖾 𝗆𝖾𝗆𝖻𝖾𝗋𝗌𝗁𝗂𝗉 𝗂𝗇𝖼𝗋𝖾𝖺𝗌𝖾 𝗈𝗇𝖼𝖾 𝖺𝗀𝖺𝗂𝗇. 𝖮𝗇𝗅𝗒 𝗍𝗂𝗆𝖾 𝗐𝗂𝗅𝗅 𝗍𝖾𝗅𝗅.[/sub][/list][/list][/list][/list]
Paramountica, Rutannia, Amsterwald, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Tallahan, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Sport-Internationale
Miracle in Lagos
[sub]December, 1969[/sub]
It was a miracle that Nigeria were even in a position to qualify for the 1970 World Cup. Since the outbreak of the civil war in 1963, Nigerias domestic football scene had been suspended and the vast majority of the domestic players had quickly moved away from the scene all-together during this time. The Nigerian National team had sided with the NDF in the early years and housed in Lagos, where a decent proportion of the players were active either in the military or civilian production. Failing to qualify in 1966 was expected considering the circumstances at play, but by the 1970 qualifiers, it was expected once more, due to the lack of structured footballing leagues, the civil war ongoing, that Nigeria was to once more crash out of the World cup.
But commanded by a spirit of optimism following the signing of the Treaty of Lagos in April of 1969, with the bulk of civil wars fighting having calmed down by late 68, the NDF established direct funding into Nigerias national team by December of 1968 and were at least a little more prepared to attempt to qualify. In terms fo quality, Nigeria boasted a strong side, but most important, a strong attack, with the likes of Garba and Oshode offering a quick and direct force. To balance out the side, Nigeria were gifted with Victor Oduah at the back and Godwin Achebe, the hard-working central midfielder who had been activity involved as a sergeant during the civil war. Possessed with talent and a spirit of Nigerian nationalism from the fold of the anarchic conflict which had engrossed the country for 7 years, the potential for qualification was certainly alive and well.
Having been placed with Ganda, Algeria, Rif and Kenya, the Super Eagles managed to pull through at second place, a winner from Oduah late into the game, pushing them into the fifth round and the chance of qualification to the 1970 World cup became more and more real. Karl-Heinz Marotzke, who had been appointed to be Nigerias head coach, aimed for an attacking and direct style of player, looking to overwhelmed defences by a quick counter-attacking style where the wide players would come inside when on the attack to create more immediate options. While risky, it paid off.
Coming to the 5th round, and Nigerias group consisted of South Africa, Ghana, Togo and Zaire. A tough group and expectations were aimed to get 3rd place and hope for a win in the play-offs. It was during this time of the Nigerian government would introduce new subsides for fans and businesses to increase domestic involvement in the matches, with the setting up of the Nigerian Football Investment Fund, set to be used by a multitude of grass-roots and higher level of domestic football to rejuvenate the depleted national football scene.
The fifth round had its ups and downs, with a disappointing shutout against Zaire and a bore draw against South Africa, and a well-fought draw against Ghana creating a tense final game. It was perhaps Nigerias early start with put them in the position of qualification by the final game, a 5-2 smashing of Zaire, boosted by Achebes 25-yard free-kick and a shock 2-1 victory in Ghana, saw them needing a win (as-well as Ghana to not beat Zaire by their amount of goals) to progress to their debut world cup.
The 3-1 win against Togo, with goals from Peter Anieke, Lucky Boy Oshode and Mohammad Lawal from the penalty spot secured qualification. The dream of what was even far-fetched in fiction, became a reality as Nigeria secure their place for the finals in the summer. From the now-national hero of Victor Oduah to the schoolboy international of Sam Garba and to the former soldier turned national victor (who is seen as a victory in the eyes of Nigerians) showcases a bright future for Nigerian football. The Green Eagles not only qualified for the world cup for the first time, but from the context of the brutal civil war, created the perfect dynamic and foundations for Nigerian football.
Following qualification, President Balewa congratulated the players personally with an invite to the Presidential Palace in Lagos, in which he stated that the spirit of democracy and a United Nigeria has fueled this side to the world cup this summer. With that also, the President announced government plans for the establishment of a national, 20-team league, a replacement of the much more disorganised system established during the late 50s.It is suggested as an attempt to invite foreign investment by allowing foreign ownership and cutting regulations regarding foreign players.
Paramountica, Rutannia, Amsterwald, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Sport-Internationale
International Association Football Federation | Fédération internationale de football association
FIFA World Cup 1970 | Copa Mundial de la FIFA 1970
THE PLAY-OFFS: PART 1
---------------------------------------
1969 has been a strong year for international football, with the various nations of the world coming together in this celebration of sport for the chance to qualify for the 1970 FIFA World Cup. The World Cup lights the sporting world aflame when it arrives back on the scene every four years, delighting players and fans alike and providing welcome relief from the troubles of the world at large. A record 123 teams entered a tumultuous qualification period, breaking the previous record set in the 1966 tournament of 99. Many young nations freshly enjoying their independence came onto the scene to try their hands at qualification, and some shocks were made with some of the largest nations failing to qualify directly. With the bulk of the matches now over, we turn our attention to the sudden death round of the play-offs. 8 teams have qualified this far, and only 3 spots remain, with one team from Asia, Africa and Europe poised to join the very best in the world in Colombia this summer.
Europe is where we begin the play-off rounds, with UEFA opting for a four-team play-off as oppose to the two team play-offs favoured by both the AFC and CAF. Hungary will face Scotland in their first play-off match. The Hungarian side, once touted as the best in the world, have experienced a major slump in recent years. Following their brutal thrashing in the 1966 World Cup quarter-final at the hands of Italy and their subsequent failure to qualify for Euro 68, Hungary finished just a point behind eventual qualifiers Bulgaria to advance to this round - not the performance they expected nor wanted. Scotland, on the other hand, are enjoying their best ever performance and are the only British nation aside from England with a chance to qualify, despite the spirited performance given by Wales in the qualifiers. Though inexperienced, they will be looking to make a mark against the formidable Hungarians. In our second match, it's a battle of the east with the Soviet Union facing Romania. The Soviet Union shocked the world by failing to qualify directly, being beaten out by the strong performances of Poland and the Netherlands in their group, and at times looking like they would finish even behind the Republic of Ireland. Another strong team, the Soviets will be looking to sweep through qualifiers and make it to the next round with little to no issues. Romania have been notably absent from the World Cup since 1938, but they boast a young and talented side with the likes of star striker Nicolae Dobrin, who's accuracy and pace could give the Romanians the edge.
As the excitement grows, we join our correspondents for the reports on these first matches.
---------------------------------------
Hungary v Scotland
Kick off in Budapest and the Hungarians already seize the advantage, bolstered by the home crowd with seems to be intimidating the Scots as they struggle to control the game in these opening moments. An aggressive forward play from the Hungarians, for which they are known and feared for, produces early chances as they stalk the outskirts of the box, looking for a way in. A few early chances produces nothing, with the ball being knocked away but not out of danger, until the ball rolls past the defenders into Ferenc Bene who shoots... AND SCORES! An easy goal from an experienced player and the crowd roars into life, the Scottish defence looks dejected and goalkeeper Jim Cruickshank looks positively livid with his defenders.
As soon as the first goal is in, Hungary are already on the attack again, pressuring the Scottish midfield who are now switched on and fighting to try and regain possession. If Scotland weren't aware that tonight wouldn't be easy, they definitely are now. They're pulling out all the stops here, with David Hay and Tommy McLean causing some questionable challenges resulting in the first cautions of the match. The ball remains firmly in the Scottish half, with the Hungarians looking in total control of the game, but the defence remains firm and confident in not allowing another goal through. The Tartan Army, Scotland's loyal fans, singing their hearts out to help their team face the relentless onslaught of the Hungarian side. Their hard work and dedication is paid off, as they hold the score at the half, but they will have it all to do in the second half.
The second half begins with Scotland trying a new strategy to hold the ball firmly in the centre, getting the likes of John O'Hare in space supported by Bobby Lennox and Jimmy Johnstone for their first attacking plays of the match thus far. However, the Hungarians are not going to give them that easy of a time, showing some excellent tactical play as the defensive midfielders drop back with such pace to out play the wingers and bring more men into their lines, sending the ball away and out for a counter attack. The match looks to be settling into a war of attrition, with athletes on both sides being pushed to their absolute limits here. It's a spectacle of athleticism and spirit as the sides battle their way through this match.
A poor challenge on the very edge of the box sets up a free kick, and it's Ferenc Bene, our lone goal scorer to take. The stadium is erupting into the sounds of cheers and drums as he prepares to take the shot. He's got options to cross, but Bene being the striker he is might look to score direct from the spot. He lines himself up, the whistle blows... AND HE DOES IT! Into the top right corner as the ball flies across the face of the goal and away from Cruickshank who tried desperately to get there. It's 2-0 here in Budapest and as the Hungarians celebrate, the Scots are trying desperately to get the play restarted, the anger evident on their face. The match restarts, and McLean fires a surprise long ball to the right winger Jimmy Johnstone, who's managed to find himself some good space here as the Hungarians struggle to get back into space. He takes a touch, and another, before delivering the cross to find Colin Stein... GOAL!! Scotland get one back and that was a massive volley from Colin Stein! The Tartan Army look like they're going to burst through the barriers and the roar from the fans shakes the very foundations of the stadium here! Scotland may be down, but they are certainly not out! Now it's Hungary's turn to try and get another back, but the play is getting extremely aggressive in the centre, Stein's goal rattling the Hungarians. Opting for a short pass build-up they hold the ball as they advance slowly towards the Scottish line, the whole Hungarian side moving up to support them as they try some shots into the defenders but they're deflected, coming back into Konrad Jabos... WHO SCORES!! It's 3-1 and Hungary retain their lead!! All in the space of a few seconds we've seen some incredible football here and the crowd goes wild at the sight!! Scotland has been brave tonight but it's Hungary that claims the glory, increasing their lead and holding the Scottish offensive back.
Final whistle in Budapest: Hungary 3-1 Scotland. Scotland will have a mountain to climb in Glasgow for the next match, while Hungary place half a towel on the next-round sunbed.
---------------------------------------
Romania v Soviet Union
Bucharest hosts our next match here and the whistle blows to signal the beginning of the battle in the east. Surprisingly, it's the Romanians who take the early advantage, focusing their play around Nicolae Dobrin who takes a commanding presence in the centre, trying to fight his way through the field. The wingers are getting forward here and he's got options to pass it forward, despite the opposition from the Soviet midfield. Under pressure, he sends the ball forward to Mircea Lucescu, who tussles with Revaz Dzodzuashvili at the post. A bit of skill gets him into space and he chips the ball into the centre, where it finds Florian Dumitrescu... WHO SCORES!! Romania lead 5 minutes into the match, and the home crowd is loving this as he charges to the corner flag to celebrate. It's advantage Romania at the opening of this match.
The Soviet side look determined but definitely underperforming as we advance through the half, with the Romanians still reaping the rewards of that glorious early goal. The midfield, lead by Viktor Kolotov, is looking to try and dominate possession as they push forward. Despite some break-aways from the Romanian side, the defenders prevent any serious challenges to against the Soviet goal as play becomes bogged down in the centre. Some chances between Anatoli Byshovets and Vitali Shevchenko as they push forward, but it's not enough to get through the Romanian lines. A run from Byshovets close to the half time whistle looks promising, but he's brought down by Iosif Vigu... AND IT'S A PENALTY!! The Soviets are given a lifeline in the dying moments of the first half, as the Romanian side argues with the referee, it was a close call but the ref is convinced it was in the box. Kolotov to take, he looks composed as he makes his run... GOAL!! Light work for the experienced midfielder, and the Soviets make it 1-1 before the second half.
The second half begins at the referees whistle and already the Soviets look determined to get back into this match, fighting not only the Romanian team but the roar of the Bucharest crowd here tonight, a sea of yellow, red and blue flooding the stands. The ball goes out to Byshovets who finds Yevryuzhikin on a great run, and the Romanians are in trouble here as they haven't got the men back into the box to defend. He's got support in the centre as he makes his way within shooting distance, but passes last minute to trick goalkeeper Necula Raducanu and find the right foot of Viktor Serebryanikov... WHO SLOTS IT AWAY!! 2-1 to the Soviets and they clearly came out of the dressing room with a bone to pick. They retake the advantage here and it looks like the magic of Romania's first goal is slipping away from them here.
Despite losing their advantage, the Romanian crowd continues to cheer and support their team as the second half goes on. From here, the match devolves into attrition, with an incredibly physical game being played in the centre causing mass substitutions on both sides, including goal-scorer Kolotov, but Romania's star player Dobrin stays on, no doubt the manager has plans for him. As the minutes tick on and we reach the final 10 minutes of the match, the score remains the same, both sides struggling to break the deadlock. Offensively, the Soviets have dominated the second half, deservedly after their brilliant second goal, but have been underperforming as many might have expected another one or two goals by this point. Dobrin has the ball in the centre, he's playing a short game with Nunweiller and Dumitru as they slow the pace down. The Soviet midfield begins to close them down as they anticipate a move, just for Dobrin to deliver the ball forward to Gheorghe Tataru, the youngster with nothing but space as he sprints towards the box largely unchallenged, firing a long shot away before the defenders can reach him... GOAL!! Romania equalise it at the death, and they keep their dreams alive!! Tataru the goalscorer but Dobrin the hero with excellent vision to bring Romania back into this match.
Final score in Bucharest: Romania 2-2 Soviet Union, and we head into the next match on level grounds when these two incredible sides meet again in Moscow.
Paramountica, Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway
Suur-Suomen kronikat
[pre]During the early postwar years, Finlands domestic affairs were marked by economic difficulties. After World War II the country was left with the task of absorbing about 300,000 refugees from the areas ceded to the Soviet Union and at the same time paying war reparations. Despite these obstacles, Finland would recover quickly thanks to Sisuu. The war reparations brought about rapid expansion in the metal and shipbuilding industries, and the timber trade soon resumed exporting and quickly exceeded its prewar level. The rebuilding and colonization required to resettle the refugees, however, were such a drain on the countrys economic resources that inflation could not be avoided; as a result Finland had to devaluate its currency on a number of occasions.
After the armistice, the new Finnish Communist Party held a strong position, which it retained in the subsequent government. When in the spring of 1948 it was alleged that the party had planned a coup, Parliament forced the Communist minister of the interior to resign. After the parliamentary elections in the autumn of 1948, a Social Democratic government came to power under the leadership of Fagerholm. Governments changed rapidly and consisted of various party coalitions during the 1950s, in most cases under the leadership of the Agrarian Party or the Social Democrats. During this period, however, both the Conservative National Coalition Party and the leftist Finnish Peoples Democratic League, which included the Finnish Communist Party, were excluded from the government.
Forming and keeping a government in Finland was very difficult because of the proliferation of political parties, no one party, and often no party group, could command a majority in Parliament. As a consequence, there have been many nonpolitical cabinets composed of civil servants appointed by the president. With continuing economic growth and because of internal disputes, Communist Party influence diminished in the 1960s.
When conditions had been stabilized, Mannerheim resigned, and Paasikivi was elected president in his place in 1946. In 1956 the leader of the Agrarian Party, Urho Kekkonen, who acted as prime minister a number of times during the period from 1950 to 1956, was elected president. He was reelected three times to the office, with an extension of his third term by the Parliament.Under the leadership of Paasikivi and Kekkonen, relations with the Soviet Union were stabilized by a consistently friendly policy on the part of Finland. A concrete expression of the new foreign policydesignated the Paasikivi-Kekkonen linewas the Agreement of Friendship, Cooperation, and Mutual Assistance concluded between Finland and the Soviet Union in 1948 and extended in 1955. The agreement included a mutual defense provision and prohibited Finland from joining any organization considered hostile to the U.S.S.R. After war reparations had been paid in full, trade with the Soviet Union continued, rising to more than 15 percent of Finlands total during the 1960s. Further signs of the détente were evident when the Soviet Union returned its base at Porkkala in 1955.
Relations with the Soviet Union, however, were not entirely without complications. After the elections of 1958, a coalition government under the leadership of the Social Democrat Karl August Fagerholm was formed, in which certain members considered anti-Soviet were included. The Soviet Union responded by recalling its ambassador and canceling credits and orders in Finland. When the Finnish government was reconstructed, relations were again stabilized
Property rights were strong. While nationalization committees were set up in France and the United Kingdom, Finland avoided nationalizations. Finnish industry recovered quickly after Second World War. By the end of 1946, industrial output had surpassed pre-war numbers.In the immediate post-war period of 1946 to 1951, industry continued to grow rapidly. Many factors contributed to the rapid industrial growth such as war reparations which were largely paid in manufactured products, devaluation of currency in 1945 and 1949, which made dollar rise by 70% against Finnish markka and thus boosted exports to the West as well as rebuilding the country, which increased demand for industrial products. In 1951, the Korean War boosted exports. Finland practiced an active exchange rate policy and devaluation was used several times to raise the competitiveness of exporting industries. The fast industrial growth in 1953-1955 was followed by a period of more moderate growth which started in 1956.The causes for the deceleration of growth were the general strike of 1956, as well as weakened export trends and easing of the strict regulation of Finland's foreign trade in 1957, which compelled industry to compete against ever toughening international challengers. An economic recession brought industrial output down by 3.4% in 1958. Industry, however, recovered quickly during the international economic boom that followed the recession. One reason for this was the devaluation of the Finnish markka which increased the value of the US dollar up by 39% against the Finnish markka.International economy was stable in the 1960s. This trend could be seen in Finland as well, where steady growth of industrial output throughout the decade was being recorded.
[/pre]
[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
]
Peoples Republic Of Czechoslovakia
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
[/spoiler]
Paramountica, Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, New Provenance, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway
[pre]𝗦 𝝖 𝗨 𝗗 𝝞 𝝖 𝗥 𝝖 𝗕 𝝞 𝝖 𝝢 𝝖 𝗧 𝝞 𝝤 𝝢 𝝖 𝗟 𝗙 𝝤 𝝤 𝗧 𝗕 𝝖 𝗟 𝗟 𝗙 𝗘 𝗗 𝗘 𝗥 𝝖 𝗧 𝝞 𝝤 𝝢 (S A N F F) | الاتحاد السعودي لكرة القدم (SANFF)[/pre]
|[sup][sub]Sport News[/sub][/sup]| Football Updates for the Year of 1969-1970
| Saudi Arabia is considered a good football team by today's standards, and has a good team, coached by the football expert of the nation, Zawar El-Hashem, who has coached Saudi Arabia for the past 30 years. Given the current political state of Saudi Arabia, Football went under the radar during the 1969 Rebellions, however, when the rebellions blew over, football became a favorite past time from the Saudi people, according to the National Census Organization of Saudi Arabia, (NCOSA) over 56% of the recorded population of Saudi Arabia put 'enjoy football as a sport'. The rise of popularity most likely came from the hype of the upcoming World Cup, which gave hope to many Saudi Citizens that the Kingdom might just make it to the World Cup. But, in a game in Riyadh, Saudi Arabia cemented itself in the AFC by beating Turkey in a friendly match on November this year, beating 🇸🇦 3-2 🇹🇷, which only furthered hopes for the World Cup. Sadly, however, it did not qualify for the 1970 World Cup, after losing a match with Syria, they lost qualification status. Though it was a hit on Saudi Moral, the people still cheer for the regionals next year in which two newly founded teams will compete; Al-Riyadh, and Al-Nassar. Foreign coaches were also outlawed as the SANFF wanted the Saudi coaches to be Saudi in origin, not foreign. This tainted the country's outlook on foreign teams, and also took a toll at the variety of the coached teams.
| Adding on to that, a new official national stadium is being constructed in Riyadh, it will be known as the Mohammed National Stadium of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, or simply Mohammed Stadium. Construction is to be finished around March of Next Year, so Saudi Arabia can have a home stadium for its sports and events. To celebrate the beginning of construction, the Royal Guard agreed with the owning construction company, Riyadh General Construction, to host a march where the plot would be placed. The fireworks marked the beginning of construction, and when the march was over, the construction began, and the foundation was set. The people are very excited to see a brand new stadium be built in Riyadh, as the people can now just take a drive down to their home Stadium and watch their favorite team compete. Walls are being put up as of right now, and the people can watch its construction right outside their windows.
| Mecca, has also had a spike of interest in Football as a sport, with the local governor of Mecca, Mishaal bin Abdulaziz, stated; "Football can be a sport enjoyed a healthy sport out of this, even the holy city can play a sport not forbidden." This statement brought hope for a Mecca football team, and hopes were fulfilled with the making of the Al-Mecca, which became a professional football team. As the team begins to prepare for the regional, we can only see how it progresses as time goes on. The nation is very anticipatory on the performance of the team.
[table=noheader][tr][td][/td][/tr][/table]
[pre]D I S P A T C H W O R K[/pre]
[sup][sub]Copyright Saudi Arabian Football (Soccer) Association[/sub][/sup]
https://www.nationstates.net/page=dispatch/id=2003523
Paramountica, Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway
[list][list]SHŌWA 44 | DECEMBER 1969[/list]
[list][list]自民党経済の勝利
[pre]VICTORIOUS LDP ECONOMICS[/pre][/list][/list]
[pre] 6 9 E L E C T I O N [/pre]
[list][list][sub][pre] オー・スネイル 富士山に登ろう でも、ゆっくり、ゆっくり
O Snail; Climb Mount Fuji But slowly, slowly![/pre][/sub][/list][/list]
NAGATACHŌ MORNINGTIME
[sub]TOKYO, Nippon-Nihon[/sub]
| Though they are experts at incorporating most Western designs, the Japanese have never been able to successfully incorporate Karl Marxs designs. Since World War II, modern socialist parties have sprung up all throughout Western Europe. As of last October, they are in power in Britain, Norden, Finland, and West Germany, which is Japans main economic opponent. However, Japans theoretically ardent Socialist Party has had all the political attraction, as one European Socialist puts it, of a terrified spinster, save for a brief ten-month affair shortly after World War II. |
| By the time Japans eleventh postwar election results were finalized, the Socialists were even less credible. After 20 years in power, the conservative, pro-American Liberal Democrats and their predecessors were so sure of victory that only 68% of Japans 70 million people bothered to cast a ballot. The party expanded its majority in the lower house of the Diet from 272 to 300 MPs, led by EISAKU SATO. Additionally, three smaller parties grew in strength. The most notable of these was the Komeito Clean Government Party, which doubled in size to 47 seats and is supported by Buddhism. The only losers were, in fact, the miserable Socialists. A startling 44 of their 134 Diet seats were lost. The Socialists party secretary, SABURO EDA, said: |
[list]| SABURO EDA, [sub]Party Secretary[/sub] | We were prepared to lose, but thisthis is not just a defeat, it is an absolutely crushing defeat![/list]
[list][list]負けは覚悟していましたが、これは単なる敗北ではなく、完全なる惨敗です![/list][/list]
| To be sure, the Liberal Democrats had a lot going for them. Japans spectacular development over the last ten years has doubled the country's GDP (to $167 billion), clogged Tokyos streets with Toyotas, and stuffed worker houses full of TVs and electronics. The PRIME MINISTERs November visit to Washington, when he mediated Okinawas 1972 return to Japanese sovereignty, removed the foreign issue that worried voters the most. Apart from that, The PRIME MINISTERs greatest strength was the faltering Socialists themselves. Even the tiny Communist Party, which increased from four to fourteen seats, downplayed doctrine and focused instead on inflation, air pollution, and the need for more dobuita (gutter lids) in the streets as a way to appeal to Japans more affluent younger people. In contrast, the Socialists fielded unidentified, underfunded candidates whose primary ideological tool was a belligerent version of Marxism from the 19th century international relations. Voters associated the Socialists with the antiwar students who set fire to Tokyo in October of last year because of their vociferous demands for unarmed neutrality national policy. At the same time when businesses were giving out the largest year-end bonuses in Japanese history, the Socialists demanded that industry be nationalized. |
Paramountica, Cascadla, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway
Less than Ideal: The Economy of Indonesia and its Future
With a population of approximately 112 million people and ranked as the 14th largest nation in the world by total size, the economy of Indonesia is unusually small for a country of its size. Estimates placed Indonesias total gross domestic product in 1968 at around $7 billion, lower than countries such as the neighboring Philippines, Australia, India, Pakistan and China. Pakistan, India and China with comparable or higher populations serve as fair contrasts to Indonesias comparatively poor economic performance given its population, size, abundant natural resources and strategic location. However, Indonesias present economic state is neither shocking nor unexpected. Years of colonial exploitation by the Dutch and mismanagement during the era of Sukarnos presidency have ultimately resulted in the underperformance of an economy that could have been larger in the right hands.
Immediately after independence, President Sukarno began a program of quasi-central planning or so-called Guided Economic Policy. Much like the concept of Guided Democracy, Sukarnos economic policies (or really lack thereof) involved the direct and ever present intervention by the state. Most companies around the country were owned or managed by the government in Jakarta and economic planning was directed from the top down, with little to no actual direction or desire to meet the needs of locals. Worse still, Sukarno himself had little interest in the economy of Indonesia, focusing instead on keeping his coalition with the Communists and the army alive while simultaneously forging ties with countries such as the Soviet Union and the Peoples Republic of China, much to the chagrin of the West.
During Sukarnos presidency, the governments expenditures went through the roof. Most funds, acquired through loans or direct foreign aid from countries such as the Soviet Union, were directed toward military armaments, infrastructure in and around major cities and the expansion of government bureaucracy. Mirroring the USSR, Sukarno sought to centralize power and maintain control over the entire archipelago, both to appease the Army and to keep the PKI under control. This reckless spending did little for the development of other islands outside Java, with other major islands such as Sumatra, Papua and Sulawesi being essentially abandoned by the Central Government.
Sukarnos economic mismanagement and overall ignorance of proper economic policy arguably led to his eventual downfall. Falling tax revenues, growing rural poverty, lack of infrastructure, and Sukarnos intense focus on all affairs except those at home angered many within his fragile coalition. Eventually, at least according to the official story, frustrated PKI operatives attempted a coup detat against him during the 30th of September Incident in 1965. As a result, Sukarno was effectively sidelined by Suharto who was empowered to put down the Communist uprising and restore order to the country through the introduction of the New Order. In time, Suhartos power grew and his eventual appointment as President of Indonesia ended almost a decade and a half of economic mismanagement and carelessness. At least on paper.
Unlike Sukarno, economic policy was at the forefront of Suhartos proposed reforms. However, disagreements ran deep between him and the Old Guard who controlled the Peoples Consultative Assembly (MPR), the only political body which could legitimately approve and support any economic policies. Suharto, influenced by economic advisors within Aspri, his inner circle, supported rapid privatization and the implementation of laissez-faire economics which would attract foreign investment and help rapidly develop Indonesias economy. Coincidentally, Suhartos primary economic advisors had studied in the United States and strongly believed in the transformational nature of free market capitalism. In fact, some believed that Indonesia would achieve the same success as the United States.
In turn, the Old Guard led by Abdul Haris Nasution, the Speaker of the MPR had gathered a coalition of legislators who believed in Sukarnos system of direct economic planning and extensive state ownership of the economy along with moderates who were inspired by the successes of countries such as Japan and Korea, who had steadily recovered from devastating wars through the introduction of currency devaluation, state support for certain industries, investments in education, curtailment of certain imports among other measures to stimulate export-led industrialization and economic growth. Oddly enough, both groups found common ground in opposing Suhartos proposed opening up of Indonesia to foreign investments and a hands-off approach by the government toward the economy. Lack of any extensive opposition by these more left-leaning groups allowed Nasution to forge an alliance and eventually turn their proposals into working policy.
With the ongoing Great Game intensifying all factions have positioned themselves for the next offensive, this time in the battlefield of economics. In play are billions of Dollars worth of natural gas, timber, petroleum, fertile land, rubber, and other natural resources which could hold the key for the development and industrialization of Nusantara. While only Suharto and the Old Guard seemed poised to directly clash in this upcoming round, the Radicals and even KAMI are watching closely, weary of Marxist economic ideas that could undo the work of the New Order. At the same time, many young students belonging to KAMI support swift reform to the stunted Indonesian economy and their nationalistic leanings could easily place them in the hands of Nasutions economic moderates, tipping the scales favorably toward a state capitalist model.
In the end, time will tell who will prevail. Though in the meantime, ordinary Indonesians toil in poverty, awaiting action from a government that had promised reform and national rejuvenation.
Paramountica, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Tallahan, Maziya, Spain-, Al-Jammahirya Al-Arabiyya, Slipway
Post by Chiviliouss suppressed by Paramountica.
There suddenly would be a new country between Canada and the USA it would be really small it was called Chivilouss
Post by Catalonia And The Basque Country suppressed by Paramountica.
Hola todos! I am so honored to be here!
Cascadla
Post self-deleted by Nippon-Nihon.
Post by Catalonia And The Basque Country suppressed by Paramountica.
December 17th 1954
Franco has signed the Treaty of San Sebastian making The Commonwealth of Catalonia and The Basque Country independent. After many years of rebellion against the Spanish the new Lehendakaria of the nation arrived to address the signing stating,
"We have been oppressed, beaten, and slaughtered for to long, that is no more as 2 nations merging into one we might seem different but our history makes us brothers!"
Now a new nation in all this conflict rises from the ashes.
[pre]T H E K I N G D O M O F S A U D I A R A B I A | المملكة العربية السعودية[/pre]
|[sup][sub]Diplomacy[/sub][/sup]| A Question of Support
The current rivalry between the Soviet Union and the United States has proven difficult for Saudi Trade, as one or the other tries to gain more from the crown. Though the crown has not had any public statements regarding the manner, the legislatures have. Minister of Foreign Affairs, Crowned Prince Faisal, stated that; "A Split world today can show its cracks in the national regions of the world; Saudi Arabia one of those regions." This statement was delivered during a conference this Sunday, after the royal salute. The King did not follow up on any of Faisal's Statements. The Capital went on a campaign surrounding the support of americans, while many once rebel states supported the communist ideologies. The crown, fearing for a replay of the rebellions, wiped all references or topics on politics regarding the Soviet Union or the United States of America. The things returned from fiery debates to more tame constructive debates. The crown averted another catastrophic situation, but the question was not answered; which side were they on? Saudi Arabia currently claims to be in the Non-Aligned Movement, a movement which does not pick a side, rather opts to be neutral. Trade with both states remains, however, relations sometimes get in the way of this trade, though not often. As time progresses, we can maybe see a shift in policy and trade can return to normal.
[table=noheader][tr][td][/td][/tr][/table]
[pre]𝗦 𝝖 𝗨 𝗗 𝝞 𝝖 𝗥 𝝖 𝗕 𝝞 𝝖 𝝢 𝗥 𝝤 𝗬 𝝖 𝗟 𝗚 𝗨 𝝖 𝗥 𝗗[/pre]
[list]| 𝐀 𝐊𝐢𝐧𝐠𝐬 𝐃𝐲𝐢𝐧𝐠 𝐖𝐢𝐬𝐡 |[/list]
On December 15th of this year, the founder and current ruling monarch of Saudi Arabia, fell ill after a stroke while visiting London. He survived the stroke, but he was disabled and could no longer rule the country fully, thus, by deceleration of the Saudi Constitution, a son would be picked out of his 25 sons. King Salman of Saudi Arabia, one of the youngest sons, was chosen by the king. Salman was known for being a very charming young man, he was a smart boy, and like his father, he was very cheerful even in the dullest of situations. The young king was surprised by his fathers choice, but he went with the verdict, and in the kings decaying health in the faraway British Isles, the Crowned Prince was by law the new Prime Minister of Saudi Arabia. The king's health continues to decline, and the young king is preparing for his regime. A Speech he gave regarding his fathers declining health showed hope in the young kings potential, as he grew to be more wise than usual and ordered that, on his fathers inevitable passing, a new state holiday be instated for his fathers death, known as Day of the Hazn Abn Sueud, which literally translates to; 'Day of the Mourning of Ibn Saud'.
[list]Many other princes however, were looking for a spotlight. Out of the other sons, one was the most disappointed with his fathers choice, that son was Prince Faisal of Saud, who envied Salman. The prince was angered that one of the youngest brothers was chosen to rule, and now he wanted the fame. He told his brother one night, while looking over Riyadh, "Do you really think you can rule all of this, and a nation?" the brother replied; "Can one destroy an anthill and not expect the ants to be angered by the destruction of their home?" the Royal Guard monitored the two closely for no given reason, apparently they considered Faisal a danger because of his envy. Every day, Salman would give double prayers to help him through hard times, this only doubled his popularity, even his own father was proud while on his deathbed. The populace was excited for the new king, and the people of Saudi Arabia are ready for the integration of the new king, his future policies, and decisions. The new king can bring amazing things to our state; or calamities. One can only watch the present, not re-watch. [/list]
While excitement surrounds the new king, the mourning of the old king is beginning. To honor the king in his current state; the Royal Guard wishes to publish his accomplishments in his own biography, "Founder of Arabia, Ibn the Good" now, people begin ordering the book to see the kings accomplishments, but here is a quick summary of accomplishments. He United Saudi Arabia under the Saudi House. At the beginning of 1930, he had a meeting with the other emirates in the Arabian Peninsula, tired of the chaos and hatred, Hejaz and Jedan united, soon to be followed by the other emirates, which eventually created Saudi Arabia. He reunited Mecca with the Arabs after 700 years of Hashemite rule. During the age of the conquering of Ibn Saud, he went to Mecca, the holiest city. He officially reunited it with Saudi Arabia and the Arabs controlled Mecca, while the Hashemites had to flee to Jordan. He Established Stable Relations with outside Powers. In his later years, Ibn Saud began establishing healthy relations with foreign powers, such as the United States, the United Kingdom (Great Britain), and France. He had visited all these places and eventually established healthy relations with the powers. He had improved the country's economy. Before Ibn Saud, the Arabian Economy was very messed up from wars and useless funding. The almost radical ideas of Ibn Saud and the discovery of oil from the american company of SoCal, the economy boomed like never before. Now, Saudi Arabia has an industry that could improve the economy of the nation. These accomplishments were accomplished by Ibn Saud, single handedly deciding the twist of the Saudi Crown, and showed that a united country can perform great things.
[list]All of this was preformed by one man, one king, who reigned with a even hand, saw the best in what seemed like a collapsing state, created a stable country with a stable economy, and created a faithful populace, creating a world city with Riyadh. Upon his unfortunate death, he will be buried by his faithful lover in the renamed Ibn Palace, where he will rest for eternity in the heavens. As the king slowly dies, the Royal Guard and the rest of Saudi Arabia sends their condolences to the princes and princesses who will lose their father, as they have already lost their mother; may you go in peace. The country will remember Ibn Saud as the founder of the state, one of the greatest kings in line. We say goodbye to King Saud as world leaders are invited to attend his funeral procession. [/list]
[spoiler=[sub]Those Invited to[/sub]
The Funeral of King Saud
[sub]1875-1969[/sub]
]
Peoples Republic Of Czechoslovakia
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
[/spoiler]
Amsterwald, Cascadla, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Tallahan, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway
Post by Greater Sasmidia suppressed by Metropolitan Francais.
What's good guys
Cascadla
All new players welcome, this dispatch was sent to you the moment you arrived, so please read it.
https://www.nationstates.net/page=dispatch/id=497355
Basically the message board here is only for IC postings, any questions please DM either Paramountica or myself.
Amsterwald, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Slipway, Independent Singapore
[list][list][sub]P O L I S H P E O P L E ' S R E P U B L IC P O L S K A R Z E C Z P O S P O L I T A L U D O W A [/sub][/list][/list]
[list][list][sub]New Generation loyalist infiltrate the ranks[/sub]
[sub]January, 1970[/sub][/list]
[list]|[sub]A change of loyalty in the People's Army?[/sub]|[/list]
| Following the setback of Operation 'Red Hearts' in May, the [New Generation] faced a notable decline within the party. While their recovery was a gradual process, they remained far from powerless. In response to Władysław Gomułka's purge, the alliance devised a calculated countermove, focusing their strategic ambitions on the armythe ultimate prize for gaining control. Over the grueling course of eight months, numerous young and promising officers, with bright career prospects, underwent a process of subtle indoctrination and already existing loyalist were directly placed into Warsaw's most prestigious officer academy. The January 1970 graduating class witnessed the entry of multiple New Generation affiliates into the People's Army, assuming influential commanding positions. |
[list][sub]Warsaw City, Academy Graduation Ceremony, Poland1St Afternoon[/sub][/list]
| In the expansive grand hall, a dozen recently graduated military officers stood tall, their uniforms bedecked with glistening medals. A palpable air of pride and camaraderie enveloped the space as the national anthem resonated through the room. Crisp uniforms and radiant smiles spoke volumes about their hard-earned achievements. Amidst the handshakes, laughter, and the melodious clink of glasses, the celebration echoed their unwavering dedication to military service. As the assembled officers engaged in hushed conversations, the atmosphere shifted when a high-ranking officer made his entrance, his medals clearly indicating his status. His authoritative presence demanded immediate attention, ushering in a hushed quiet that enveloped the room. The polished boots of the general clicked sharply against the floor as he approached the microphone. |
[list]| [sub]Włodzimierz Nowak, Major General[/sub] | Ladies and gentlemen of the Class of 1970, good afternoon. Whether or not you're familiar with me, I am Major General Włodzimierz Nowak. Today, it's both a privilege and an honor to stand before you as the one delivering your commencement speech. But before I delve into the heart of my address, I'd like to emphasize the bright futures awaiting each of you. Among this graduating class, a select fewthe elitewill be chosen by the Ministry of National Defense. These individuals will undergo further grooming to become the future leaders of our military. For this year, I am entrusted with the task of identifying those among you who possess the qualities to rise beyond the rank of an enlisted officer.[/list]
| As General Włodzimierz Nowak announced the prospect of being selected by the high command for leadership roles, a subtle yet palpable shift swept through the gathered officers. A hushed murmur spread among them, exchanging glances filled with a mixture of excitement and anticipation. The realization that they stood on the chance of not only graduating but potentially being identified for future leadership roles within the military added a layer of tension. |
[list]| [sub]Włodzimierz Nowak, Major General[/sub] | I see the eagerness and determination among you. Rest assured, your commitment to excellence and leadership will not go unnoticed. Your achievements today signify more than personal accomplishments; they mark the strengthening of our armed forces. As you step into active service, consider this day not as an endpoint but as the beginning of a journey filled with opportunities, growth, and challenges. Embrace your responsibilities with dedication, integrity, and a commitment to excellence. Congratulations, Class of 1970. Today, you not only graduate but become part of a legacy that shapes our nation's history. Godspeed on your endeavors.[/list]
| The grand hall burst into a symphony of joy as the Class of 1970 officially graduated. The atmosphere hummed with the contagious energy of accomplishment, filled with laughter, cheers, and a chorus of congratulatory embraces. Amidst the sea of jubilant faces, the graduates reveled in the moment. The room echoed with the clinking of glassesa harmonious toast to a year of hard work, friendships forged, and lessons learned. However, as the class celebrated, Major General Nowak summoned the top ten students for a private conversation. Nine among them, members of the [New Generation] selectively placed into the academy, were part of this exclusive group. |
[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
[/spoiler]
Paramountica, Amsterwald, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Tallahan, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway
[list]SEPTEMBER 1969
[sub]REPUBLICAN REFERENDUM 69[/sub][/list]
[pre]SOUTH AFRICANS HEAD TO THE BOOTH TO CAST VOTES![/pre]
UNION BUILDINGS
[sub]PRETORIA, Canovia MORNING[/sub]
[sub]The 1966 general election marked the astounding comeback of the National Partys relevance in South African politics as the waning popularity of De Villiers Graaffs leadership was plagued with domestic social problems, racial tensions and economic stagnation. As a result of mounting pressure from within his own party and that within the nations parliament De Villiers Graaff would ultimately resign from his position as party leader and prime minister, triggering the need for a new government and national elections.[/sub]
[sub]Despite the National Partys reputation as an ultra-conservative, ultranationalist party the party saw massive reform under the leadership of R.F. Botha in which many of the partys controversial and problematic figures were either exiled from the party or split off to form their own parties. With R.F. Pik Botha elected to represent the party promises of opening up South Africas economy and a new beginning awarded the new statesman the position of prime minister & securing barely a majority within the nations parliament.[/sub]
[sub]Described as a liberal member within the ideologically conservative National Party the main objective of Bothas premiership was to conduct a nationwide referendum on South African sovereignty. Despite nearly all African countries gaining independence from their colonial powers South Africa remained a commonwealth within the British Empire, keeping the British monarchy as the Head of State. As republicanism continued to grow and support for republicanism from both the National Party and the African National Congress was at an all-time high (and major opposition from the United Party), Botha campaigned on conducting a referendum before the end of the decade, which would allow eligible voters to decide the future of South Africa when the new decade approached.[/sub]
[sub]Thousands of South Africans from the nations largest urban areas to the nations most isolated communities would line up for miles waiting patiently to cast their votes in the republican referendum. Although many would participate in the voting process many obstacles facing native Black South Africans voters would make it nearly impossible for them to cast their votes. Although men and women were granted their right to vote, nearly many in South Africas underdeveloped areas would be turned away from the polling booths or have their votes invalidated by the state for not passing their literacy tests. In spite of numerous motions by the African National Congress and the United Party to scrap literacy tests Bothas government would enforce citizens to take and pass the tests in order to vote.[/sub]
[list]R.F. BOTHA, Prime Minister: [sub]This referendum has been long overdue. Many South Africans agree that it is time that we cut off the last remaining remnants of colonialism in our nation. It is time where we no longer have influence or interference of foreign powers in our government and laws. A full, sovereign South Africa is within reach. South Africans will have the opportunity to elect a leader which represents them and not one that resides several thousand miles away. We will enter the new decade as a new, rejuvenated nation.[/sub][/list]
RESULTS OF REFERENDUM
[sub]Do you support the establishment of a republic for South Africa and the abolishment of Her Majesty as Head of State?[/sub]
YES [x]: 56.2%
NO: 43.8%
[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
[/spoiler]
Paramountica, Amsterwald, Cascadla, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Tallahan, Maziya, Greater Kurdistane, Spain-, Al-Jammahirya Al-Arabiyya, Slipway, Poland1St
JANUARY , 1970
A Living Legend
| On the 26/December/1969 an elderly man, accompanied by his son came out into the open and proclaimed himself as the Pahang[/I] warrior, Mat Kilau at the [I]Pulau Tawar Mosque[/I] near [I]Jerantut[/I]. However there was an issue with that elderly man who had been identified as [I]'Mat Siam'[/I] with his full name recorded in his Malaysian identity card as [I]Mohamad bin Ibrahim[/I]. The revelation of the supposed reappearance of [I]Mat Kilau[/I] quickly spread across the nation following extensive media coverage until it got the attention of both the state and federal governments. Which eventually led to the [I]Pahang[/I] government performing a full investigation on [I]Mat Siam[/I] to prove or disprove his claimed identity. |
[U]Firstly: Who Is Mat Kilau?
| [I]Mat Kilau[/I] was born between the year 1866/1867 in [I]Kampung Masjid, Pulau Tawar, Jerantut District[/I]. He was the eldest son of [I]Tok Gajah[/I], a high ranking nobleman in Pahang court[/I]. He ([I]Mat Kilau[/I]) was said to have excelled in [I]Quranic[/I] recitation, [I]berzanji[/I] and [I]dikir maulud[/I], as well as in the traditional dikir rebana called [I]'Dikir Pahang'[/I].
He was said to be a master in [I]Silat[/I] and believed to possesses magical powers.
In the early years of British[/I] involvement in [I]Pahang[/I], the then [I]British[/I] agent to [I]Pahang[/I], Hugh Clifford who visited Pulau Tawar[/I] in 1888, established friendly relations with two sons of [I]Tok Gajah[/I], namely Mat Kilau[/I] and [I]Awang Long[/I]. [I]Mat Kilau[/I] was described by [I]Clifford[/I] as a
[List][I]" Diplomatic young man who was easier to deal with, compared to his father. "[/I] |[/list]
[U]Secondly: The Pahang Uprising
| In the early phase of the Pahang uprising that began in 1891, was primarily confined to the area of [I]Semantan, Temerloh[/I]. However within that time period [I]Mat Kilau[/I] and [I]Tok Gajah[/I] began to get involved in the uprising.
The general uprising spearheaded by [I]Mat Kilau[/I] reached its most dangerous point when he and a hundred of his followers armed with swords, spears and muskets, sacked [I]Kuala Lipis[/I] and later threatened the gold mines at [I]Raub[/I]. [I]British[/I] reprisals came in 1892 when a force of [I]Perak, Sikhs[/I] under the command of [I]Lieutenant Colonel Robert Sandilands Frowd Walker[/I], accompanied by [I]Hugh Clifford[/I] as political advisor, 3 European inspectors, 2 jemadars, and 105 Sikhs, including 13 gunners, attacked and burnt [I]Mat Kilau's[/I] stronghold at [I]Budu[/I].
In 1894, determined to put down the uprising from their bases, [I]Clifford[/I] undertook an expedition to [I]Kelantan and Terengganu[/I] on 17/July, but met with little success initially due to the sympathy of local chiefs and population to the rebels' cause.
However as both [I]Kelantan[/I] and [I]Terengganu[/I] were at that time the feudatory states of [I]Siam[/I], the [I]British[/I] received commitment from the [I]Siamese foreign minister, Prince Devawongse[/I], to prevent both states from harbouring the dissidents. Ultimately, it was during October/November 1895 that several key ring leaders, were captured by the [I]Siamese commissioner Phya Dhib Kosa[/I] and deported to [I]Chiang Mai[/I]. |
[U]Thirdly: Mat Kilau's "Death"
| According to a report from acting [I]Resident of Pahang, D. H. Wise[/I], [I]Mat Kilau[/I] was dead in 1895. The report however did not mention the location of his burial. [I]William Linehan[/I], in his book [I]'History of Pahang'[/I] written in 1936, used [I]Wise's report[/I] as his reference, mentioned that [I]Mat Kilau[/I] and [I]Tok Gajah[/I] died and buried in [I]Terengganu[/I]. It remains unknown where Linehan obtained this information from, most probably it was his assumption that [I]Mat Kilau[/I] had died fighting the [I]British[/I] expedition while in exile in [I]Terengganu[/I]. Although it turns out that this assumption was true for [I]Tok Gajah[/I] who was buried in [I]Pasir Nering, Ulu Terengganu[/I].
In an article by Singapore Free Press dated 22/October/1895, [I]Mat Kilau[/I] was reported severely wounded in a fight and was brought to [I]Kota Bharu[/I] where he died from blood loss. Based on the investigation, the fighting was thought to have occurred at [I]Lebir River[/I] in the hinterland of [I]Kelantan[/I]. The report from the [I]Free Press[/I] was based on the account of the [I]Siamese commissioner[/I] to [I]Kelantan[/I] who personally saw the body of [I]Mat Kilau[/I], but the whereabout of his burial remains unknown. |
[U]Finally: Mat Siam's Story
| [I]Mat Siam[/I] would be interviewed by the investigation committee to hear out his story. it was noted that he was severely beaten in a fight with [I]Siamese soldiers[/I] in [I]Kelantan[/I], in which he was presumed dead and his body was submitted to the [I]Sultan of Kelantan[/I] for proper Islamic burials. Once he regained consciousness, the ruler had set him free and advised him to conceal his identity afterwards. The Sultan was reported to proceed with his supposed burial in [I]Bunut Payong[/I], replacing his body with the bark of a banana tree.
[I]Mat Siam[/I] had lived a nomadic life ever since, under multiple pseudonyms, namely;
[List][I]'Mat Dahan'
'Mat Dadu'
'Mat Din'[/I][/list]
Over time, he had taken up a number of jobs including rubber collector, general labour and a Silat teacher. It was not until 1926 that he began to reveal his identity as [I]Mat Kilau[/I] to some of his close associates and relatives, including his Silat students who were made to swear a vow to keep the secret.
Persuaded by relatives especially his grandson [I]Abu Bakar bin Hassan[/I], [I]Mat Siam[/I] would openly declared himself as Mat Kilau on that day. |
| The committee concluded their investigation and submitted the report to the [I]Pahang State Legislative Assembly[/I]. For the legislative assembly to review the story to find any legitimacy in the claims of [I]Mat Siam[/I] to proclaim their verdict. As there were some level of truth in his story as [I]Mat Siam's[/I] story tallied with the account of [I]Haji Sulaiman bin Hussain, a Qadi of [I]Kuantan[/I], who studied at [I]Bunut Payong[/I], and personally heard the rumours from his teacher in 1935 about a grave which contained the bark of a banana tree. |
______________________________________________
Paramountica, Amsterwald, Cascadla, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Spain-, Slipway, Poland1St
★ UNITED ARAB REPUBLIC ★
[list][list][list][pre]
"Fear is, I believe, a most effective tool in destroying the soul of an individual - and the soul of a people."
ANWAR EL-SADAT
[/pre][/list][/list][/list]
_________________
[list][sub]𝐍𝐀𝐒𝐒𝐄𝐑'𝐒 𝐆𝐀𝐌𝐁𝐋𝐄:
𝐒𝐓𝐑𝐔𝐆𝐆𝐋𝐄 𝐅𝐎𝐑 𝐈𝐍𝐈𝐓𝐈𝐀𝐓𝐈𝐕𝐄[/sub]
[sub][sup]JANUARY 1970 - UNITED ARAB REPUBLIC[/sub][/sup]
[list][list][list] [sub][sup] | "I quite frankly find the mere notion absurd! People are talking about you like you died on June 6th, but you must fight, you must restore the spirit of the nation and put the peoples towards the path of liberation![/sub][/sup][/list][/list][/list]
[list][sub]Those words still played in the President's head as he came back from Moscow. He had held a meeting with his former chief aide and current Prime Minister Mu'mar al-Gaddafi before leaving for treatment in the Soviet Union. Confiding in him that Nasser had begun to have doubts about his health and ability to lead in the future. For many, Nasser the man died on June 6th, 1967, it had long become a common phrase to use when describing Nasser. It didn't help that his health had deteriorated severely in the last 3 years, shedding large amounts of weight and even suffering a heart attack in 1969. As a result, Nasser finally gave in and conceded to getting treated outside of the country for his ills.[/sub]
[sub]Gaddafi was young and was yet to experience what it was like to lead a large nation like the United Arab Republic. Yet in a way, he reminded Nasser of his old self, back when he like his fellow idealistic officers overthrew a corrupt King and went on their way to establish Egypt as leader of the Arab world and a true regional power. 15 years later, he and only two others were the only one standing from that group, most had broken off with him or in case of some, had lost themselves to corruption and hedonism. Much of the idealism and optimism had given way to pragmatism and understanding of the material reality, yet Gaddafi's own idealism had almost lit something of a spark in Nasser's psyche, if even for a moment. Arriving to Cairo from Moscow, Sadat commented that Nasser had looked 'almost 10 years younger' as a result of his treatment in the U.S.S.R. While that was mostly flattery, there was no doubt that the President had returned to the country with renewed vigor. Nasser now had a set mission, ensure that the United Arab Republic continue its survival in the coming years, even if he found a premature end[/sub]
[sub]Nasser set his eyes on the economy as the most important issue. Libya's oil revenues had sustained the UAR through thick and thin, however relying on the fortunes of one commodity, so volatile in price, was a fool's errand. The UAR's economy was thankfully however not completely reliant on oil, with the share of industry in the economy at 28% and 50% of exports being various goods and products. Industrialization needed to continue, and a new strategy had to be adopted to ensure continued growth. The Arab Socialist Union's Economic Committee, established in 1968 as various economists began to influx in the party, had suggested taking inspiration from three main sources: Hong Kong's rapid industrialization in the 50s, The Soviet Union's 'New Economic Policy' in the 20s, and the March 30th Reforms. Essentially, the synthetization of these programs would be a focus on shifting the economy from import-substitution to export-led industry, while reforming the public sector to pursue a more sustainable administrative strategy, and finally empowering the private sector in a way in which its capital would be repurposed into the development of the country.[/sub]
[sub]There however was one large obstacle to any ambitious reforms, particularly the lack of any experience or competence with these new economic ideas. Practically most of the country's top planners were trained on a rigid Soviet dogma, where state behemoths reigned dominant. Undeterred however, a compromise solution was found. The Supreme Economic Council offered a report in which a 'special economic zone' would be used as a test for policies that would be implemented nation wide. The site of this first Special Zone was recommended to be the Murqub district.[/sub]
[sub]Murqub had a few advantages, firstly it maintained a port on the Mediterranean that would allow it to import and export materially easily, it had a small population of 30,000 that was not resistant to change, and a large portion of the district was free for industrial development. Furthermore, it contained within it Libya's 'Little Rome', which was a successful example of a planned city with large amounts of foreign investment. On the 25th of October, 1969, the Arab Socialist Union approved a decree to designate Murqub as a 'Specially-designated Economic Zone'. To oversee the district, Col. Abdessalam Jalloud was appointed as new governor of the province.[/sub]
[sub]The new designation allowed Murqub to implement new laws that would provide tax incentive for companies establishing in the special zone, have easy access to credit, provide subsidies to companies, and be in charge of their own exports (whereas in regular areas, export and import is handled strictly by the stat).[/sub]
[sub]However this whole experiment would not be worth it if there was no investors. Aziz Sedky, head of the SEC, began a months long trip, travelling to Italy where he struck a deal with Olivetti in which the company would invest in the zone, as well as a deal in which the UAR would purchase Olivetti computers to power the provincial and administrative economic planning bodies bodies. Another deal was stuck with Fincantieri to build a shipyard in Murqub that would utilize Egyptian labour to build ships for export, taking advantage of the cheap but skilled Egyptian labour. Moving to Slovenia, three other deals were signed. First with Slovenian foodstuffs enterprise ito, which is set to construct a local plant for the production of its products, a Litostroj plant to construct heavy equipment and turbines, and a KRKA plant to produce pharmaceutical products for export and the UAR market, finally ending his trip in the traditional ally of the UAR, the Soviet Union, Sedky succesfully struck a deal for the construction of a transistor and electronic instruments plant by the Soviet Svetlana electronics enterprise.[/sub]
[sub]Thus the new economic zone found itself with a strong start, the UAR's labour was cheap but skilled thanks to mass investments in polytechnic and vocational education since 1952, and the investments secured covered a wide range of industries that would later be useful in gaining knowledge and capital to empower the UAR's own industry. For now, many will be interested in seeing how Murqub turns out in coming years.[/sub]
[/list]
Paramountica, Cascadla, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Tallahan, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway
International Association Football Federation | Fédération internationale de football association
FIFA World Cup 1970 | Copa Mundial de la FIFA 1970
THE PLAY-OFFS: PART 2
---------------------------------------
We head into the second matches of these UEFA play-off qualifiers, with everything to play for as the teams prepare to face each-other once again for the decider, to see who will advance to the final play-off match. Tensions are running high as all of these four nations have the chance to qualify ahead of one another, and after the exhilaration of those first matches, we will now see who floats and who sinks. A quick reminder of where we stand, Scotland host Hungary in Glasgow, the Scots facing a two-goal deficit and a reignited Hungarian side looking determined to secure their spot in the next round. Will the home crowd be enough for Scotland tonight? Our attention also turns to Moscow, where the Soviet giant will face a determined Romanian side. The Soviets failed to dispatch the Romanians in the first match and face a precarious situation, whereas the young and talented Romanian team look poised to cause a major upset tonight.
Let's join our correspondents for tonight's match reports.
---------------------------------------
Scotland v Hungary
The whistle blows in Glasgow and we are underway, Scotland trying to hold possession against some aggressive Hungarian movements, potentially looking for an early goal to increase the gap and potentially secure their spot. The Tartan Army are out in force tonight, the stadium is awash with blue and white as they sing for their team here. Some impressive early attempts to get the ball forward by the Hungarians, Laszlo Karsai leading their efforts as he tries to connect with Bene and Janos Mate out forward, but the defence is too stiff for them as the ball falls firmly back in Scottish control. Scotland look to have learned their lesson from the previous match and are desperately trying to avoid giving the Hungarians any chances on goal.
The match goes on and the first half looks to be all square here, Hungary failing to make any major moves but Scotland holding their ground in these early stages. Tommy McLean is trying to bring the ball forward as Scotland make their first efforts here, he gets the ball to Willie Johnston on the left midfield who's looking for space. The midfield are closing him down but a quick tap finds Bobby Lennox free, and he's making a superb run down the line. He's got options in the middle here as the ball fires into the box, deflected by Gabor Fejes but into Colin Stein.... WHO SCORES!! Scotland take the lead and the crowd are going wild in the stands!! Some excellent midfield play from Scotland brings them back into contention and the Tartan Army are with them as the players celebrate at the corner flag. It's not over yet, but what an amazing start from the Scottish side.
The second half begins after both sides failed to make any major impressions in the remainder of the first half. Scotland are looking energetic on the ball and forcing the Hungarians to defend. This is not the play we're used to from the Hungarians and has unfortunately become a testament to their lack of form over the past few years, coming to the definite advantage of the Scottish side. As both teams jostle for possession, we see some clumsy fouls occurring as the tension builds in the stadium. Despite some clear chances from the free kick, neither side is able to convert, and the Hungarians are looking outplayed on the pitch tonight.
Hungary are under pressure as Scotland hold the ball in their half, some wayward attempts resulting in a few goal kicks but the Hungarian midfield is unable to hold that possession. John O'Hare has some space, and takes a shot... SAVED! Out for a corner kick and before they even have time to react the Scots are set up and ready to go, waiting for the referees whistle. Pat Stanton to take, he lines up and the cross flies in, it goes deep into the box and connects to the head of Stein.... GOAL!! The stadium erupts in pandemonium as Scotland have brought the score level!! What felt like a comfortable lead for Hungary at the start of this match has turned into a nightmare as the Scottish team celebrates. At this point, without any major changes, we could be looking at extra time here in Glasgow.
Extra time descends on us here as the rain starts the fall on this cold night in Glasgow. Fatigue begins to set in as changes start to be made by the managers. Both sides are struggling to make any major advances, despite the Scottish side looking far more in control of the match, the Hungarians have doubled down on their defence and it's becoming impossible for them to make any moves, with the strikers swamped by defenders before they even get into space. Similarly, the Scottish midfield is proving too much of a barrier to Hungary, with their star strikers unable to make any clear runs towards the box. The whistle blows, and once again we're faced with the dreaded reality that is the penalty shootout.
Scotland, the hosts of tonights game, will take the first penalty. It's Bobby Lennox to take the first shot. He lines himself up, makes his run and... MISSED!! Over the bar and he takes his head in his hands!! Disappointing from the left winger there who was instrumental in Scotland's lead tonight.
Ferenc Bene for Hungary steps up. He's deadly from this range. He takes his run and... SAVED!! Jim Cruickshank guesses correctly and he keeps Scotland in the running here.
Colin Stein for Scotland, already two goals under his belt for tonight. He steadies himself, no run-up necessary, and shoots... GOAL!! That's 1-0 to Scotland and the crowd are going wild!
Janos Mate to take the next penalty for Hungary. With a look of steely determination he lines himself up to shoot... GOAL!! Hungary bring it level and Scotland have it all to do again!
Tommy McLean has the burden of getting Scotland ahead again. Not a lot of experience at this range, but will that be a problem? He takes his shot... SAVED!! Into the arms of Adam Rothermel!!
Laszlo Nagy steps up, he has the chance to put Hungary ahead here. A short run towards the ball and shoots... GOAL!! 2-1 Hungary!! They retake the advantage at the penalty spot and the Tartan Army falls silent.
Pat Stanton to take this next penalty for Scotland, the weight of the world on his shoulders. He goes for the shot... MISSED!! Wide of the post despite the keeper diving the wrong way, and all Hungary need is to score to go through!!
It's Kalman Meszoly, the captain, looking to take the final penalty. He needs to connect this and it will all be over. The tension runs high in the crowd, as the whistle blows and he takes his shot... GOAL!! It's all over!! The Hungarian team run to celebrate as the Tartan Army fall silent!!
Final score in Glasgow, Scotland 2-0 Hungary, Hungary advance 3-1 on penalties. A spirited effort from the Scots here and they'll feel like they deserved better, but it's Hungary's night and they advance to the next round!
---------------------------------------
Soviet Union v Romania
Moscow comes alive at the sound of the whistle and these two teams spring into action. From the moment the ball leaves the centre, it's the Romanians who spring into action, reacting quickly to push the Soviets back into their half. The Soviet side is experienced, despite lacking some of their star players from the 1966 World Cup such as Eduard Makarov, and try to hold the ball back and control the midfield. The Romanians are in amongst them, trying to get the interceptions to take the ball away from the domineering Soviet team. The football may not be the best at this point of the match, but the tactics are clear, and the Soviets clearly have a new-found respect for their opponents.
Manager Angelo Niculescu stands at the side of the pitch, shouting orders at his men to bolster them on against their opponents. It's clear that the pace of the Romanian side will become a problem for the Soviets as they seize the ball in the midfield and begin trying their luck forward. Leading the charge is Nicolae Dobrin, a dominating presence in the game and a star of their previous match, as he looks for options ahead. He finds Mircea Lucescu, who keeps the ball on the right wing, only to send the ball back into the centre. They're trying the slow build-up here and it's working for them. Emerich Dembrovschi takes the ball forward, heading over to the left looking for space, before selling Yuri Istomin the dummy and the ball is sent back to Dobrin, who finds some good space here. He weaves his way through the centre backs and tries his luck... GOAL!!! Dobrin sends Romania ahead in Moscow!! What a superb goal from this player and the Soviets can't believe what they're seeing!! Romania have the advantage in the first half, and they hold the lead in this match!!
After what we can only assume were sharp words from manager Gavril Kachalin, the Soviets re-enter the second half after failing to make any clear impressions in the first. The Soviet side look out-played as they struggle to get the ball forward, not what we expect to see from such a high-ranking team in the world. Getting the ball forward, we see some attempts try to come into fruition but the Romanians have opted to go full defensive. One goal seems enough for them here and if they can hold onto their lead, they will advance to the next round. The Moscow crowd seems nervous, but they continue to cheer on their side as the second-half progresses.
We come to the dying moments of the second half. Victory is within reach for the Romanians, and the Soviets seem to have all but lost this match. Anzor Kavazashvili sends the ball forward as the minutes tick on towards the final whistle. The ball connects with Vladimir Muntyan, who holds while looking for options. It comes forward to Viktor Serebryanikov, tustling with Dembrovschi for possession as he inches forward. The 90th minute strikes, but the attack is still on and the referee signals for play to continue. This is the final chance for the Soviets to stay in this match and to stay in World Cup qualification. Serebryanikov loses his marker and gets it forward to Shevchenko, who through an excellent bit of skills gets past the defenders and finds some space. The keeper is running out to meet him, but notices Byshovets open! It's precarious now as Shevchenko delivers the ball forward for Byshovets who has a nearly open goal... MISSED!! It clips the crossbar and flies back towards the defenders!! Too much power on that shot mixed with poor footing as Byshovets couldn't convert it!! The ball falls back to the edge of the box, where Nicolae Lupescu clears it away... AND IT'S ALL OVER!!
Final score in Moscow: Soviet Union 0-1 Romania! Romania travel to the next round to meet their opponents and rivals Hungary for their chance to qualify for the World Cup, while a dejected Soviet team must face the sting of defeat, and will not be making the trip to Colombia this year!
Paramountica, Cascadla, Metropolitan Francais, Tallahan, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway
8 , JANUARY , 1970
Mazisme Merah
| Minister of Labour, Local Government & Housing [I]Ahmad Boestamam[/I] not satisfied with prime minister [I]Goh Hock Guan[/I] vision for a socialist Malaysia. Would take matters into his own hands by writing his own ideological literature, based on his newfound belief in elements of Mazism, his full belief in Marhaenism and implementing elements from Maoism. A communist ideology that has been growing in popularity among leftist circles and societies within Malaysia. |
| [I]Ahmad Boestamam[/I] would entitle his new book Doktrin Mazisme Merah which literally translates into [I]"Red Mazism Doctrine"[/I]. The book outlines [I]Ahmad Boestamam[/I] vision of a socialist Malaysia that'll be on course to become a communist society:
[List][I]
[B]Satu Malaysia
All the people of Malaysia, regardless of race or religion. Should recognise their nationality as Malaysian first and their race or religion second.
Needs & Necessities Of Man
[B] The needs of man are what people need to thrive in society. Which are income, labour, marriage and education.
[B] The necessities of man are what people need to thrive as a whole outside of societal needs. Which are food, housing, usable water, clothing and transportation.
[B]Religion In Society
Religion within society should remain nothing less then a practice an individual performs or a philosophy an individual implements in their life.
[B]Harmonious Working Society
[B] For a more harmonious working society, workers should have regardless of their employers opinion, a right to union. With the government protecting the worker's rights to union. Along with that, to ensure that the worker's demands are met, the workers could perform a worker strike and when a worker strike is performed the police or security guards are not allowed to step in to end the strike. To ensure that factories, farms, ports and other buildings that promote capital are balance between the workers and management. Workers have to be in involved in all of the decision making processes.
[B]Personal Not Private Property
[B] All property that is related to producing capital will be communally owned rather then one singular individual. However property that don't produce capital such as pencils, will be allowed to be individually owned as they are personal property and not private property.
[B]Limited Inheritance
[B] Once an individual passes. Their will can only state where their personal property will go. The government would assume all inheritance related to capital, which would then be distributed.
[B]Equilibrium Of Wealth
[B] For a society to truly be equal. The rich have to be culled from society. To do this, the government will increase the the taxation of those who are wealthy will be increased each week until that wealthy individual has a equal amount of capital as the average person. Meanwhile the poor needs to be raised within a society to reach the average and to accomplish this their taxes will be cut each week till they achieve this equality in capital.
[B]Ideas Of The Masses
[B] For the government to truly be a government of the people. There needs to be a box places across the entire nation that people could place their letters or self-made literature on their ideas into and a office within government that collects information on ideas that the masses are generally in favour of, then reinterpret those ideas to be in favour of the government ideology and then implement them.
[B]A Societal Revolution
[B] For a nation to truly progress, there needs to be a revolution. A revolution of the society. These revolutions should be focused on completely changing the society of the nation, towards a bold new direction that challenges the status quo. Only to be done during periods of national stagnation or recession.
[B]What The Nation Should Focus On
[B] Rather than focusing on the industrial complexes of a nation. The nation's government should instead focus their efforts on the rural locations, as it's the rural areas that provide the food for the masses in urbanised locations and if the people are to be living, strong and healthy. They require food to perform their labour.
[B]To Be An Individual Free From Exploitation
[B] To be economically independent and free from exploitation by other parties, each person or household needs factors of production or capital. The form can be in the form of machines/tools to be effectively used as capital or production factors. Although not large, the ownership of minor capital is necessary to ensure the independence of the person or household in the economy.
[B]Processed Capital
[B] In contrast to capitalism, capital is not to be hoarded or multiplied but is to be processed to meet the necessities of life and produce a surplus.
Ideally, the self-sufficiency requirement should be met before serving the market. That means when workers, craftsmen, or farmers produce goods that will not be consumed by themselves, they act only as factors of production for others, which makes them vulnerable to being dictated by the market or exploited.
[B]- Overall, goods that are not needed will not be produced because people and households must first ensure the profile and the level of their own needs before they make anything.
[B]Government Confiscation
[B] For the nation to begin undergoing socialism towards the path of communism. The privateers needs to be uprooted from the nation's economy with sheer brute force. The government should confiscate all private property from the hands of the privateers and shut down every single privateer company and organisations.
[B] After that it'll be up to the government to establish the idea of communal ownerships in the private properties that have human capital.
[B]Taxes On Land Rather Than Taxes On Labour
[B] The tax upon land values is, the most just and equal of all taxes. It falls only upon those who receive from society a peculiar and valuable benefit, and upon them in proportion to the benefit they receive. It is the taking by the community, for the use of the community of that value which is the creation of the community. It is the application of the common property to common uses. When all rent is taken by taxation for the needs of the community, then will the equality ordained by Nature be attained. No citizen will have an advantage over any other citizen save as is given by his industry, skill, and intelligence; and each will obtain what he fairly earns. Then, but not till then, will labor get its full reward, and capital its natural return.
[B] A land value tax, charging fees for exclusive use of land, as a means of raising public revenue is also a progressive tax tending to reduce economic inequality, since it applies entirely to ownership of valuable land, which is correlated with income and there is generally no means by which landlords can shift the tax burden onto tenants or laborers. Landlords are unable to pass the tax on to tenants because the supply and demand of rented land is unchanged. Because the supply of land is perfectly inelastic, land rents depend on what tenants are prepared to pay, rather than on the expenses of landlords, and so the tax cannot be passed on to tenants.
[B]- The revenue produced from the land tax can allow the reduction of other taxes, greater public investment/spending, or the direct distribution of funds to citizens as a pension or basic income/citizen's dividend.
Council Democracy
[B] The nation will not be led by the traditional executive, legislative and judicial branches of government that Western democracies use.
[B] Rather a government that has one singular branch that'll fill the role of executive, legislative and judicial. The federal council. This council will consist of elected representatives of every single party that has won a majority in the national general elections, the head of the council will be called the chancellor and he is appointed by those within the federal council. The council would also include a singular representative of every ethnic, racial and religious group that are recognised by the nation in the council and a singular representative from each state (or equivalent to a state) in the nation.
[B]- There will be a one term limit for all councillors and subsequently the chancellor.
[B]The Class Bloc
To directly enter socialism. The nation first needs to form a coalition of classes to fight the old ruling order. The coalition would be subsumed under the leadership and guidance of the working class, with the other classes working with the coalition regardless of their respective ideologies. This is to achieve the more immediate goal of a new democratic order.
Once the old ruling order has been removed or diminished to a point of irrelevance. The working class could then build a new socialist ruling order in spite of the competing class interest within the Class Bloc.
[B]- The Class Bloc would consist of the four main classes within a society the proletarian workers, peasants, the petty bourgeoisie (small business owners) and the nationally based capitalists.[/I] |[/list]
| [I]Ahmad Boestamam[/I] would make multiple visits to libraries, kopitiams, markets and universities/colleges to promote his ideology of [I]Mazisme Merah[/I]. Claiming that he will use the contents [I]Doktrine Mazisme Merah[/I] as a outline during his time as a member of the prime minister's cabinet, to rise above his station as minister of labour, local government & housing. As well as venturing to locations where leftist circles and political groups tend to meet to state that he will be pushing the prime minister to implement greater reforms to the political structure that'll make joining governance more lenient on the more direct leftist political societies. |
| However as [I]Ahmad Boestamam[/I] continued to promote his ideology within the confines of the capital city [I]Kuala Lumpur[/I]. Others within the prime minister's cabinet began to worry that [I]Ahmad Boestamam[/I] is going too far and that promoting his ideology will most likely strengthen the communist forces if more people believe in a communist ideology. Others worried that because [I]Mazisme Merah[/I] is a derivative of [I]Mazism[/I], foreign nations that aren't fluent in Malaysia's political landscape will begin to conflate the two ideologies together. There were those is the cabinet who wanted [I]Ahmad Boestamam[/I] and all other members of his party in the cabinet to be ejected, before any harm could be done. But [I]Goh Hock Guan[/I] rejected their attempt to eject [I]Ahmad Boestamam[/I]. |
______________________________________________
Paramountica, Amsterwald, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Tallahan, Spain-, Slipway, Zingium
[pre]T H E K I N G D O M O F S A U D I A R A B I A | المملكة العربية السعودية[/pre]
𝐓𝐡𝐞 𝐘𝐞𝐦𝐞𝐧𝐢 𝐖𝐚𝐫 [sup]1[/sup]
[pre]P A R T O N E - T A K I N G A G A M B L E[/pre]
______________________________________________________
[sub][sup]| "The state of Saudi Arabia now declares a state of war between the Democratic Peoples Republic of Yemen and the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia." Words first spoken by King Salman of Arabia, who officially declared war on the PDRY at the beginning of the new decade on January 3rd, 1970. This meant that Saudi Arabia now had all the means to set up occupation troops in Al-Waidah, the center of the dispute. The troops of Saudi Arabia began moving southwest to more populated towns using the militant present at Al-Waidah, and reinforcements from the capital came to protect the main city. As Saudi Arabia declared war on Southern Yemen, they have had tensions build up all around the country, with radical revolutionists wanting to spread their ideals to Saudi Arabia, also, many involved in the 1969 Rebellions were conceived to be from Southern Yemen. This and many more facts induced the deceleration of war, the previous king, Abdulaziz Saud, who before his death, declared Southern Yemen a, quote, "Threat to the legitimacy of the crown and the rest of Saudi Arabia's peace and security, and threat to the order we enjoy in our state." Statements from other Saudi Royalty sum up quite well. Fasial, the second eldest son and Prime Minister of Saudi Arabia, declared that "South Yemen was an insurgency in the Arabian Peninsula; a rebel state not fit to rule itself!" and other royalty said the same thing with different words. Now, the Saudi Crown begins to send troops to Al-Waidah and the Saudi Army pushes deeper into Southern Yemen, hoping to maybe target one of the larger cities to incapacitate its military capabilities. The army marches to Shibam, one of the larger Yemeni cities to hopefully capture the city. Mutiple smaller settlements along the border have been captured too. Al-Waidah remains deep in Saudi lines, and the government plans for it to stay deep in government lines.[/sup][/sub]
[sup][sub]| Along with the land invasion, the Royal Navy is enroute to Aden, the capital of the PDRY, and lucky for the Navy, it is located and surrounded by water. The Airforce and Special Forces have begun landing on the east of Yemeni Coasts, as small bombing raids over smaller Yemeni settlements hope to incapacitate local issues faced by the land forces. The Air Forces have also done smaller bombing raids on military bases, especially airforce bases. The airforce begins to prepare for Operation Eamiq, an operation which will not be discussed by any of the Arab military, not even the high ranking officers that know what is to happen with the operation. The Navy, besides the current route to Aden, has also taken detours along the Yemeni Coasts and has had small naval skirmishes along the coast. Southerns found trying to migrate to Saudi Arabia have two options; they can either pay almost impossible fees for the poverty in Saudi Arabia, or they can return to the Southern Yemen and be spared by the Saudi Forces. Many have chosen the ladder, or in other words, the second option. The Military advances and is soon to be meet by the cheers of many, being liberated by poverty, at least this is the estimate.[/sub][/sup]
[table=noheader][tr][td][/td][/tr][/table]
[pre]𝝢 𝝖 𝗧 𝝞 𝝤 𝝢 𝝖 𝗟 𝗣 𝝖 𝗥 𝗟 𝝞 𝝖 𝗠 𝗘 𝝢 𝗧 𝝤 𝗙 𝗦 𝝖 𝗨 𝗗 𝝞 𝝖 𝗥 𝝖 𝗕 𝝞 𝝖[/pre]
[list]𝐊𝐈𝐍𝐆𝐃𝐎𝐌 𝐒𝐏𝐈𝐑𝐀𝐋 𝐄𝐀𝐒𝐓 𝐒𝐈𝐃𝐄, 𝐑𝐈𝐘𝐀𝐃𝐇[/list]
[list][list][pre]OPERATION EAMIQ - APPROVAL COMMITTEE[/pre][/list][/list]
|SALMAN BIN ABDULAZIZ AL SAUD [sub][sup]Reigning King of Saudi Arabia[/sup][/sub]| "This session has been called forth to discuss the issue of Al-Waidah, or what the Census Committee has dubbed, the Yemeni War. The parliament is to decide military orders after Shibam. The session begins."
|FASIAL BIN ABDULAZIZ AL SAUD [sub][sup]Prime Minister of Saudi Arabia[/sup][/sub]| "Well I advise that we go to Operation Eamiq after the Shibam conflicts, it presents openings for military success and the potential of doing the Operation after the battle could prove well for troop moral and troop power, especially after a decisive win as such, would only boost moral higher!"
|FAHD BIN ABDULAZIZ AL SAUD [sub][sup]Minister of Foreign Affairs[/sup][/sub]| "I do not believe that is the route to go. Rather, the military should go around forces of Aden and other cities, and route to border cities on Oman and Northern Yemen. It would prove beneficial to troop health and security, we should look towards options for the strength of troops."
|SAUD BIN ABDULAZIZ AL SAUD [sub][sup]Minister of General Welfare[/sup][/sub]| "I think in order to protect the interests of the Northern Yemeni officials, we should go around the Northern Yemeni borders with Southern Yemen so we can also get a good look on fortified cities on the west east and south of the DPRY, and can decide the best route to go from there, maybe high ranking military members can direct which city they should attack for betterment of solider welfare."
|SALMAN BIN ABDULAZIZ AL SAUD [sub][sup]Reigning King of Saudi Arabia[/sup][/sub]| "Is this all?"
|FASIAL BIN ABDULAZIZ AL SAUD [sub][sup]Prime Minister of Saudi Arabia[/sup][/sub]| "Yes."
|FAHD BIN ABDULAZIZ AL SAUD [sub][sup]Minister of Foreign Affairs[/sup][/sub]| "Yes."
|SAUD BIN ABDULAZIZ AL SAUD [sub][sup]Minister of General Welfare[/sup][/sub]| "The Ladder. We can discuss more terms another time, or we could stay and discuss more. However, for now, I believe I have to say yes."
|SALMAN BIN ABDULAZIZ AL SAUD [sub][sup]Reigning King of Saudi Arabia[/sup][/sub]| "The Foreign Approval Committee will come later tonight to decide a verdict based on replies given today. We close this court session in the name of all the is holy in Allah's eyes. Assalamualaikum wa rahmatullah, Allahu Akbar."
Paramountica, Amsterwald, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Tallahan, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Zingium, Southyemen
Crisis of Al-Wadiah
ـــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ
[list][sup]Aden, People's Republic of South Yemen[/list][/sup]
[sup]In an unprovoked attack by the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, Saudi forces stormed the southern-right border with Saudi Arabia in several locations, and also occupied the city of Al-Wadiah. In a shock to the leadership of the People's Republic of South Yemen, the President Qahtan al-Qarani declared a state of emergency in the country and ordered every Yemeni man who can fight and owns a weapon to come forward to the leadership of his province, where it was decided The government began forming a popular army from the population to defend the cities and villages, while the Minister of Defense Brigadier Adnan al-Hadrami decided to send two infantry battalions to attack and liberate the deposit from the hands of the aggressor forces. The Yemeni forces are distinguished by their being well trained by the British army, as most of them belong to the Hadrami Bedouin Legion, and some of them have He actually fought battles against the British forces during the revolution, while Commander of Air Forces Colonel Yahya al-Azm ordered sending four BAC Jet Provost aircrafts to survey the locations of the Saudi forces, to inform the Ground Forces Command, and to prepare for possible air strikes on the aggressors positions.
[/sup]
[sup]On the one hand, the Prime Minister began sending multiple messages to the Soviet Union, America, Britain, and France, the United Arab Republic, to intervene and stop the Saudi aggression on the lands of southern Yemen, explaining that the matter is dangerous and that the Saudis are threatening peace in the region and threatening the security of one of the most important waterways, which is the Bab al-Mandab Strait.[/sup]
[spoiler=[sub]A revolution is not a bed of roses. A revolution is a struggle between the future and the past
Fidel Castro[/sub]
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
[/spoiler]
Paramountica, Amsterwald, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Tallahan, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Zingium, Independent Singapore
[list] | [sub]𝖱𝖾𝗉𝗎𝖻𝗅𝗂𝗄 𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗀𝖺𝗉𝗎𝗋𝖺[/sub][/list][/list]
[list] | [sub]13 𝖩𝖺𝗇𝗎𝖺𝗋𝗂 1970[/sub][/list][/list]
[list]──[/list]
[list] | [sub]𝖱𝖺𝖽𝗂𝗈 𝖳𝖾𝗅𝖾𝗏𝗂𝗌𝗒𝖾𝗇 𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗀𝖺𝗉𝗎𝗋𝖺[/sub][/list]
[list][list]𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗀𝖺𝗉𝗎𝗋𝖺 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝖨𝗋𝖺𝗇 𝖾𝗑𝗍𝖾𝗇𝖽𝗌 𝗍𝗋𝖺𝖽𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝗍𝗂𝖾𝗌 𝗐𝗂𝗍𝗁 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗌𝗂𝗀𝗇𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝗈𝖿 𝖺 𝗇𝖾𝗐 𝗍𝗋𝖺𝖽𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝖺𝗀𝗋𝖾𝖾𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍 𝗍𝗈 𝖻𝗈𝗈𝗌𝗍 𝗍𝗋𝖺𝖽𝖾[/list][/list]
[list][list] | [sub]𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗀𝖺𝗉𝗎𝗋𝖺 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝖨𝗋𝖺𝗇 𝗁𝖺𝖽 𝗂𝗇 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗅𝖺𝗍𝗍𝖾𝗋 𝗁𝖺𝗅𝖿 𝗈𝖿 1969 𝖺𝗀𝗋𝖾𝖾𝖽 𝗍𝗈 𝖽𝖾𝗏𝖾𝗅𝗈𝗉 𝖻𝗂𝗅𝖺𝗍𝖾𝗋𝖺𝗅 𝗋𝖾𝗅𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇𝗌. 𝖳𝗁𝖾 𝖬𝗂𝗇𝗂𝗌𝗍𝗋𝗒 𝗈𝖿 𝖥𝗈𝗋𝖾𝗂𝗀𝗇 𝖠𝖿𝖿𝖺𝗂𝗋𝗌 (𝗈𝖿 𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗀𝖺𝗉𝗎𝗋𝖺) 𝖺𝗇𝗍𝗂𝖼𝗂𝗉𝖺𝗍𝖾𝖽 𝗍𝗁𝗂𝗌 𝗐𝗈𝗎𝗅𝖽 𝗅𝖾𝖺𝖽 𝗍𝗈 𝖾𝗌𝗍𝖺𝖻𝗅𝗂𝗌𝗁𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝖿𝗂𝗋𝗆 𝗍𝗋𝖺𝖽𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝗅𝗂𝗇𝗄𝗌 𝖻𝖾𝗍𝗐𝖾𝖾𝗇 𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗀𝖺𝗉𝗎𝗋𝖺 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝖨𝗋𝖺𝗇. 𝖶𝗂𝗍𝗁 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖻𝖾𝗀𝗂𝗇𝗇𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝗈𝖿 𝗍𝗁𝖾 1970𝗌 𝖽𝖾𝖼𝖺𝖽𝖾, 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖱𝖾𝗉𝗎𝖻𝗅𝗂𝗄 𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗀𝖺𝗉𝗎𝗋𝖺 𝗀𝗈𝗏𝖾𝗋𝗇𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍 𝗌𝖾𝗇𝗍 𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗇𝖺𝗍𝗁𝖺𝗆𝖻𝗒 𝖱𝖺𝗃𝖺𝗋𝖺𝗍𝗇𝖺𝗆, 𝖬𝗂𝗇𝗂𝗌𝗍𝖾𝗋 𝗈𝖿 𝖥𝗈𝗋𝖾𝗂𝗀𝗇 𝖠𝖿𝖿𝖺𝗂𝗋𝗌, [𝗍𝗈 𝖳𝖾𝗁𝗋𝖺𝗇] 𝗂𝗇 𝖺𝗇 𝖾𝖿𝖿𝗈𝗋𝗍 𝗍𝗈 𝗂𝗇𝖼𝗋𝖾𝖺𝗌𝖾 𝗋𝖾𝗅𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇𝗌 𝗐𝗂𝗍𝗁 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗇𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇 𝗈𝖿 𝖨𝗋𝖺𝗇. [/sub][/list][/list]
[list][list][list][list][sub]𝖳𝗁𝖾 𝖨𝗆𝗉𝖾𝗋𝗂𝖺𝗅 𝖲𝗍𝖺𝗍𝖾 𝗈𝖿 𝖨𝗋𝖺𝗇 𝗁𝖺𝖽 𝖻𝖾𝖾𝗇 𝗂𝖽𝖾𝗇𝗍𝗂𝖿𝗂𝖾𝖽 𝖻𝗒 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖬𝗂𝗇𝗂𝗌𝗍𝗋𝗒 𝗈𝖿 𝖥𝗈𝗋𝖾𝗂𝗀𝗇 𝖠𝖿𝖿𝖺𝗂𝗋𝗌 (𝗈𝖿 𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗀𝖺𝗉𝗎𝗋𝖺) 𝖺𝗌 𝖺 𝗉𝗈𝗌𝗌𝗂𝖻𝗅𝖾 𝗍𝗋𝖺𝖽𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝗉𝖺𝗋𝗍𝗇𝖾𝗋 𝖽𝗎𝖾 𝗍𝗈 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗇𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇 𝖿𝗋𝗂𝖾𝗇𝖽𝗅𝗒 𝗍𝗂𝖾𝗌 𝗐𝗂𝗍𝗁 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖠𝗆𝖾𝗋𝗂𝖼𝖺𝗇𝗌 (𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖶𝖾𝗌𝗍), 𝖾𝗑𝗉𝗈𝗋𝗍𝖾𝗋 𝗈𝖿 𝗉𝗋𝗈𝖽𝗎𝖼𝗍𝗌 𝗍𝗁𝖺𝗍 𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗀𝖺𝗉𝗎𝗋𝖺 𝖽𝖾𝗌𝗂𝗋𝖾𝖽, 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖿𝖺𝖼𝗍 𝗍𝗁𝖺𝗍 𝗂𝗍 𝗐𝗈𝗎𝗅𝖽 𝗈𝗉𝖾𝗇 𝖺 𝗇𝖾𝗐 𝗆𝖺𝗋𝗄𝖾𝗍 𝖿𝗈𝗋 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖻𝗎𝗌𝗂𝗇𝖾𝗌𝗌 𝗌𝖾𝖼𝗍𝗈𝗋. [/sub][/list][/list][/list][/list]
[list][list] | [sub]𝖳𝗁𝖾 𝖬𝗂𝗇𝗂𝗌𝗍𝖾𝗋 𝗈𝖿 𝖥𝗈𝗋𝖾𝗂𝗀𝗇 𝖠𝖿𝖿𝖺𝗂𝗋𝗌, 𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗇𝖺𝗍𝗁𝖺𝗆𝖻𝗒 𝖱𝖺𝗃𝖺𝗋𝖺𝗍𝗇𝖺𝗆 𝗆𝖾𝗍 𝗐𝗂𝗍𝗁 𝖠𝗋𝖽𝖾𝗌𝗁𝗂𝗋 𝖹𝖺𝗁𝖾𝖽𝗂, 𝖬𝗂𝗇𝗂𝗌𝗍𝖾𝗋 𝗈𝖿 𝖥𝗈𝗋𝖾𝗂𝗀𝗇 𝖠𝖿𝖿𝖺𝗂𝗋𝗌 [𝖿𝗈𝗋 𝖨𝗋𝖺𝗇] 𝖻𝖾𝗁𝗂𝗇𝖽 𝖼𝗅𝗈𝗌𝖾𝖽 𝖽𝗈𝗈𝗋𝗌 𝗍𝗈 𝖽𝗂𝗌𝖼𝗎𝗌𝗌 𝖺𝖻𝗈𝗎𝗍 𝖽𝖾𝗏𝖾𝗅𝗈𝗉𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝗍𝗋𝖺𝖽𝖾 𝗋𝖾𝗅𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇𝗌 𝖻𝖾𝗍𝗐𝖾𝖾𝗇 𝖻𝗈𝗍𝗁 𝗇𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇𝗌. 𝖲𝗈𝗆𝖾 𝗁𝗈𝗎𝗋𝗌 𝗅𝖺𝗍𝖾𝗋, 𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗇𝖺𝗍𝗁𝖺𝗆𝖻𝗒 𝖱𝖺𝗃𝖺𝗋𝖺𝗍𝗇𝖺𝗆 𝗌𝗉𝗈𝗄𝖾𝖽 𝗍𝗈 𝗋𝖾𝗉𝗈𝗋𝗍𝖾𝗋𝗌 𝗌𝖺𝗒𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝗍𝗁𝖺𝗍 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗆𝖾𝖾𝗍𝗂𝗇𝗀 "𝗐𝖺𝗌 𝖺 𝗌𝗎𝖼𝖼𝖾𝗌𝗌" 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗍𝗁𝖺𝗍 "𝗂𝗍 𝗐𝖺𝗌 𝗏𝖾𝗋𝗒 𝗉𝗋𝗈𝖽𝗎𝖼𝗍𝗂𝗏𝖾". 𝖧𝖾 𝖺𝗇𝗇𝗈𝗎𝗇𝖼𝖾𝖽 𝗍𝗁𝖺𝗍 𝖻𝗈𝗍𝗁 𝗌𝗂𝖽𝖾𝗌 𝖺𝗀𝗋𝖾𝖾𝖽 𝗍𝗈 𝖾𝗌𝗍𝖺𝖻𝗅𝗂𝗌𝗁 𝖼𝗈𝗆𝗆𝖾𝗋𝖼𝗂𝖺𝗅 𝗋𝖾𝗉𝗋𝖾𝗌𝖾𝗇𝗍𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗏𝖾 𝗈𝖿𝖿𝗂𝖼𝖾𝗌, 𝖽𝖾𝗏𝖾𝗅𝗈𝗉𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝖻𝗎𝗌𝗂𝗇𝖾𝗌𝗌 𝗋𝖾𝗅𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇𝗌, 𝖾𝗅𝗂𝗆𝗂𝗇𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇 𝗈𝖿 𝖽𝗈𝗎𝖻𝗅𝖾 𝗍𝖺𝗑𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇, 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗂𝗇𝖼𝗋𝖾𝖺𝗌𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝗍𝗋𝖺𝖽𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝗏𝗈𝗅𝗎𝗆𝖾. 𝖧𝖾 𝖾𝗅𝖺𝖻𝗈𝗋𝖺𝗍𝖾𝖽 𝖻𝗒 𝖺𝖽𝖽𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝗍𝗁𝖺𝗍 𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗀𝖺𝗉𝗎𝗋𝖺 𝗐𝗈𝗎𝗅𝖽 𝖻𝖾𝗀𝗂𝗇 𝖾𝗑𝗉𝗈𝗋𝗍𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝖾𝗅𝖾𝖼𝗍𝗋𝗂𝖼𝖺𝗅 𝖼𝗈𝗆𝗉𝗈𝗇𝖾𝗇𝗍𝗌, 𝗍𝖾𝗑𝗍𝗂𝗅𝖾𝗌 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗋𝗎𝖻𝖻𝖾𝗋 𝗉𝗋𝗈𝖽𝗎𝖼𝗍𝗌 𝗐𝗁𝗂𝗅𝖾 𝖨𝗋𝖺𝗇 𝗐𝗈𝗎𝗅𝖽 𝗂𝗇𝖼𝗋𝖾𝖺𝗌𝖾 𝖾𝗑𝗉𝗈𝗋𝗍 𝗈𝖿 𝖺𝗀𝗋𝗂𝖼𝗎𝗅𝗍𝗎𝗋𝖺𝗅 𝗉𝗋𝗈𝖽𝗎𝖼𝗍𝗌 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗈𝗂𝗅 𝖼𝗋𝗎𝖽𝖾.[/sub][/list][/list]
[list][list][list][list][sub]𝖲𝗁𝗈𝗋𝗍𝗅𝗒 𝖺𝖿𝗍𝖾𝗋 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖬𝗂𝗇𝗂𝗌𝗍𝗋𝗒 𝗈𝖿 𝖥𝗈𝗋𝖾𝗂𝗀𝗇 𝖠𝖿𝖿𝖺𝗂𝗋𝗌 [𝗈𝖿 𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗀𝖺𝗉𝗎𝗋𝖺] 𝖺𝗇𝗇𝗈𝗎𝗇𝖼𝖾𝖽 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗍𝗋𝖺𝖽𝖾 𝖺𝗀𝗋𝖾𝖾𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍 𝗐𝗂𝗍𝗁 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖨𝗆𝗉𝖾𝗋𝗂𝖺𝗅 𝖲𝗍𝖺𝗍𝖾 𝗈𝖿 𝖨𝗋𝖺𝗇, 𝖠𝗒𝖺𝗆 𝖡𝗋𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗆𝖺𝖽𝖾 𝗂𝗍𝗌 𝗈𝗐𝗇 𝖺𝗇𝗇𝗈𝗎𝗇𝖼𝖾𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍 𝗍𝗈 𝖾𝗑𝗉𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗂𝗇𝗍𝗈 𝖨𝗋𝖺𝗇. 𝖠𝗒𝖺𝗆, 𝖺 𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗀𝖺𝗉𝗎𝗋𝖺 𝖿𝗈𝗈𝖽 𝗉𝗋𝗈𝖼𝖾𝗌𝗌𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝖼𝗈𝗆𝗉𝖺𝗇𝗒, 𝖽𝖾𝖼𝗂𝗌𝗂𝗈𝗇 𝗍𝗈 𝖾𝗑𝗉𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗂𝗇𝗍𝗈 𝖨𝗋𝖺𝗇, 𝖼𝖺𝗆𝖾 𝖺𝗌 𝖺 𝗌𝗎𝗋𝗉𝗋𝗂𝗌𝖾, 𝖻𝗎𝗍 𝖺𝗌 𝖨𝗋𝖺𝗇 𝖿𝖺𝖼𝖾𝖽 𝖺 𝗀𝗋𝗈𝗐𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝗆𝗂𝖽𝖽𝗅𝖾-𝖼𝗅𝖺𝗌𝗌 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗅𝖺𝗋𝗀𝖾 𝗅𝖺𝖻𝗈𝗎𝗋 𝗐𝗈𝗋𝗄𝖿𝗈𝗋𝖼𝖾, 𝗂𝗍 𝗆𝖺𝖽𝖾 𝗌𝖾𝗇𝗌𝖾 𝗍𝗈 𝖽𝗈 𝗌𝗈. 𝖳𝗁𝖾 𝗉𝗋𝗈𝖼𝖾𝗌𝗌𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝖼𝗈𝗆𝗉𝖺𝗇𝗒 𝗐𝗈𝗎𝗅𝖽 𝖾𝗌𝗍𝖺𝖻𝗅𝗂𝗌𝗁 𝖺 𝗆𝖺𝗇𝗎𝖿𝖺𝖼𝗍𝗎𝗋𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝖿𝖺𝖼𝗂𝗅𝗂𝗍𝗒 [𝗂𝗇 𝖳𝖾𝗁𝗋𝖺𝗇] 𝗍𝗈 𝗉𝗋𝗈𝖽𝗎𝖼𝖾 𝖼𝖺𝗇𝗇𝖾𝖽 𝗆𝖾𝖺𝗍𝗌 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗏𝖾𝗀𝖾𝗍𝖺𝖻𝗅𝖾𝗌 𝖿𝗈𝗋 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖽𝗈𝗆𝖾𝗌𝗍𝗂𝖼 𝗆𝖺𝗋𝗄𝖾𝗍, 𝖺𝗅𝗈𝗇𝗀 𝗐𝗂𝗍𝗁 𝗂𝗆𝗉𝗈𝗋𝗍𝗌 𝖿𝗋𝗈𝗆 𝗂𝗍𝗌 𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗀𝖺𝗉𝗎𝗋𝖺 𝗅𝗈𝖼𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇.[/sub][/list][/list][/list][/list]
[list][list] | [sub]𝖳𝗁𝖾 𝗍𝗋𝖺𝖽𝖾 𝖺𝗀𝗋𝖾𝖾𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍 𝗐𝗈𝗎𝗅𝖽 𝖿𝖺𝖼𝗂𝗅𝗂𝗍𝖺𝗍𝖾 𝖼𝗎𝗋𝗋𝖾𝗇𝗍 𝖺𝗇𝖽 [𝗎𝗇𝖽𝗈𝗎𝖻𝗍𝖾𝖽𝗅𝗒] 𝖿𝗎𝗍𝗎𝗋𝖾 𝗍𝗋𝖺𝖽𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝗋𝖾𝗅𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇𝗌 𝖻𝖾𝗍𝗐𝖾𝖾𝗇 𝖻𝗈𝗍𝗁 𝗇𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇𝗌. 𝖳𝗁𝖾 [𝗍𝗋𝖺𝖽𝖾] 𝖺𝗀𝗋𝖾𝖾𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍 𝗐𝗈𝗎𝗅𝖽, 𝗂𝗇 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗐𝗈𝗋𝖽𝗌 𝗈𝖿 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖬𝗂𝗇𝗂𝗌𝗍𝗋𝗒 𝗈𝖿 𝖥𝗈𝗋𝖾𝗂𝗀𝗇 𝖠𝖿𝖿𝖺𝗂𝗋𝗌 [𝗈𝖿 𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗀𝖺𝗉𝗎𝗋𝖺], "𝖼𝗈𝗇𝗌𝗍𝗋𝗎𝖼𝗍 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖿𝗋𝖺𝗆𝖾𝗐𝗈𝗋𝗄𝗌 𝖿𝗈𝗋 𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗀𝖺𝗉𝗎𝗋𝖺 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝖨𝗋𝖺𝗇 𝗍𝗈 𝖻𝖾𝖼𝗈𝗆𝖾 [𝗌𝗍𝗋𝗈𝗇𝗀] 𝖿𝗎𝗍𝗎𝗋𝖾 𝗍𝗋𝖺𝖽𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝗉𝖺𝗋𝗍𝗇𝖾𝗋𝗌". 𝖳𝗁𝖾 𝖻𝖾𝗀𝗂𝗇𝗇𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝗈𝖿 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖽𝖾𝖼𝖺𝖽𝖾 𝗐𝖺𝗌 𝖺 𝗌𝗂𝗀𝗇𝗂𝖿𝗂𝖼𝖺𝗇𝗍 𝗆𝗂𝗅𝖾𝗌𝗍𝗈𝗇𝖾 𝖿𝗈𝗋 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖱𝖾𝗉𝗎𝖻𝗅𝗂𝗄 𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗀𝖺𝗉𝗎𝗋𝖺 𝗀𝗈𝗏𝖾𝗋𝗇𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍 𝗂𝗇 𝖻𝗎𝗂𝗅𝖽𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝖺 𝖾𝗑𝗍𝖾𝗇𝗌𝗂𝗏𝖾 𝗍𝗋𝖺𝖽𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝗇𝖾𝗍𝗐𝗈𝗋𝗄 𝗐𝗂𝗍𝗁 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖬𝗂𝖽𝖽𝗅𝖾 𝖤𝖺𝗌𝗍. [/sub][/list][/list]
Amsterwald, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Tallahan, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Zingium
[list][list][list][pre]RÉPUBLIQUE FRANÇAISE
FRENCH BUREAUCRACY
MINISTÈRE DE LÉCONOMIE & FINANCES[/pre][/list]
______
MINISTRY OF ECONOMICS & FINANCE: FRENCH BUSINESSMEN SIZE UP THE COMPETITION WITH JAPAN BY EXPANDING MARKETS
[sub]VTH FRENCH REPUBLIC | PARIS, JANUARY 1970[/sub][/list]
[sub]| HELM OF PROGRÉS, MINISTÈRE DE LÉCONOMIE & FINANCES - | As the world embraces the dawning of the new decade, France continues to set its sights on becoming a major economic and global trading power. Thanks to the first postwar [I]"economic miracle,"[/I] the French got a long head start in penetrating world export markets. Even in 1968, France's total exports of roughly $37 billion was more than double Japan's exports of nearly $16 billion. However the generally lower-priced Japanese goods have been slicing through the global markets and threatening to knockout the French lead in many areas of the world that some French businessman are anxious about what they call the "yellow peril" to their foreign sales.[/sub]
[sub]The Japanese gains have been greatest in the vast U.S. markets. Ten years ago, France shipped 30% of all foreign electrical goods sold in the U.S., Japan very little. Today, the Japanese share has climbed to roughly half, while the French share has shrunk to match West Germany's share at 6%and even that 6% is being threatened. Japanese firms, having nearly taken over the U.S. market for foreign-made radios, TV sets and tape recorders, are beginning to challenge the traditional French dominance in heavy electrical machinery as well. Peugeot and Renault remain the most popular imported cars in certain parts of the world such as Africa, but their sales through November slipped 4% below the 1965 period. One reason: phenomenal sales gains of 80% for Japanese-made Toyotas and of 52% for Datsuns. Despite the increasing Japanese challenge, France remains ahead in steel production and shipbuilding. French exporters remain in jeopardy of losing their markets in the People's Republic of China over the tensions with Taiwan, however the French export markets throughout much of Asia remain open for business despite the rising competition. [/sub]
[sub]French businessmen have found the expanding Asian markets to be quite lucrative and a recent decree signed by President Georges Pompidou has authorized incentives and tax breaks for French businesses that manage to secure trade deals with overseas clients in Asia. With Japan quickly rising to challenge the position of the French economic situation, a number of French businessmen have began looking into certain areas of the Japanese economy for any "weak spots in the markets" where French businesses could be brought in to dominate. Ubifrance and AFII (French Agency for International Investments) has sent agents over to scope things out and help facilitate the development and inductions of new French businesses in Tokyo and Osaka. Any largescale investments for new branches of some of France's biggest companies require securing a contract with the Japanese government. The newly appointed Foreign Minister Maurice Schumann at the direction of Georges Pompidou achieved the facilitation of getting contracts for Peugeot, Aérospatiale, Socarenam (shipbuilding), Framatome.[/sub]
[sub]With Japan's first commercial nuclear reactor, the Tokai Power Station coming online in 1966; Japan is emerging into the world of nuclear energy. Framatome is one of the largest nuclear reactor businesses in the world and the largest in France. It is hoped that Framatome will be able to help design and build some of Japan's new powerplants. Additionally Socarenam which is a shipbuilding company based in Calais will hopefully be instrumental in constructing merchant vessels, fishing vessels, tugboats, platform supply vessels, and diving support vessels for Japan and surrounding countries. Peugeot and Aérospatiale on the other hand will have their hands full as they will primarily be marketing their products in a competitive Japanese market that already has a list of proven car and plane manufacturers. | [/sub]
[list]______[/list]
[list][list][pre]VIVE LA RÉPUBLIQUE!
VIVE LA FRANCE!
VIVE LEMPIRE![/pre][/list][/list]
[list][spoiler=[sub]𝐄𝐌𝐁𝐑𝐀𝐂𝐄 𝐅𝐑𝐀𝐍𝐂𝐄
𝐂𝐎𝐌𝐌𝐎𝐍𝐖𝐄𝐀𝐋𝐓𝐇 𝐎𝐅 𝐋𝐈𝐁𝐄𝐑𝐓𝐘[/sub]]
Indonesian Federal Peoples Republic
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
The Kemalist Republic Of Turkiye
[/spoiler]
The Confederation Of Northern Germany, Amsterwald, Federated Arab Emirates, Sixth French Metropolitan Republic, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Holy Vatican City States, Federated Turkey, Nasrid Algeria, New Provenance, Monaco-, Andorra-, Tallahan, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Zingium
[list] | [sub]𝖱𝖾𝗉𝗎𝖻𝗅𝗂𝗄 𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗀𝖺𝗉𝗎𝗋𝖺[/sub][/list][/list]
[list] | [sub]15 𝖩𝖺𝗇𝗎𝖺𝗋𝗂 1970[/sub][/list][/list]
[list]──[/list]
[list] | [sub]𝖱𝖺𝖽𝗂𝗈 𝖳𝖾𝗅𝖾𝗏𝗂𝗌𝗒𝖾𝗇 𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗀𝖺𝗉𝗎𝗋𝖺[/sub][/list]
[list][list]𝖳𝗁𝖾 𝖬𝗈𝗇𝖾𝗍𝖺𝗋𝗒 𝖠𝗎𝗍𝗁𝗈𝗋𝗂𝗍𝗒 𝖠𝖼𝗍 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖡𝖺𝗇𝗄𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝖠𝖼𝗍 𝖺𝗋𝖾 𝖻𝗈𝗍𝗁 𝗉𝖺𝗌𝗌 𝖻𝗒 𝖯𝖺𝗋𝗅𝗂𝖺𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍[/list][/list]
[list][list] | [sub] 𝖳𝗁𝖾 𝖬𝗈𝗇𝖾𝗍𝖺𝗋𝗒 𝖠𝗎𝗍𝗁𝗈𝗋𝗂𝗍𝗒 𝗈𝖿 𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗀𝖺𝗉𝗈𝗋𝖾 𝖠𝖼𝗍 𝗐𝗈𝗎𝗅𝖽 𝗀𝗂𝗏𝖾 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖬𝗈𝗇𝖾𝗍𝖺𝗋𝗒 𝖠𝗎𝗍𝗁𝗈𝗋𝗂𝗍𝗒 𝗈𝖿 𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗀𝖺𝗉𝗈𝗋𝖾 (𝖬𝖠𝖲), 𝖺 𝖼𝗈𝗋𝗉𝗈𝗋𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇 𝖾𝗌𝗍𝖺𝖻𝗅𝗂𝗌𝗁𝖾𝖽 𝖻𝗒 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖬𝖠𝖲 𝖺𝖼𝗍, 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖺𝗎𝗍𝗁𝗈𝗋𝗂𝗍𝗒 𝗍𝗈 𝗋𝖾𝗀𝗎𝗅𝖺𝗍𝖾 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖿𝗂𝗇𝖺𝗇𝖼𝗂𝖺𝗅 𝗌𝖾𝗋𝗏𝗂𝖼𝖾𝗌 𝗌𝖾𝖼𝗍𝗈𝗋, 𝗂𝗇 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗇𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇. 𝖨𝗇 𝖺𝖽𝖽𝗂𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇, 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖬𝗈𝗇𝖾𝗍𝖺𝗋𝗒 𝖠𝗎𝗍𝗁𝗈𝗋𝗂𝗍𝗒 𝗈𝖿 𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗀𝖺𝗉𝗈𝗋𝖾 𝖠𝖼𝗍 𝗈𝖿 1970 𝗐𝗈𝗎𝗅𝖽 𝖾𝖿𝖿𝖾𝖼𝗍𝗂𝗏𝖾𝗅𝗒 𝗆𝖺𝗄𝖾 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖬𝖠𝖲 𝗍𝗁𝖾 '𝖻𝖺𝗇𝗄𝖾𝗋' 𝖺𝗇𝖽 '𝖿𝗂𝗇𝖺𝗇𝖼𝗂𝖺𝗅 𝖺𝗀𝖾𝗇𝗍' 𝗍𝗈 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗀𝗈𝗏𝖾𝗋𝗇𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍. 𝖨𝗍𝗌 𝗋𝖾𝗌𝗉𝗈𝗇𝗌𝗂𝖻𝗂𝗅𝗂𝗍𝗒 𝖺𝗅𝗌𝗈 𝗂𝗇𝖼𝗅𝗎𝖽𝖾𝗌 𝗉𝗋𝗈𝗆𝗈𝗍𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝗆𝗈𝗇𝖾𝗍𝖺𝗋𝗒 𝗌𝗍𝖺𝖻𝗂𝗅𝗂𝗍𝗒, 𝖼𝗋𝖾𝖽𝗂𝗍 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝖾𝗑𝖼𝗁𝖺𝗇𝗀𝖾 𝗉𝗈𝗅𝗂𝖼𝗂𝖾𝗌 𝖼𝗈𝗇𝖽𝗎𝖼𝗂𝗏𝖾 𝗍𝗈 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗀𝗋𝗈𝗐𝗍𝗁 𝗈𝖿 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖾𝖼𝗈𝗇𝗈𝗆𝗒. 𝖳𝗁𝖾 𝖬𝗈𝗇𝖾𝗍𝖺𝗋𝗒 𝖠𝗎𝗍𝗁𝗈𝗋𝗂𝗍𝗒 𝗈𝖿 𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗀𝖺𝗉𝗎𝗋𝖾 𝗐𝗈𝗎𝗅𝖽 𝗁𝖺𝗏𝖾 𝖼𝖾𝗇𝗍𝗋𝖺𝗅𝗂𝗌𝖾𝖽 𝗈𝗏𝖾𝗋𝗌𝗂𝗀𝗁𝗍, 𝗉𝗋𝖾𝖼𝖾𝖽𝖾 𝖺𝗇𝗒 𝗈𝗍𝗁𝖾𝗋 𝗂𝗇𝗌𝗍𝗂𝗍𝗎𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇𝗌, 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗍𝗈 𝗉𝗋𝗈𝗏𝗂𝖽𝖾 𝖼𝗅𝖾𝖺𝗋 𝗋𝖾𝗀𝗎𝗅𝖺𝗍𝗈𝗋𝗒 𝖿𝗋𝖺𝗆𝖾𝗐𝗈𝗋𝗄 𝗂𝗇 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖿𝗂𝗇𝖺𝗇𝖼𝗂𝖺𝗅 𝗌𝖾𝖼𝗍𝗈𝗋.[/sub][/list][/list]
[list][list][list][list][sub]𝖳𝗁𝖾 𝖡𝖺𝗇𝗄𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝖠𝖼𝗍, 𝗐𝗁𝗂𝖼𝗁 𝗐𝗈𝗎𝗅𝖽 𝖻𝖾 𝖺𝖽𝗆𝗂𝗇𝗂𝗌𝗍𝖾𝗋𝖾𝖽 𝖻𝗒 𝖬𝖠𝖲, 𝖾𝗆𝗉𝗁𝖺𝗌𝗂𝗌 𝗀𝗋𝖾𝖺𝗍𝖾𝗋 𝗀𝗈𝗏𝖾𝗋𝗇𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍 𝖼𝗈𝗇𝗍𝗋𝗈𝗅 𝗈𝗏𝖾𝗋 𝖼𝗈𝗆𝗆𝖾𝗋𝖼𝗂𝖺𝗅 𝖻𝖺𝗇𝗄𝗂𝗇𝗀. 𝖳𝗁𝖾 [𝖻𝖺𝗇𝗄𝗂𝗇𝗀] 𝖺𝖼𝗍 𝗐𝗈𝗎𝗅𝖽 𝗅𝖺𝗒 𝗈𝗎𝗍 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗋𝗎𝗅𝖾𝗌 𝗈𝗇 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗈𝗉𝖾𝗋𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇𝗌 𝗈𝖿 𝖻𝗈𝗍𝗁 𝗅𝗈𝖼𝖺𝗅 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝖿𝗈𝗋𝖾𝗂𝗀𝗇 𝖻𝖺𝗇𝗄𝗌. 𝖳𝗁𝗂𝗌 𝗆𝖾𝖺𝗇𝗍 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖺𝖼𝗍 𝗐𝗈𝗎𝗅𝖽 𝖺𝗅𝗅𝗈𝗐 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖬𝖠𝖲 𝗍𝗈 𝗀𝗈𝗏𝖾𝗋𝗇, 𝗅𝗂𝖼𝖾𝗇𝗌𝖾 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗋𝖾𝗀𝗎𝗅𝖺𝗍𝖾 𝖿𝗎𝗅𝗅 𝖻𝖺𝗇𝗄𝗌 (𝗅𝗈𝖼𝖺𝗅𝗅𝗒 𝗂𝗇𝖼𝗈𝗋𝗉𝗈𝗋𝖺𝗍𝖾𝖽), 𝖿𝗎𝗅𝗅 𝖻𝖺𝗇𝗄𝗌 (𝖻𝗋𝖺𝗇𝖼𝗁), 𝗐𝗁𝗈𝗅𝖾𝗌𝖺𝗅𝖾 𝖻𝖺𝗇𝗄𝗌 (𝖻𝗋𝖺𝗇𝖼𝗁), 𝗐𝗁𝗈𝗅𝖾𝗌𝖺𝗅𝖾 𝖻𝖺𝗇𝗄𝗌 (𝗅𝗈𝖼𝖺𝗅𝗅𝗒 𝗂𝗇𝖼𝗈𝗋𝗉𝗈𝗋𝖺𝗍𝖾𝖽), 𝖼𝗋𝖾𝖽𝗂𝗍/𝖼𝗁𝖺𝗋𝗀𝖾 𝖼𝖺𝗋𝖽 𝗂𝗌𝗌𝗎𝖾𝗋𝗌, 𝗆𝖾𝗋𝖼𝗁𝖺𝗇𝗍 𝖻𝖺𝗇𝗄𝗌 (𝖻𝗋𝖺𝗇𝖼𝗁), 𝗆𝖾𝗋𝖼𝗁𝖺𝗇𝗍 𝖻𝖺𝗇𝗄𝗌 (𝗅𝗈𝖼𝖺𝗅𝗅𝗒 𝗂𝗇𝖼𝗈𝗋𝗉𝗈𝗋𝖺𝗍𝖾𝖽).[/sub][/list][/list][/list][/list]
[list][list] | [sub]𝖳𝗁𝖾 𝖡𝖺𝗇𝗄𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝖠𝖼𝗍 𝗈𝖿 1970 𝗐𝖺𝗌 𝗉𝗎𝗌𝗁𝖾𝖽 𝖻𝗒 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗀𝗈𝗏𝖾𝗋𝗇𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍 𝗍𝗈 𝖾𝗌𝗍𝖺𝖻𝗅𝗂𝗌𝗁 𝗋𝗈𝖻𝗎𝗌𝗍 𝖻𝖺𝗇𝗄𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝗉𝗋𝖺𝖼𝗍𝗂𝖼𝖾𝗌 𝗍𝗈 𝖺𝗍𝗍𝗋𝖺𝖼𝗍 𝖿𝗈𝗋𝖾𝗂𝗀𝗇 𝖽𝖾𝗉𝗈𝗌𝗂𝗍𝗌 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝖿𝗈𝗋𝖾𝗂𝗀𝗇 𝗂𝗇𝗏𝖾𝗌𝗍𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍𝗌, 𝗍𝗈 𝖼𝗋𝖾𝖺𝗍𝖾 𝖺 𝖻𝖺𝗇𝗄𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝗌𝗒𝗌𝗍𝖾𝗆 𝗍𝗁𝖺𝗍 𝗐𝗈𝗎𝗅𝖽 𝗈𝖿𝖿𝖾𝗋 𝖺𝗇 𝖾𝖿𝖿𝗂𝖼𝗂𝖾𝗇𝗍 𝗆𝖾𝖼𝗁𝖺𝗇𝗂𝗌𝗆 𝗈𝖿 𝗉𝖺𝗒𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍𝗌 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗍𝗈 𝗂𝗇𝗍𝖾𝗋𝗆𝖾𝖽𝗂𝖺𝗍𝖾 𝖻𝖾𝗍𝗐𝖾𝖾𝗇 𝗌𝖺𝗏𝗂𝗇𝗀𝗌 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗂𝗇𝗏𝖾𝗌𝗍𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍𝗌 𝗂𝗇 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖾𝖼𝗈𝗇𝗈𝗆𝗒. [/sub][/list][/list]
Amsterwald, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Tallahan, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Zingium
La Cantavecratie
1946 - 1970
| Haiti is no stranger to strongmen. From King Henri I, to the U.S. occupation dictator Florvil Hyppolite, but perhaps no leader since Henri has been as important as Léon Cantave.
Fall of the Mulattocracy
| When the U.S. occupation ended in 1911 after 20 years of U.S. backed dictators, the society they left behind was radically different. Even before the U.S. occupation, Haitian society had often been stratified and tense between the different races. However, when the U.S. occupied the nation they brought with them the racial segregation, and favoritism so common in America. White Haitians who made up 11% of the population; along with Mixed-Race Haitians who made up around 40% were placed in positions of power, and granted wide sweeping privileges under the U.S. regime.
Such a heavily racialized and stratified system was always unstable and prone to changes. The Great Depression would be that change, shattering the Haitian export based economy like a sledgehammer. Even the Second World War did little to help the Haitian economy, as sugar, coffee, and other exports generally fell as much of the west laid under the German boot.
Slow and sluggish economic performance prompted leftist growth, leading to brutal suppressions of press, and opposition political parties by the Haitian government. In the increasing deterioration, and suppression of the left wing communists, Haiti would see rise of black ultranationalist movements like Duvalier-Noirisme and whitening movements like Trujillos Dominican Movement, would begin to gain traction among the lower classes, tired of generations beaten down by the government. As race war seemingly sat on the horizon, the government would continue to remain inert and unwilling to intervene or acknowledge the problems. The election of Élie Lescot would be the breaking point, another wealthy mixed-race creole who had bought his way into power.
Seeing no other alternative to reform the government within, General Léon Cantave would launch a military coup of the Haitian government in 1946, with the support of the United States, and military men inside the country. On the steps of the National Assembly, Cantave declared: Today the Mulattocracy which has plagued and strangled this nations development for so long, is at an end!
The Haitian Puppeteer (1946 - 1970)
| Despite initial beliefs that Cantave would make himself president of the new Haitian Republic, everyone was surprised when he accepted the lesser position of Prime Minister. Cantave advocated for a return to the tradition of the founders of the Haitian Republic, this included a dismantling of the powerful presidency, and restoring legislative and executive authority to the Prime Minister, leaving the president as a popular non-partisan figurehead.
Elections generally werent fair during the so called Cantavecratie, with the Haitian Action Party (Ayiti Akyson) running unopposed for the majority of his term in office.
Cantave would begin a process of rapid reform of Haitian society, all discrimination based upon race, ethnicity, and social class would be entirely banned. Government positions would be rigidly handed out entirely upon merit, and corrupt officials would be entirely purged. Religious secularism would be enshrined, with the Catholic Churches principled position in the Haitian government removed.
Radical political parties like racial, ethnic, religious, or communist parties would be entirely banned, as well as any press, assembly, or publications that advocated for such positions.
Economically, Cantave would struggle to move Haiti from the Great Depression, high tariffs, and excessive government interference would hurt the economic recovery championed by the president.
Of course, internal issues would plague Cantave for most of his reign. The Duvalier-Noirisme, and the Whitening Dominican Movement supporters would be driven to insurgency beginning a decades long counter insurgency, with Cantave slowly rooting the groups out. The death of Rafael Trujillo from assassination in 1961, and François Duvalier in 1969 brought great relief to the nation as their movements continued to wither.
The Moribund King
| As 1970 dawns; however, everyone knows, Lèon Cantave is dying. After over 20 years of rule, stress, ill health, and age have worn down the Haitian Prime Minister.
As the Cantavecratie comes to a close, the Haitian Action Party begins to look towards the future, will they follow in the failures of Cantaves economic policy? Will they maintain the party, press, and assembly restrictions that have slowly clamped down on racial tensions? Perhaps most importantly who will succeed Lèon Cantave, and in which direction will the Haitian Republic move?
Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Tallahan, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Independent Singapore
[list][list][pre]| V E R E N I G DㅤㅤK O N I N R I J KㅤㅤB E N E L U X
| "ㅤE E N D R A C H TㅤㅤM A A K TㅤㅤM A C H Tㅤ"[/pre]
[list][list][pre]Degenen die een nieuw leven wensen,
kijken naar het kleine Nederland...[/pre][/list]
[pre]// 10 JANUARI 1970, ZATERDAG
DEN HAAG, NEDERLAND //[/pre][/list]
Ā L E AㅤㅤI E C T AㅤㅤE S Tㅤㅤ:ㅤㅤT H EㅤㅤN E WㅤㅤH O L L A N D
[list]ㅤㅤㅤㅤㅤㅤ[sub]In a tumultuous whirlwind of change, Holland underwent a radical metamorphosis over the past decade, emerging as an unrecognisable powerhouse, reasserting its dominance as a regional juggernaut and a bustling commercial hub. With its economy soaring to unprecedented heights, fuelled by a combination of progressive policies and a burgeoning population, the nation found itself in dire need of labour for its burgeoning industries. Enter the gastarbeider project, a cornerstone of the "Wolsheinomics" model, conceived in 1962 under the De Jong Administration and championed by the then-councillor of the Privy Council, Adrian Wolsheijner. Wolsheijner's audacious proposal to import workers from Italy, Greece, Spain, and Portugal, later expanding to include Ireland and Slovenia, promised to supercharge Holland's economic engine by boosting efficiency. Initially hesitant, Holland tentatively welcomed a mere four thousand guest workers in its inaugural year, but as the years passed, the floodgates opened, ushering in tens of thousands annually. With both native and foreign labour forces booming, Holland's ascent became nothing short of meteoric, propelling the nation to dizzying heights of prosperity and power.[/sub]
[sub]Life as a gastarbeider, or a guest worker, proved to be a harrowing ordeal in Holland. Families pinned their hopes on securing these positions for a shot at a new life in the prosperous West. However, the reality of navigating a foreign land where the language was alien proved to be a daunting challenge. Despite the government's provision of free language courses, the chasm of cultural disparity loomed large, exacerbating the sense of isolation felt by the foreign workers. Confined to their modest government-issued apartments, these families found themselves estranged from the vibrant tapestry of Dutch society. Holland, with its bustling streets and unfamiliar customs, stood worlds apart from their homelands. Overwhelmed by the magnitude of change, the immigrants retreated into self-imposed isolation, clinging to familiarity rather than embracing the unfamiliarity of Dutch life.[/sub]
[sub]The palpable timidity emanating from the guest worker families set off alarm bells, raising concerns about the potential for social exclusion and the formation of insular communities. Determined to avert such a troubling trajectory, authorities swiftly implemented a series of measures aimed at fostering the integration and assimilation of newcomers from foreign shores. The first wave of reforms targeted the children of guest workers, instituting strict policies to eradicate the use of languages other than Dutch in schools. Children were not only instructed but actively encouraged to converse solely in Dutch in their daily lives. Specialised language courses tailored to specific foreign groups were established to facilitate more efficient Dutch language acquisition, emphasising the pivotal role of the home environment in driving change. In parallel, efforts were made to curtail the prevalence of foreign languages in commercial spaces and media outlets. Unilingual Dutch signage was promoted, with bilingual signage permitted in certain cases. As a decade elapsed since the influx of guest workers into the Netherlands, the efficacy of these language reforms became increasingly apparent. Foreign residents exhibited notable strides in their integration into Dutch culture and society, signalling a promising long-term outcome for the nation's assimilation efforts.[/sub]
[sub]The Netherlands set its sights on granting permanent residencies to select foreign workers by the close of 1970, a proclamation heralded by Minister of Home Affairs, Jan-Douwe Aalderen. To qualify, individuals had to meet three key prerequisites. Foremost among these was a mandate to have worked in Holland for a minimum of three years, ensuring that newly arrived gastarbeiders wouldn't be eligible until they had completed this requisite period of labour. The second criterion entailed achieving a passing score on the Dutch Language Proficiency Test (Taalvaardigheidstest), comprising 100 questions, with a minimum success rate of 65% required. Lastly, applicants were subjected to an interview gauging their comprehension of Dutch culture, customs, and norms. Those who successfully fulfilled all criteria would swiftly be granted permanent residency, ushered through an expedited process. Moreover, recipients of permanent residency were afforded the opportunity to later apply for Dutch citizenship, as confirmed by the Ministry of Home Affairs, thereby solidifying their ties to the nation they now called home.[/sub]
[sub]As Holland continues to surge forward, its trajectory marked by growth, change, and newfound heights with each passing hour, the evolving demographic landscape of the country renders guest workers indispensable as fuel to its relentless flames of progress. Yet, amidst this fervent pursuit of advancement, the nation finds itself at a crossroads, tasked with the delicate balancing act of preserving its cherished Dutch values and culture while extending a warm embrace to newcomers. Such careful navigation is imperative to safeguarding the essence of what makes Holland uniquely Dutch, even in the face of rapid transformation and diversification.[/sub][/list]
_______________________________________________
[/list][spoiler=[sub]Dit is een fictief stukje creatief werk voor[/sub]
de GEMENEBEST VAN FRIJHEID [ CoL ]
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
[/spoiler][/list]
Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Tallahan, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Salisbury-Southern Rhodesia
Its a long journey to here.
What are you guys doing? Im interested to this.
Cascadla
Welcome to the COL, this dispatch was sent to you the moment you arrived, so please read it.
https://www.nationstates.net/page=dispatch/id=497355
Basically the message board here is only for IC postings, if you have any questions please DM either Paramountica or myself.
Paramountica, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, New Provenance
[pre]T H E K I N G D O M O F S A U D I A R A B I A | المملكة العربية السعودية[/pre]
𝐓𝐡𝐞 𝐘𝐞𝐦𝐞𝐧𝐢 𝐖𝐚𝐫 [sup]1[/sup]
[pre]P A R T T W O - R E I N F O R C M E N T S[/pre]
[sub]| Declaring that an injustice has been declared against the kingdom, Saudi Arabia pleads to her allies, notable ones being Yugoslavia and Singapore, to help reinforce the front lines of the war. The allies have digressed, but some immigrants have been allowed to join the army. Saudi Arabia diverts 40% of government funds to reinforce the military, using backup oil reserves, and other necessary components, needed to progress military advancement. More military recruiters are selected, and anyone above the age of 17 is allowed to join the military. The military grew exponentially, with the newfound funding and personnel has increased military power by a large amount, over 6% more military power than before. The British funded English Electric Lightnings had a profound effect during the Battle of Tarim a few days later. The government also took the liberty in liberating the local inhabitants as Saudi citizens. The government continues their march into the heart of South Yemen, bringing ally funded weapons and supplies along with them. Most of the military weapons are Yugoslavian and British, but airforce equipment is acquainted with Singapore. The Royal Navy finally makes it to Aden, and begins bombarding the coast, using torpedoes and Soviet Missiles.The Military continues to decimate enemy supply lines and military capabilities of Yemen, also scoring a moral boosting battle win at Tarim, which ended with 567 Yemeni Casualties with only 200 Saudi Casualties. PRSY Equipment was seized at Al-Waidah, and the Saudi government brought journalists to document the glorious development of Al-Waidah under Saudi rule, in fact, to be closer to the PRSY, a new airbase by the name of 'Salman Royal Waidah Airforce Base' was established 2 miles east of the town itself. [/sub]
[sub]| King Salman had a decision; he could decide to push to the capital, Aden, or he could order the forces to halt and stay at Al-Waidah. The ladder was chosen. The forces, looking at the new given order, marched for Aden. The airforce followed the main armed forces battalion, with over 1,200 men marching to Aden. This is a good bulk of Saudi military force, and Salman claimed it was necessary to finally swell a burning fire of 'false teaching' and 'absolute chaos' which 'spread to Saudi Arabia if not faced.' This new incentive leads many to march along Saudi Forces, as reinforcements arrive, as the number of troops going to Aden increases, so does the artillery and weaponry in the battalion. Battle Aircraft also increases above the battalion. As the conflict is sure to come to a swell conclusion, the military marches to Aden and will not allow an insurgent fire to spread; for an ash can burn a forest, and a forest can burn a world.[/sub]
[sub]| Increaseing hostility from the Yemeni also shows a right lighted path. The capital will fall under the hand of the Saudi Crown, through peace or war. The blade of Allah will strike upon the Yemeni for threatening the crown. This new offense cannot be allowed to pass. The new incentive is to pass through the Yemeni Fields with increased caution, Saudi-Supporting Guerrillas began joining military encounters with the Yemeni. But know this, Arabia, this war will not be done in the favor of the enemy. This war will not be broken over our dead bodies, but the bodies of our enemy, marching to their towns and shedding mercy upon the residents, showing them the benevolent hand of Allah and Saudi Arabia. . . Continue on, people of Allah, march with your country, march with the chosen army, heavens armies! The hand of Allah is upon us, and with that protection, why should we fear man?[/sub]
[list][list][list][list][list][list][list][list][list][list][spoiler="A ash can burn down a forest,
and a forest can burn a world"
_____
Sultan Saud of Arabia][sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
Peoples Republic Of Czechoslovakia
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
[/spoiler][/list]
Paramountica, Amsterwald, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Tallahan, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Zingium, Southyemen
Crisis of Al-Wadiah 2
ـــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ
[list][sup]People's Republic of South Yemen[/list][/sup]
[sup]With the defeat of the Yemeni forces in Al-Wadiah due to artillery shelling, the forces withdrew to a mountainous point south of the city, three kilometers away, and positioned themselves awaiting support from Aden with mortars to ambush the Saudi forces if they moved south, when Saudi forces arrived were rained down by Yemeni forces trained to fight from The mountains were hit by artillery shells, forcing the Saudis to retreat from the advance towards Aden.[/sup]
[sup]While the city of Shibam, after news of the Saudis moving towards it, began to fortify itself and all citizens began to prepare the city to defend it to the last man. At that time, two officers arrived aboard a Bell 47 helicopter to help in planning and preparing the city until reinforcements arrived.[/sup]
[sup]Meanwhile, a group of tribal horsemen began organizing lightning attacks on the Saudi forces in the border villages, leaving many Saudi soldiers dead or wounded, while the rest of them fled into the desert, and part of the border villages were liberated by the tribal horsemen.[/sup]
[sup]During the brutal bombardment by Saudi ships on Aden, the army command began to fortify the city in preparation for any possible landing, while the military command planned an air bombardment of one of the most important Saudi oil cities as a retaliation for the bombing of Aden. Indeed, four Douglas C-47 planes were equipped and loaded with bombs. It was decided that the planes would fly at a low altitude over the Rub al-Khali desert (Empty Quarter) within the Yemeni and omani border until they reached the Arabian Gulf, after which they would begin heading towards the city of Dhahran to unload their cargo over the oil wells there, which would inflict heavy losses on the Saudis.[/sup]
[spoiler=[sub]Only the dead have seen the end of war
Plato[/sub]
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
[/spoiler]
Paramountica, Amsterwald, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Maziya, Greater Kurdistane, Spain-, Slipway, Zingium
[list]1970년 01월 23일
[sub]A New Decade A New Leader?[/sub][/list]
[list][sub]When Are You Going?[/sub][/list]
[sub]Kingdom of Korea[/sub]
| The New Years celebration had been bigger than ever as the new decade rolled in, huge parties took place across the country with many of the cities seeing people staying out until the sun began to rise. The country had started the 1960s under the thumb of Syngman Rhee with sluggish growth, oppression, and widespread corruption, however as the 1970s beckoned many felt that Korea had finally turned a corner. Koreas economic growth since 1960 had averaged 8.4%; elections were free and fair; people no longer suffered widespread oppression; and corruption was slowly being eliminated. |
| Koreas remarkable transformation had been the brainchild of several influential figures that emerged during the April Revolution that oversaw Rhees downfall. Chang Myon who had been a powerful opposition voice during Rhees term, brought about the formation of the now governing National Democratic Party, and played a key role in Koreas Five Year Plans had only recently announced his retirement. Kim Il-sung who while not in government had effectively been the voice of the left during the post-Rhee settlement had retired from his partys leadership following the last election. Several others had moved into positions within the civil service, but many had now retired only roped for advisory services. Much attention had now turned to Park Chung-hee, the fifty-three year old former army general who had been in power as Prime Minister since January 1961. While Park enjoyed widespread popularity, it was apparent that from the polling numbers the public had become tired of his National Democrats who had begun to lag behind the Social Democrats, however Park was not one to be forced into retirement. |
| Questions over his leadership had been raised back in early 1969 following the fallout from the Yugoslav-Slovene crisis and his dependence on advice from Chun Doo-hwan, however a rumoured challenge to his leadership had been dispersed by appointing his alleged challenger, Kim Young-sam, to the position of Foreign Minister. However this act seemingly only silenced people for a short time, as the new decade rolled in many had openly asked whether it was time for a new approach. Kim Jae-gyu a close friend and ally of Park had been rumoured as a possible successor but this was quite quickly silenced by Kim himself who stated The Prime Minister is the right man of the moment, other rumoured figures who were circling Parks position included Kim Young-sam, Choi Kyu-hah, and Chen Hyun-Shik. |[list]
| Kim Young-sam has previously been seen as the most likely challenger to Park, particularly back in 1969 had events not resolved themselves, Kims elevated prominence since his appointment to the Foreign Office had only made him more visible to the general public. Kim is seen as a more moderating figure within the Government having originally come from the New Democratic Party before the merger in 1966, and his involvement in the Reformist Faction gives an insight into his beliefs in economic transparency, distrust of Chaebols and alleged distrust of military politicisation largely stemming from the April Revolution. |
| Choi Kyu-hah the former Foreign Minister, who oversaw the fallout from the Yugoslav-Slovene conflict has largely managed to reshape his image following his appointment to the Home Office. Seen as a reliable pair of hands Choi is largely cast in the same mould as Park having similar ideological beliefs. This closeness is what holds him back as many of those that would seek to remove Park want a change of direction rather than more of the same. |
| Chen Hyun-Shik is an outside choice, and has frequently denied any challenge to Park, but his name continues to float in journalistic circles. Hailing from Hamhung in the north Chen much like Kim is seen as a reformer but sits within more radical circles having aligned himself to the liberal conservative Kuites named after Korean independence activist Kim Ku, the faction is more hardline Pro-American having softer views when it comes to Japan, and brand themselves as much more liberal in their attitudes while still finding their routes in conservatism. Although an outside bet, Chen is viewed as an excellent fundraiser or orator, but many believe he would be unable to hold together all factions of the party, particularly those on the right. |[/list]
| While no challenge to Park is expected or even wanted, many are quietly moving around him, just waiting for him to step aside either if he loses the next election or during the next parliamentary term. Parks tenure has seen highs and lows, and Koreas radical transformation during the last decade has largely been due to Parks strongman approach to his government and passionate beliefs. However as Parks time in office begins to reach the same length as Syngman Rhee's, some have quietly begun to ask the question Mr. Park, when are you going? |
[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
]
Peoples Republic Of Czechoslovakia
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
[/spoiler]
Paramountica, Amsterwald, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Zingium
Post self-deleted by United Jericho.
[list] | [sub]𝖱𝖾𝗉𝗎𝖻𝗅𝗂𝗄 𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗀𝖺𝗉𝗎𝗋𝖺[/sub][/list][/list]
[list] | [sub]24 𝖩𝖺𝗇𝗎𝖺𝗋𝗂 1970[/sub][/list][/list]
[list]──[/list]
[list][list]𝖳𝗁𝖾 𝗀𝗈𝗏𝖾𝗋𝗇𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍 𝗎𝗍𝗂𝗅𝗂𝗌𝖾𝗌 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗉𝗈𝗅𝗂𝗍𝗂𝖼𝖺𝗅 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗌𝗈𝖼𝗂𝖺𝗅 𝗌𝖾𝖼𝗍𝗈𝗋𝗌 𝗍𝗈 𝗉𝗋𝗈𝗆𝗈𝗍𝖾 𝗋𝖺𝖼𝗂𝖺𝗅 𝗁𝖺𝗋𝗆𝗈𝗇𝗒 𝗂𝗇 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗇𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇[/list][/list]
[list][list] | [sub]𝖨𝗇 𝗋𝖾𝗌𝗉𝗈𝗇𝗌𝖾 𝗍𝗈 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗋𝖺𝖼𝖾 𝗋𝗂𝗈𝗍𝗌 𝗍𝗁𝖺𝗍 𝗈𝖼𝖼𝗎𝗋𝗋𝖾𝖽, 𝖻𝖾𝗍𝗐𝖾𝖾𝗇 𝗍𝗁𝖾 31ˢᵗ 𝗈𝖿 𝖬𝖺𝗒 𝗍𝗂𝗅𝗅 𝗍𝗁𝖾 6ᵗʰ 𝗈𝖿 𝖩𝗎𝗇𝖾, 𝗂𝗇 1969, 𝖫𝖾𝖾 𝖪𝗎𝖺𝗇 𝖸𝖾𝗐 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗁𝗂𝗌 𝗀𝗈𝗏𝖾𝗋𝗇𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍 𝗉𝗋𝖾𝗉𝖺𝗋𝖾𝖽 𝗍𝗈 𝗉𝗎𝗌𝗁 𝗇𝖾𝗐 𝗂𝗇𝗂𝗍𝗂𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗏𝖾𝗌 𝗍𝗈 𝗉𝗋𝗈𝗆𝗈𝗍𝖾 𝗋𝖺𝖼𝗂𝖺𝗅 𝗁𝖺𝗋𝗆𝗈𝗇𝗒 𝗂𝗇 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗇𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇. 𝖳𝗁𝖾𝗌𝖾 𝖾𝖿𝖿𝗈𝗋𝗍𝗌 𝗐𝗈𝗎𝗅𝖽 𝖼𝗈𝗆𝖾 𝗂𝗇 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖿𝗈𝗋𝗆 𝗈𝖿 𝗅𝖾𝗀𝗂𝗌𝗅𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇𝗌 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗀𝗈𝗏𝖾𝗋𝗇𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍 𝗉𝗈𝗅𝗂𝖼𝗂𝖾𝗌 𝗍𝗈 𝗉𝗋𝗈𝗆𝗈𝗍𝖾 𝗋𝖺𝖼𝗂𝖺𝗅 𝗁𝖺𝗋𝗆𝗈𝗇𝗒 [𝖻𝖾𝗍𝗐𝖾𝖾𝗇 𝖺𝗅𝗅 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗇𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇𝗌 𝖾𝗍𝗁𝗇𝗂𝖼 𝗀𝗋𝗈𝗎𝗉𝗌] 𝗂𝗇 𝗈𝗋𝖽𝖾𝗋 𝗍𝗈 𝗉𝗋𝖾𝗏𝖾𝗇𝗍 𝖺𝗇𝗈𝗍𝗁𝖾𝗋 𝗋𝖺𝖼𝗂𝖺𝗅 𝖼𝗅𝖺𝗌𝗁 𝗈𝖼𝖼𝗎𝗋𝗋𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝖺𝗀𝖺𝗂𝗇.[/sub][/list][/list]
[list][list][list][list][sub]𝖮𝗇𝖾 𝗈𝖿 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗆𝗈𝗌𝗍 𝗌𝗂𝗀𝗇𝗂𝖿𝗂𝖼𝖺𝗇𝗍 𝖿𝖾𝖺𝗍𝗎𝗋𝖾𝗌, 𝖽𝖾𝗉𝗅𝗈𝗒𝖾𝖽 𝖻𝗒 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗀𝗈𝗏𝖾𝗋𝗇𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍, 𝗍𝗈 𝗉𝗋𝗈𝗆𝗈𝗍𝖾 𝗋𝖺𝖼𝗂𝖺𝗅 𝖼𝗈𝗈𝗉𝖾𝗋𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇, 𝗐𝖺𝗌 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗎𝗌𝖾 𝗈𝖿 𝗅𝖾𝗀𝗂𝗌𝗅𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇𝗌. 𝖥𝗈𝗋 𝖾𝗑𝖺𝗆𝗉𝗅𝖾, 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖯𝖺𝗋𝗅𝗂𝖺𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍 𝗈𝖿 𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗀𝖺𝗉𝗎𝗋𝖺 𝖺𝗉𝗉𝗋𝗈𝗏𝖾𝖽 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖲𝖾𝖽𝗂𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇 𝖠𝖼𝗍 (1970), 𝖺𝗇 𝖺𝗆𝖾𝗇𝖽𝖾𝖽 𝗏𝖾𝗋𝗌𝗂𝗈𝗇 𝗈𝖿 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗉𝗋𝗂𝗈𝗋 1948 𝖻𝗂𝗅𝗅, 𝗀𝖺𝗏𝖾 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖺𝗀𝖾𝗇𝗍𝗌 𝗈𝖿 𝗅𝖺𝗐 𝖾𝗇𝖿𝗈𝗋𝖼𝖾𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍 𝗆𝗈𝗋𝖾 𝖺𝗎𝗍𝗁𝗈𝗋𝗂𝗍𝗒 𝗍𝗈 𝗍𝖺𝖼𝗄𝗅𝖾 𝗋𝖺𝖼𝗂𝖺𝗅 𝗉𝗋𝗈𝗏𝗈𝖼𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇. 𝖳𝗁𝖾 𝖲𝖾𝖽𝗂𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇 𝖠𝖼𝗍 𝗈𝖿 1948 𝖼𝗋𝗂𝗆𝗂𝗇𝖺𝗅𝗂𝗌𝖾𝖽 𝖺𝖼𝗍𝗌 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗌𝗉𝖾𝖾𝖼𝗁 𝗂𝗇𝖼𝗂𝗍𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝗋𝖺𝖼𝗂𝖺𝗅 𝗁𝖺𝗍𝗋𝖾𝖽 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗏𝗂𝗈𝗅𝖾𝗇𝖼𝖾. 𝖳𝗁𝖾 𝗉𝗈𝗅𝗂𝖼𝖾 𝗐𝗈𝗎𝗅𝖽 𝖺𝗋𝗋𝖾𝗌𝗍 𝖼𝗂𝗍𝗂𝗓𝖾𝗇𝗌 𝗍𝗁𝖺𝗍 𝖺𝗅𝗅𝖾𝗀𝖾𝖽𝗅𝗒 𝗋𝖺𝖼𝗂𝖺𝗅𝗅𝗒 𝗉𝗋𝗈𝗏𝗈𝗄𝖾𝖽 𝗈𝗍𝗁𝖾𝗋𝗌 𝗐𝗁𝗂𝖼𝗁 𝗐𝗈𝗎𝗅𝖽 𝗅𝖾𝖺𝖽 𝗍𝗈 𝗉𝖾𝗋𝗌𝖾𝖼𝗎𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇. 𝖳𝗁𝖾 𝖺𝖼𝗍 𝗐𝖺𝗌 𝗉𝖺𝗌𝗌𝖾𝖽 𝗍𝗈 𝗂𝗇𝗍𝖾𝗀𝗋𝖺𝗍𝖾 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗆𝗎𝗅𝗍𝗂𝗉𝗅𝖾 𝖾𝗍𝗁𝗇𝗂𝖼 𝗀𝗋𝗈𝗎𝗉𝗌 𝗂𝗇 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗇𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇 𝗍𝗈 𝖾𝗇𝗌𝗎𝗋𝖾 𝗌𝗈𝖼𝗂𝖾𝗍𝗒 𝗋𝖾𝗆𝖺𝗂𝗇𝖾𝖽 𝗌𝗍𝖺𝖻𝗅𝖾. 𝖨𝗇 𝖼𝗈𝗇𝗍𝗋𝖺𝗌𝗍, 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖺𝗆𝖾𝗇𝖽𝖾𝖽 𝖲𝖾𝖽𝗂𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇 𝖠𝖼𝗍 𝗐𝗁𝗂𝖼𝗁 𝗉𝖺𝗌𝗌𝖾𝖽 𝗂𝗇 1970 𝗐𝗈𝗎𝗅𝖽 𝖺𝗅𝗅𝗈𝗐 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖺𝗀𝖾𝗇𝖼𝗂𝖾𝗌 𝗈𝖿 𝗅𝖺𝗐 𝖾𝗇𝖿𝗈𝗋𝖼𝖾𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍 𝗍𝗈 𝖺𝗋𝗋𝖾𝗌𝗍 𝗍𝗁𝗈𝗌𝖾 𝗋𝖾𝗌𝗉𝗈𝗇𝗌𝗂𝖻𝗅𝖾 𝖼𝖺𝗎𝗌𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝗍𝖾𝗇𝗌𝗂𝗈𝗇𝗌 𝖺𝗀𝖺𝗂𝗇𝗌𝗍 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗀𝗈𝗏𝖾𝗋𝗇𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍. [/sub][/list][/list][/list][/list]
[list][list] | [sub]𝖳𝗁𝖾 𝖼𝗁𝖺𝗇𝗀𝖾 𝗂𝗇 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖲𝖾𝖽𝗂𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇 𝖠𝖼𝗍 𝗈𝖿 1948, 𝗐𝗈𝗎𝗅𝖽 𝗅𝖾𝖺𝖽 𝗍𝗈 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖺𝗆𝖾𝗇𝖽𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍 𝗈𝖿 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖠𝗋𝗍𝗂𝖼𝗅𝖾 14 𝗈𝖿 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖢𝗈𝗇𝗌𝗍𝗂𝗍𝗎𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇 𝗈𝖿 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖱𝖾𝗉𝗎𝖻𝗅𝗂𝖼 𝗈𝖿 𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗀𝖺𝗉𝗈𝗋𝖾. 𝖳𝗁𝖾 𝖺𝗆𝖾𝗇𝖽𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍 𝗐𝗈𝗎𝗅𝖽 𝖻𝖾 𝗌𝗂𝗀𝗇𝗂𝖿𝗂𝖼𝖺𝗇𝗍 𝖺𝗌 𝖠𝗋𝗍𝗂𝖼𝗅𝖾 14 𝖼𝗈𝗎𝗅𝖽 𝗇𝗈𝗐 𝗋𝖾𝗌𝗍𝗋𝗂𝖼𝗍𝗌 𝗌𝗈𝗆𝖾 𝖿𝗋𝖾𝖾𝖽𝗈𝗆 𝗈𝖿 𝗌𝗉𝖾𝖾𝖼𝗁, 𝖺𝗌𝗌𝖾𝗆𝖻𝗅𝗒, 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝖺𝗌𝗌𝗈𝖼𝗂𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇. 𝖠 𝗉𝗋𝗂𝗆𝖺𝗋𝗒 𝖿𝖺𝖼𝗍𝗈𝗋 𝗂𝗇 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖺𝗆𝖾𝗇𝖽𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍 𝗈𝖿 𝖠𝗋𝗍𝗂𝖼𝗅𝖾 14 𝗐𝖺𝗌 𝗍𝗈 𝗉𝗋𝗈𝗆𝗈𝗍𝖾 𝗋𝖺𝖼𝗂𝖺𝗅 𝗁𝖺𝗋𝗆𝗈𝗇𝗒 𝗂𝗇 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗇𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇. [/sub][/list][/list]
[list][list][list][list][sub]𝖧𝗈𝗐𝖾𝗏𝖾𝗋, 𝗉𝗈𝗅𝗂𝗍𝗂𝖼𝖺𝗅 𝗅𝖾𝗀𝗂𝗌𝗅𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇 𝗐𝖺𝗌 𝗇𝗈𝗍 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗈𝗇𝗅𝗒 𝗆𝖾𝗍𝗁𝗈𝖽 𝗍𝗁𝖺𝗍 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗀𝗈𝗏𝖾𝗋𝗇𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍 𝗎𝗌𝖾𝖽 𝗍𝗈 𝗍𝖺𝖼𝗄𝗅𝖾 𝗋𝖺𝖼𝗂𝖺𝗅 𝗍𝖾𝗇𝗌𝗂𝗈𝗇𝗌. 𝖳𝗈 𝗂𝗅𝗅𝗎𝗌𝗍𝗋𝖺𝗍𝖾 𝗍𝗁𝗂𝗌, 𝖺𝖿𝗍𝖾𝗋 1969, 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖧𝗈𝗎𝗌𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝖣𝖾𝗏𝖾𝗅𝗈𝗉𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍 𝖡𝗈𝖺𝗋𝖽 (𝖧𝖣𝖡) 𝖺𝖽𝖽𝗋𝖾𝗌𝗌𝖾𝖽 𝗍𝗁𝗂𝗌 𝖻𝗒 𝗇𝖾𝗐 𝗋𝖾𝗁𝗈𝗎𝗌𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝗌𝖼𝗁𝖾𝗆𝖾𝗌 𝖺𝗅𝗅𝗈𝖼𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗀𝖺𝗉𝗈𝗋𝖾𝖺𝗇𝗌 [𝗐𝗂𝗍𝗁 𝖽𝗂𝖿𝖿𝖾𝗋𝖾𝗇𝗍 𝖾𝗍𝗁𝗇𝗂𝖼𝗂𝗍𝗂𝖾𝗌] 𝗍𝗈 𝗅𝗂𝗏𝖾 𝗂𝗇 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗌𝖺𝗆𝖾 𝗇𝖾𝗂𝗀𝗁𝖻𝗈𝗎𝗋𝗁𝗈𝗈𝖽𝗌. 𝖳𝗁𝖾 𝖧𝖣𝖡 𝗉𝗋𝖾𝖽𝗂𝖼𝗍𝖾𝖽 𝗍𝗁𝗂𝗌 𝗐𝗈𝗎𝗅𝖽 𝗁𝖺𝗏𝖾 𝖺 𝗉𝗈𝗌𝗂𝗍𝗂𝗏𝖾 𝗌𝗈𝖼𝗂𝖺𝗅 𝖾𝖿𝖿𝖾𝖼𝗍 𝗈𝗇 𝗉𝗋𝗈𝗆𝗈𝗍𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝗋𝖺𝖼𝗂𝖺𝗅 𝗁𝖺𝗋𝗆𝗈𝗇𝗒. 𝖳𝗁𝗂𝗌 𝗂𝗌 𝗌𝗂𝗇𝖼𝖾, 𝗉𝖾𝗈𝗉𝗅𝖾 𝗐𝗈𝗎𝗅𝖽 𝖾𝗑𝖼𝗁𝖺𝗇𝗀𝖾 𝖻𝖾𝗅𝗂𝖾𝖿𝗌 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗂𝖽𝖾𝖺𝗌 𝗐𝗁𝗂𝖼𝗁 𝗐𝗈𝗎𝗅𝖽 𝖾𝗇𝖺𝖻𝗅𝖾 𝗉𝖾𝗈𝗉𝗅𝖾 [𝗐𝗂𝗍𝗁 𝖽𝗂𝖿𝖿𝖾𝗋𝖾𝗇𝗍 𝖾𝗍𝗁𝗇𝗂𝖼𝗂𝗍𝗂𝖾𝗌] 𝗍𝗈 𝖽𝖾𝗏𝖾𝗅𝗈𝗉 𝗎𝗇𝖽𝖾𝗋𝗌𝗍𝖺𝗇𝖽𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗋𝖾𝗌𝗉𝖾𝖼𝗍 𝖿𝗈𝗋 𝗈𝗍𝗁𝖾𝗋 𝗉𝖾𝗈𝗉𝗅𝖾'𝗌 𝖼𝗎𝗅𝗍𝗎𝗋𝖾𝗌. [/sub][/list][/list][/list][/list]
[list][list] | [sub]𝖨𝗇 𝖺𝖽𝖽𝗂𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇, 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗀𝗈𝗏𝖾𝗋𝗇𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍 𝗎𝗍𝗂𝗅𝗂𝗌𝖾𝖽 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖾𝖽𝗎𝖼𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇 𝗌𝖾𝖼𝗍𝗈𝗋 𝗍𝗈 𝗉𝗋𝗈𝗏𝗂𝖽𝖾 𝗇𝖾𝖼𝖾𝗌𝗌𝖺𝗋𝗒 𝗌𝖾𝗋𝗏𝗂𝖼𝖾𝗌 𝗍𝗈 𝗉𝗎𝗉𝗂𝗅𝗌 𝗂𝗇 𝖽𝖾𝗏𝖾𝗅𝗈𝗉𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝗎𝗇𝖽𝖾𝗋𝗌𝗍𝖺𝗇𝖽𝗂𝗇𝗀, 𝗋𝖾𝗌𝗉𝖾𝖼𝗍, 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝖺𝗉𝗉𝗋𝖾𝖼𝗂𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇 𝖿𝗈𝗋 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖽𝗂𝖿𝖿𝖾𝗋𝖾𝗇𝗍 𝗋𝖺𝖼𝗂𝖺𝗅 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗋𝖾𝗅𝗂𝗀𝗂𝗈𝗎𝗌 𝗀𝗋𝗈𝗎𝗉𝗌 𝗂𝗇 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗇𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇. 𝖬𝗈𝗋𝖾𝗈𝗏𝖾𝗋, 𝖼𝗈𝗆𝗆𝗎𝗇𝗂𝗍𝗒 𝗂𝗇𝗂𝗍𝗂𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗏𝖾𝗌 𝗐𝖾𝗋𝖾 𝗂𝗆𝗉𝗅𝖾𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍𝖾𝖽 𝗍𝗈 𝗂𝗆𝗉𝗋𝗈𝗏𝖾 𝖾𝗇𝗀𝖺𝗀𝖾𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍 𝖻𝖾𝗍𝗐𝖾𝖾𝗇 𝖽𝗂𝖿𝖿𝖾𝗋𝖾𝗇𝗍 𝖼𝗈𝗆𝗆𝗎𝗇𝗂𝗍𝗂𝖾𝗌 𝗂𝗇 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗇𝖺𝗍𝗂𝗈𝗇. [/sub][/list][/list]
[list][list][list][list][sub]𝖳𝗁𝖾 𝗀𝗈𝗏𝖾𝗋𝗇𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍 𝗐𝗈𝗎𝗅𝖽 𝗌𝖾𝖾𝗄 𝗍𝗈 𝗋𝖾𝗉𝗋𝖾𝗌𝖾𝗇𝗍 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖽𝗂𝖿𝖿𝖾𝗋𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝖾𝗍𝗁𝗇𝗂𝖼 𝗆𝗂𝗇𝗈𝗋𝗂𝗍𝗂𝖾𝗌, 𝗈𝖿 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖼𝗈𝗎𝗇𝗍𝗋𝗒, 𝗍𝗁𝗋𝗈𝗎𝗀𝗁 𝗌𝗒𝗆𝖻𝗈𝗅𝗌, 𝖾𝗏𝖾𝗇𝗍𝗌 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗉𝗈𝗅𝗂𝖼𝗂𝖾𝗌. 𝖳𝗁𝖾𝗌𝖾 𝖾𝖿𝖿𝗈𝗋𝗍𝗌 𝗐𝖾𝗋𝖾 𝗎𝗅𝗍𝗂𝗆𝖺𝗍𝖾𝗅𝗒 𝖽𝗋𝗂𝗏𝖾𝗇 𝖻𝗒 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖽𝖾𝗌𝗂𝗋𝖾 𝗍𝗈 𝗉𝗋𝗈𝗆𝗈𝗍𝖾 𝗋𝖺𝖼𝗂𝖺𝗅 𝗁𝖺𝗋𝗆𝗈𝗇𝗒 𝖻𝖾𝗍𝗐𝖾𝖾𝗇 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗆𝗎𝗅𝗍𝗂𝗉𝗅𝖾 𝖾𝗍𝗁𝗇𝗂𝖼 𝗀𝗋𝗈𝗎𝗉𝗌 𝗂𝗇 𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗀𝖺𝗉𝗎𝗋𝖺. 𝖫𝖾𝖾 𝖪𝗎𝖺𝗇 𝖸𝖾𝗐'𝗌 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗁𝗂𝗌 𝗀𝗈𝗏𝖾𝗋𝗇𝗆𝖾𝗇𝗍 𝗐𝖾𝗋𝖾 𝗍𝗂𝗋𝖾𝗅𝖾𝗌𝗌𝗅𝗒 𝗐𝗈𝗋𝗄𝗂𝗇𝗀 𝗇𝗈𝗇-𝗌𝗍𝗈𝗉 𝗍𝗈 𝗂𝗇𝗍𝖾𝗀𝗋𝖺𝗍𝖾 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝖽𝗂𝖿𝖿𝖾𝗋𝖾𝗇𝗍 𝖾𝗍𝗁𝗇𝗂𝖼 𝗀𝗋𝗈𝗎𝗉𝗌, 𝗍𝗁𝖺𝗍 𝗂𝗇𝗁𝖺𝖻𝗂𝗍𝖾𝖽 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝖼𝖺𝗅𝗅𝖾𝖽 𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗀𝖺𝗉𝗈𝗋𝖾 𝗍𝗁𝖾𝗂𝗋 𝗁𝗈𝗆𝖾, 𝗍𝗈 𝗉𝗋𝗈𝗆𝗈𝗍𝖾 𝗁𝖺𝗋𝗆𝗈𝗇𝗒 𝖺𝗇𝖽 𝗎𝗇𝗂𝗍𝗒. 𝖳𝗁𝖾 𝖱𝖾𝗉𝗎𝖻𝗅𝗂𝗄 𝖲𝗂𝗇𝗀𝖺𝗉𝗎𝗋𝖺 𝗐𝗈𝗎𝗅𝖽 𝖻𝖾 𝗍𝗁𝖾 𝗌𝗒𝗆𝖻𝗈𝗅 𝗈𝖿 𝗋𝖺𝖼𝗂𝖺𝗅 𝗍𝗈𝗅𝖾𝗋𝖺𝗇𝖼𝖾 𝗂𝗇 𝖲𝗈𝗎𝗍𝗁𝖾𝖺𝗌𝗍 𝖠𝗌𝗂𝖺. [/sub][/list][/list][/list][/list]
Paramountica, Amsterwald, Socialist Democratic Republic Romania, Cascadla, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Maziya, Spain-, Poland1St, Zingium
[pre]T H E K I N G D O M O F S A U D I A R A B I A | المملكة العربية السعودية[/pre]
𝐓𝐡𝐞 𝐘𝐞𝐦𝐞𝐧𝐢 𝐖𝐚𝐫 [sup]1[/sup]
[pre]P A R T T H R E E - 𝔽𝕠𝕣𝕥𝕗𝕚𝕔𝕒𝕥𝕚𝕠𝕟 𝕒𝕟𝕕 𝕌𝕡𝕜𝕖𝕖𝕡[/pre]
| The Saudi Kingdom begins to worry about a Yemeni invasion and retaliation. As the state has not done anything to truly hurt Saudi Arabia, the country begins to fear the silence, and worst nightmares come true. A telegram intercepted from Yemeni communicators led the Saudi Census committee to the conclusion they were planning on bombing vital Saudi cities. To reinforce Saudi borders, the local government is ordered to arm the possible targets of the attack from the telegram. As the Saudi officials began to narrow down candidates for the city being attacked, the government immediately presumed it was important locations, such as Mecca or Riyadh. So, large cities began getting an upkeep of defense and fortification, especially important oil cities, but such intervention will not arrive in a couple of days. The brand new incentive, at least, according to Salman, is to push deeper into Yemeni lines so they can get the war over before any attack and even be resorted. The conference he had with his ministers (brothers) would order all troops in Al-Waidah, after devistating defeats in the surronding area, ordered all troops in the outside of Al-Waidah to withdraw and return to Al-Waidah.
| The Shibam Resistance |
| This, however, does not mean that Saudi Arabia is ready to give up pursuits. The Saudi army had finally reached the city of Shibam, and after decimating local armies, the Saudis played a Royal Salute to the Saudi crown, but rather than cheers, they heard heavy opposition. The people spit on the shoes of soldiers, and all who disrespected the crown or the occupying army were thrown into a local prison. The prisons were so full, the army had to build new temporary ones. The people were very clear they would rather die than live under Saudi occupation. This did not deter Saudi Occupation, however. The Saudi forces started tightening up resistance to prevent virtual chaos, so the government established a local (temporary) government to prevent any rebellions. The government hopes to find new ways to hopefully quell resistance in the area.
| A Military Focus |
Saudi Arabia, seeing how poorly the militarist numbers were, began to ask the king his opinion. The king once responded; "A state that cannot defend itself cannot be state, now can it?" and after this, he swiftly ordered more military campaigning and military promotion material to be spread throughout the country, he also ordered a diversion of Saudi funding towards defense, and ordered that military leaders and commanders be more expansive with military operations and to see when situations are not fit for their respective forces. The king began overlooking military training procedures and partaking in military training itself, showing soldiers how he was taught, which became the premier training strategy. For the navy, he increased naval trade with countries that have superior navies, and also copied naval strategies from those countries. As Saudi Arabia begins to enforce a new strategy to military officials; Altaktik Alruwmaniu, for English speakers, "Romano Tactic" or "Roman Tactics" which is as it sounds, as Saudi Arabia is using a tactic which involves copying other nations ideas and building upon them to build on them. For example, Saudi Arabia copied US naval tactics which proved to be well along Aden's coasts. The Airforce, was put through vigorous change. The Sultan declared the Airforce "Barley fit to fight a squadron of foreign aircraft" especially true, according to many, due to the lack of personnel throughout its squadrons, and as such, the recruitment method was simple; draw some men from land forces to air. Though risky, the government prayed that it would be enough to force Southern Yemen into submission.
| Speech of Salman, January 24th, 1970 |
"People of Allah, and people of my crown, we see a very pressing issue with us, or more against us, but do not fear! I have taken extensive action these past weeks to assure your safety."
*loud cheer and claps can be heard*
"As Yemeni aggression grows, we hope to see a swift end to the war, either through peace or violence. We now see a cool retreat of Saudi forces back to Al-Waidah, as I have ordered them to do so, to hopefully force Yemen into submission. Now, militarily, we are faring quite well. But, plan wise, we cannot quite tell. We do know that Yemen plans to bomb a important city; we just do not know which city. Again, do not fear! Extensive action on my part and the part of many others will protect our lifelines!"
*Cheer of the people shivers their way through the air, as the breath of many in the audience becomes stale*
"As I have stated previously, we most likley will not continue into Aden. As, well, this is non-benifecial, we however, will not withdraw from Al-Waidah until the government of Southern Yemen agrees that Al-Waidah is Saudi territory, maybe even Shibam as well, though no promises will be made. We can hope to see a swift end to this war"
*Claps and loud cheers become louder*
"As out state grows, it nurtures economically and militarily, and we need to see more in our future, so we can create a paradise state, one where the people are strong willed, perfect, and even sinless. So, people of Saudi, please serve your country and become honored as a hero across the state! Be known as a warrior of Allah, and of Saud. The first day or so we all pointed to our countries. The third or fourth day we were pointing to our continents. By the fifth day, we were aware of only one Earth.
Paramountica, Amsterwald, Socialist Democratic Republic Romania, Cascadla, New Provenance, Maziya, Spain-, Mutawakkiliti, Poland1St, Zingium
Hi everyone I'm new to this site, is Belarus open?
Cascadla, Metropolitan Francais, Poland1St
[list][list]SHŌWA 45 | FEBRUARY 1970[/list]
[list][list]日本人ディアスポラ
[pre]JAPANESE DIASPORA[/pre][/list][/list]
[pre] D I S P A T C H W O R K ¹ [/pre]
[list][list][sub][pre] オー・スネイル 富士山に登ろう でも、ゆっくり、ゆっくり
O Snail; Climb Mount Fuji But slowly, slowly![/pre][/sub][/list][/list]
JAPANESE AROUND THE WORLD
https://www.nationstates.net/page=dispatch/id=2005251
____________
[sub]¹ DISPATCHWORK, Designed by Paramountica, Assembled for Commonwealth Of Liberty.[/sub]
Paramountica, Amsterwald, Socialist Democratic Republic Romania, Cascadla, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Poland1St
[table=noheader][tr][td][pre]T H E S L O V E N E R E P U B L I C S L O V E N S K A R E P U B L I K A[/pre]
AFTER A SLUGGISH 1960s, ANALYSTS SUGGEST OPTIMISM FOR SLOVENIAN ECONOMIC GROWTH IN NEW DECADE
[sup][pre]Under the yoke of government overreach and high taxes, competition and growth slowed in Slovenia during the 1960s; new signs portend a better decade ahead.[/pre][/sup]
[/td][/tr][/table]
[list][sup]A STEADY CLIMB TO COME
JANUARY 1970[/sup][/list]
The roiling post-war aftermath of Slovenian independence had been a time of substantial change and political extremes. Nationalists, avant-garde artists, national vitalists and all other manner of ideologues defined the young nation. A quarter of a century on, though, it had matured. The waters had settled. Polls indicated that incumbent President Boidar Jakacan avowed democratic socialist who willed Slovenia to become a pink pearl of Central Europewas to be the last of Slovenias radical leaders for some time. Center-left Liberal Democratic Party candidate Angela Vode was the statistical frontrunner for the October 1970 elections, promising a moderate, common-sense presidency to guide the Republic steadily forward into the new decade. Under her, the array of expensive social and artistic programs which Jakac had pioneered promised to be tamed; the balance of human and productivity, Vode promised, would be restored, the latter long neglected by the Jakac administration. The social-liberal Vode certainly managed to seem pro-market in the shadow of the current President.
A Vode victory would bode well, analysts generally surmised, for the Slovene economyslight reductions in corporate taxes and a relaxation of the governments hand in economic affairs would afford Slovenian companies much-needed breathing room. Prospects were high, and corporate leaders acted in anticipation of the more pro-market years to come. Slovenian pharmaceutical firm Krka, manufacturer Litostroj and food processor ito were all set to favorably open plants in a new economic zone in the United Arab Republic (Al-Jammahirya Al-Arabiyya), marking high confidence in the international viability of Slovenian corporations. Competition at home was equally robust. Singaporean (Independent Singapore) food conglomerate Ayam Brand established local affiliate company Ajam Slovenija in 1970, aiming to wedge itself into the Slovenian retail market with a wave of international foods, including Asian sauces, condiments, and delicacies.
Most interesting of all, as always, was the chemical sector. Slovenias production of industrial, medical and other chemicals was its most uniquely strong industry, and favorable economic bellwethers usually foretokened activity therein. A Pregelj nylon factory is set to break ground near Celje in Apriladding to its already wide and integrated range of chemical productsand the Slovenian Chemistry Institute announced further strides in the stabilization of hydrogen peroxide (a strength of the nation, particularly as an experimental fuel) for long-term storage in January, building on early 1965 advancements in the same field. The Slovenian Chemical Industry Association, though forbidden from making campaign contributions (as with most business-related entities), has explicitly expressed its support for the election of Vode. The most pro-market candidate, Joe Pučnik of the conservative Slovenian Democratic Party, was generally seen as too outlandish to be viable in a time where stability was commonly generally listed as a desire of the Slovenian electorate. Indeed, the peace efforts of Jakac had proved surprisingly popular.
[list][sub]IN OTHER NEWS: The Saudi (United Jericho) declaration of war on South Yemen (Southyemen) has proved quite unpopular among the Slovenian intelligentsia and was spurned by the Slovenian Foreign Ministry. Though once a purchaser of Slovenian military equipment, Saudi Arabia has become increasingly alienated from Slovenia in recent years, and some observers drew comparisons between its recent declaration of war and Yugoslavian aggression against Slovenia.[/sub][/list]
https://www.nationstates.net/page=dispatch/id=1722937
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Bulzhariia, Metropolitan Francais, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Poland1St, Zingium, Independent Singapore
[list][pre]FEBRUARY of 1970[/pre][/list]
[pre]THE UNION OF SOVIET SOCIALIST REPUBLICS
Союз Советских Социалистических Республик[/pre]
[pre]THE KREMLIN FLEXES MIDDLE EASTERN INFLUENCE, SOVIET MILITARY PRESENCE IN KURDISTAN TO URGE SAUDI STANDDOWN IN YEMENI CONFLICT[/pre]
[pre]КРЕМЛЬ ИСПОЛЬЗУЕТ БЛИЖНЕВОСТОЧНОЕ ВЛИЯНИЕ И СОВЕТСКОЕ ВОЕННОЕ ПРИСУТСТВИЕ В КУРДИСТАНЕ, ЧТОБЫ ПРИЗОВАТЬ САУДОВСКОГО КОНФЛИКТА В ЙЕМЕНСКОМ КОНФЛИКТЕ[/pre]
| [sub]The outbreak of military conflict between Saudi Arabia and South Yemen in the Middle East was of great interest to the government in Moscow. Ever since forging strong ties with the left-leaning government of Kurdistan and shoring up diplomatic relations with Nasser's Egyptian state in the wake of Middle Eastern tensions between Israel and their Arab neighbors, the Soviet Union had increasingly inserted itself into Middle Eastern politics, strengthening its regional influence through the establishing of a military presence in Kurdistan. Moscow had also made several diplomatic, financial and military agreements with the Southern Yemenese state, which had sought independence from British rule and thus had turned to the Soviets for support. In the wake of the Yugoslav debacle, General Secretary Kosygin committed his government to expanding the USSR's role in world affairs, especially in "near abroad" areas like the Middle East, Europe and Central and East Asia.[/sub] |
| [sub]The outbreak of hostilities between the Western-aligned Saudi Arabia and the Soviet-backed South Yemenese state generated ripples of concern in Moscow. A special conference of the USSR's national security apparatus in late January of 1970 saw unanimous support for "greater Soviet involvement" in the situation to prevent yet another spreading of US-backed Saudi influence. In a televised speech, General Secretary Kosygin told the nation and members of the international press that the Soviet Union would be 'temporarily' bolstering its presence through the deployment of 1,200 Soviet air paratroopers to Soviet-leased bases in Kurdistan. The decision, Kosygin said, was unilateral but done with the Kurdish government informed at every stage of deployment. Kosygin also announced that the Soviet Union would be working on the UN and bilateral level to secure a Saudi standdown in the conflict.[/sub] |
[list][sub]"The lives being put at risk by the Saudi regime is not only reckless but could also be in violation of international law. The Soviet Union, a defender of working men and women across the world, is a nation that believes in fairness on the world stage. The invasion on Yemenese soil is one that is injustified and one that must be halted immediately."[/sub][/list]
| [sub]The move by the Soviets to intervene in the Middle East was also coupled with new directives issued to the Red Army aimed at strengthening their "multilateral combat capabilities" and bolstering air and logistical capacity. A new multi-million dollar drive to invest in the Soviet military aerospace industry was unveiled, with plans to involve design bureaus from across the Union in new development strategies aimed at bringing in the best and brightest the Union has to offer to develop next-generation combat aircraft that will usurp contemporary equivalents around the world.[/sub] |
____
[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
]
Peoples Republic Of Czechoslovakia
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
[/spoiler]
Amsterwald, Socialist Democratic Republic Romania, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Maziya, Greater Kurdistane, Spain-, Slipway, Mutawakkiliti, Poland1St, Zingium
★ UNITED ARAB REPUBLIC ★
[list][list][list][pre]
"Fear is, I believe, a most effective tool in destroying the soul of an individual - and the soul of a people."
ANWAR EL-SADAT
[/pre][/list][/list][/list]
_________________
[list][sub]𝐍𝐀𝐒𝐒𝐄𝐑'𝐒 𝐆𝐀𝐌𝐁𝐋𝐄:
𝐓𝐇𝐄 𝐖𝐀𝐑 𝐑𝐎𝐎𝐌[/sub]
[sub][sup]1970 - UNITED ARAB REPUBLIC[/sub][/sup]
[list][sub]As Nasser relegated more and more of the running of the nation to his vice-president and the Arab Socialist Union, the President took a more hands on approach to the leadership of the military side of things, including the rebuilding and reorganization of the Arab Armed Forces. In less than 3 years, the Armed Forces had successfully rebuilt itself in part thanks to massive amounts of Soviet aid and the promotion of qualified and competent military officers to replace the corrupt web of patronage instituted under Marshal Amer. As part of the rebuilding process, Nasser announced the launch of the War of Attrition on the occupied Sinai, as a way to sap away the morale and manpower of the occupying force.[/sub]
[sub]Nasser's war room consisted mainly of himself, General Muhammed Fawzi, Gen. Ahmad Ismail Ali, Gen. Shazly, Air Marshal Ali Baghdady, and Admiral Fouad Abou Zikry. With the exception of perhaps Gen. Ismail, the entire war room was consisting of mostly promoted officers in the wake of the Setback in June 1967, and had established their credentials during the current war in which they have achieved significant operational victories and proved that the Zionist army is not as invincible as it's propaganda would have many to believe. Just in the end of 1969 for example, the newly rebuilt Air Force had succeeded in shooting down two Israeli Mirages and for the first time in the history of the conflict, managed to also down an F-4 Phantom. This was heavily propagandized, as it proved that no weapon that the Zionists had were an invincible threat to the valiant Arab soldiers.[/sub]
[sub]As the new year came, Nasser authorized a further escalation in the pace of the conflict, ordering larger artillery clashes, and approving a large amounts of commando raids into the Sinai than before, including an ambush in the Mitla pass. This however had a larger purpose than escalation for just escalation's sake. Israeli air raids into the United Arab Republic had almost devasted the capabilities of the country's outdated anti-air system, and following the approval of the U.S.S.R, Nasser had ordered them replaced with new S-125 anti-aircraft missiles and S-75 Dvinas all over the bank of the canal. To transport those anti-air missiles without being shot down, the army needed to create a distraction and hence the increased frequency and brutality of attacks on the Israeli positions.[/sub]
[sub]While this was going on however, and in the midst of the artillery fire, there came to the war room news of a new conflict in the Arabian Peninsula. Arab shedding the blood of another Arab in Yemen. The tensions have been boiling for a while, the reactionary Arab monarchy had viewed the Yemeni progressives as a threat to their rule, their anger finally culminating in what was initially a border conflict expanding into a full on war. This created several issues as Yemen had largely been regarded by Nasser as an important geopolitical piece.[/sub]
[sub]Full intervention was a possibility however for now, Nasser contended with just ordering plans to be drawn up, and for the diplomatic route to be approached first. Thus, Nasser once again left his military leadership role to take on his suit once again and begin another charm offensive.[/sub]
[/list]
Amsterwald, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Mutawakkiliti, Poland1St, Zingium
BSSR News: Masherov announces restoration of Krevsky Castle
The head of the Belarusian Soviet Socialist Republic, Pyotr Masherov, today officially announced the start of funding for a project to restore historical monuments. One of the first sites to be restored will be the Krevsky Castle.
Krevsky Castle, located on the picturesque banks of the Neman River, has witnessed great historical events for many years. However, the ravages of time and wars have left their mark on this magnificent structure. Old paintings and archival documents help to restore its original appearance.
Within the framework of the Krevsky Castle restoration project it is planned to:
1. Restoration of walls and towers: Architects and researchers have scrutinized historical drawings and descriptions to accurately recreate the castle walls and towers.
2. Restoration of the interior: Old paintings have been used to determine the layout of the halls, rooms and staircases inside the castle. This will allow visitors to experience the atmosphere of the Middle Ages.
3. Creation of a museum and exhibition halls: The restored Krevsky Castle will be home to expositions about the history of the region, knights and culture.
The head of the BSSR urged all citizens to support this important project, which will help preserve and pass on to future generations the heritage of our ancestors. The restoration of the Krevsky Castle will become a symbol of unity and pride of our country.
Amsterwald, Socialist Democratic Republic Romania, Cascadla, Metropolitan Francais, Maziya, Slipway, Poland1St, Zingium
The Three Princes
| Scene 1, Act 2 |
| Price of Disloyalty |
______________
[sub]February, 1970[/sub]
It had been a bumpy and unsteady introductory few months for the Balewa Presidency. While a blow to his own faction in government by General Gowon was one thing, something much more sinister and dangerous to his leadership had come about. Following the sacking of the former Senior Minister for Internal Security Okotie-Eboh, Balewa now aimed to go on the attack and prevent the momentum from transfering over to his rival Azikiwe, firstly setting up a cross-party Economic Council of Nigeria, set up with a bountiful of advisors from the across the country in an aim to decrease the Ministry of Commerces influence, and in total, his former second in command influence in central government. This council would have an advisory role in government, and set long-time economist and senior politician Nwafor Orizu as the Advisor to the Government. In this advisory role, he hoped to create a back-channel between the President himself and Orizu and reduce Azikiwes own personal power as the Senior Minister for Commerce. While this would temporarily paralyse any attempts at ousting more senior loyalists to President Balewa, he would look to go further and more permanently minimise the scope and influence in the central government from the rival faction and gain more influence of his own. If he was successful, he could prevent Azikiwe from gaining the votes needed to oust and become President, as well as more long-term, a more loyal and factionally united government in turn. If he failed and Nnamdi remained at the forefront of financial-based decisions, and his faction remained at the heart of the Federal Government, it could cost him his own personal popularity, his own faction's confidence in him, and potentially, the Presidency itself.
To secure some form of success, Balewa would set up a separate post of the Chairman of the Nigerian Democratic Party, who would also hold a post in government. The NDP was practically a puppet organisation of the central government, and so had little influence on government decisions, merely their for voting in the national assembly. Securing the party as a foundational foothold for Balewa and his own faction would not only single out the rival faction to merely government, but stabilise factional control in the party. He would place not a long-term loyalist but a fresh set of eyes, the recently-elected assemblyman, Duso Mumba. He would look to position Mumba as a liberal reformist and aim to showcase a more progressive side to the Presidents safe pair of hands. Merely a puppet in the great game of control and power, this undermined how much influence Azikiwe truly had in the party and would force any attempt to gain influence or power over the government and government decisions through a single avenue. Any attempt to oust the President via the party was over as long as Duso remained as party chairman.
His second order of business would come by the early days of December, where he announced a major change to the structure of the federal government. Originally since its inception a single entity of the Central Cabinet, with the various ministries and subdivisions under the arms of the Central Government, he would establish a super-ministry, collecting together the Ministry for Commerce, Ministry for Finance and Ministry for Treasury into a single Senior Ministry of Finance and Commerce. This was an aggressive move by Balewa, which had not only not been told by Azikiwe himself, but was unpopular amongst even a few of his own band of loyalists. Taking out a large chunk of Azikiwes loyalists not even a year into the new government was a risky move, but a move nonetheless would pay off. While his former advisor retained his role, a significant number of his cabinet supporters had either been moved as deputy ministers in other ministries, or taken out of government altogether. While it did leave the opportunity for is own parliamentary section, to oust Balewa and take the crown for himself just became a much bigger task and to take him down within the party and a party of which the newly-established Chairman Mumba was the puppet for the President. But the game was not over, not even close.
While it was a swift and costly blow to Nnamdi and his faction in the government, its consequences inevitably proved more fatal to Balewas own party and personal popularity in the long-term. Azikimes influence and ambitions may have taken a hit, but on a personal level to his loyalists, they quickly came to question where his decisions lied - genuine reform or simply the political game of power and influence. While he had stabilised the government and made financial decisions far more streamlined than before, two key loyalists now looked to measure themselves outside of the picture and into the game. It had been simply one faction against another, and other ministers scattered to their own devices, but Balewas conduction of purging out a significant share of the economically-based ministers saw the former general and now-Minister for Agricultural Policy, Chukwuma Kaduna Nzeogwu, an ally to the President, formulate his own cabal of loyal brothers, almost all situated either in the Ministry for Agricultural Policy or Economic Planning, the only ministry not be included in the merging. Chukwuma wanted to forge his own path of political ambitions, and siding with the President was not the way forward. As Azikime remains damaged from the effects of the merger, it seemed the growing power vacuum was being helped up by rivalling ministers vying for their own stake of Nigerias political pie.
The second minister who sought to move away from his loyalty to the President was an elder figure in the party - Akintola. The political strategist and advisor to Balewa during his primitive tears of the 50s, he had quickly grown into a potential political heavyweight in the cabinet, and by January of 70, became the second man to move away from the President's grasp. While not directly allied with Chukwuma himself, it was working with him for the time being which could facilitate and prevent Balewa from pushing further and further. Having been selected as Senior Minister for Foreign Affairs, he coupled with Azikiwe who had been preparing for this day since the merger, to gain significant influence in the central government. While their ambitions clashed, a united force against an increasingly aggressive and frustrated President Balewa seemed the only way forward.
The Three Princes shifts dynamic into a much more fluid game of cat and mouse. As the President looks to prevent the growing factionalism from splitting the government apart, new figures arrive on the scene in their hope of personal ambition and power. Gowons small blow to Balewa seems to be forgotten, but he remains lurking in the shadows, waiting for his chance to strike.
Amsterwald, Socialist Democratic Republic Romania, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Poland1St, Zingium
ПЕТИЯ ПЕТГОДИШЕН ПЛАН: УСПЕХ ИЛИ ПРОВАЛ?
януари, 1970 г.
-----------------------
[Title: The Fifth Five-Year Plan: a success or a failure?]
The state planned economy of the People's Republic comes to another turning point, as another five-year plan begins to wind down to make way for another in the cycle that keeps the wheels of industry turning. Compared with the state of the economy at the birth of the People's Republic in 1944, the Bulgarian economy has transformed from a largely agrarian nation into a modern, industrialised, socialist economy. These advancements have had effects wider than just on paper, with whole communities transforming around these new economic policies. Under the lead of General Secretary Todor Zhivkov, the nation celebrates the end of another cycle, one which has again seen the nation continue in its main aim - to "build for socialism". However, with successes emerging in various sectors of the economy, some have been quick to notice that where one sector rises, another falls. Statistics have shown that the balance of economic contribution between the Industrial and Agricultural sectors of the economy has risen to at least 80:20, a massive shift from previous years. Some worry that the traditionally strong and solid economic base rooted in agriculture is being abandoned in favour of chasing after the industrialist dreams of the BKP.
Heavy industry has been the favoured direction of the BKP since their first attempts at nationalising and centralising the economy. Prior to the People's Republic, industry focused primarily on light industrial enterprises, with heavy industry existing as a niche in the state and reliant on imports of materials from allied nations. Since joining COMECON, the Soviet Union has exported all material goods required for the development of heavy industry and has done so at cheaper costs than even utilising the extensive natural resources of Bulgaria itself. Therefore, it always seemed likely that the BKP would prefer the most profitable route. Though analysts have said that the policies are, in the long term, unsustainable, the immediate future appears to be nothing but clear for the development of this policy.
This can be seen in the massive projects being undertaken by the BKP to expand Bulgaria's industrial capabilities. One such example is the recent successes of the Kremikovtsi Metallurgical Plant, located just outside Sofia above the Kremikov Coal Deposit. Opening in 1963, as of 1970, the plant produces a wide variety of metallurgical products and has become amongst the largest of it's kind in the Balkans, producing coke and cast iron, sheet metal, electrical steel, converter steel, amongst others. Another example is the successes of the Burgas Petrochemical Plant "Neftokhim", built with the assistance of the Soviet Union. It is the largest of its kind in Bulgaria, dwarfing similar sites across the country. The site, which includes its own pipeline running from Burgas to Ihtiman in the west, it's own thermal power plant and a special port "Druzhba" for receiving new shipments of material goods from the Soviet Union, is considered to be one of the key examples of Zhivkov's economic policies and the fifth five-year plan, one that has been touted to mirror that of Mao's Great Leap Forward. Of the products produced at Neftokhim, gasoline, kerosene, fuel oils and the production of raw materials for the production of synthetic fibers and synthetic rubbers are amongst the key items.
With the development of these heavy industries, the nation has seen a surge in infrastructure activity, with more projects being undertaken in the past 10 years than in the previous 30 years. The focus on building and development to connect the outer, rural settlements with the new, growing urban settlements has been a major objective of the BKP. The Brigadier Movement on the 1950s, though smaller now as the construction craze begins to subside, continues strong with youth participation continuing to be a major factor in its development. New cities have also begun to grow, including the Dimitrovgrad, Rudozem and Madan. As of 1970, the country produces 26 times more heat and electricity than in 1939. The production of ferrous metals has increased by 106, non-ferrous metals by 273 and machine-building by 142 times from the 1939 statistics. As cars and personal transport become more and more popular, the need for new roads and highways has not been ignored, with major projects connecting the major cities of the nation underway and due to complete over the next ten years. The main achievement of these projects however is the undertaking of the Kozludoy Nuclear Power Plant, which when completed, will be the largest nuclear plant in the Balkans and one of the largest in Europe. The long-running project, with support from the Soviet Union, is being held as the 'poster achievement' of Zhivkov's reforms, and the anticipation for it's completion is high.
However, as industry thrives, agriculture has seen a continuous decline to the detriment of many traditional rural communities. The collectivisation of the farms was a brutal one, with many of the traditional peasant classes, who for a decades had enjoyed relative autonomy and peace with the government, were repressed brutally under the government on Valko Chervenkov and his Stalinist policies. It is then no surprise that by 1957, at the end of collectivisation, 92% of all farmland was co-operative, under TKZS or under the State Farming Enterprises. As the national focus is fixed on industrial enterprises, agriculture has been left to slowly shrink over time. Early collectivisation efforts reported back low efficiency on the newly formed co-operatives, and thus between 1957 to today, the number of farms dropped after periods of unification and consolidation. However, the attention and budget slowly declined with them, and today, despite the large production of foodstuffs, production remains at an all time low. Despite these glaring issues, recent publications have shown no major steps being taken to rectify these issues as of yet, though the upcoming sixth five-year plan due to be released this year may yet resolve these issues.
Overall, the economy continues to grow but for how long? And for how long can this rate of growth be maintained? Is the bold strategy to focus on heavy industry going to pay off for the BKP?
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Poland1St, Zingium
International Association Football Federation | Fédération internationale de football association
FIFA World Cup 1970 | Copa Mundial de la FIFA 1970
THE PLAY-OFFS: PART 3
---------------------------------------
As we head into the closing stages of qualification, we come to the final matches to determine our final three qualifying spots for the 1970 FIFA World Cup. 122 teams started, 29 have already qualified, and it all comes down to the final three. One team from each confederation will advance as the tension runs at an all time high. The competitors here are each one step away from glory, and equally one step away from bitter defeat. In Asia, we see the clash of the titans, as China PR step up in Beijing to take on India. Both sides boast some of the largest territories and populations in Asia, but crucially football has not yet made its way fully to the hearts and minds of the fans. The superb performances from these teams to get this far, defying to odds to outlast and outqualify giants such as Japan, will certainly help boost the popularity of the sport in their respective countries. In Africa, we see a superb match-up, it's the U.A.R. against Ghana. The U.A.R. having come back from a two-year absence from international football, fail to qualify directly under controversial circumstances, but have a chance to make it back-to-back consecutive qualifiers. Their opponents, Ghana, are among the best in the continent, having made it this far in the previous tournament but suffered defeat to Zaire. Finally, we see a tale as old as time in Europe, two rivals face one another, it's Hungary against Romania. Hungary dispatched a spirited Scottish side whereas Romania stunned the Soviet Union to advance. It will be tense in Budapest tonight.
Let's join our correspondents down pitch-side for tonight's coverage of the World Cup qualification play-offs!
---------------------------------------
China PR v India
It's kick-off here in Beijing as these two sides rush to control possession. Both teams are young and lacking in the experience of some of their rivals, though China PR managed to secure second-place in the 1968 AFC Asian Cup to the joy of their fans and their government. Already, we're seeing that confidence take effect as the Chinese team holds their ground early in this match, securing possession and getting themselves set up for the offensive. Some aggressive play here but overall a short build-up, allowing far too much time for the Indian players to get back into the box. A lone striker has a chance at goal... but it's deflected back! The scramble begins as players begin to jostle for possession, it's school-yard rules as they crowd around the ball here. The ball rolls out of the crush of players into the path of Gao Fengwen... WHO SCORES!! It's 1-0 and it's China that draws first blood here in Beijing!! The crowd is going wild as they celebrate that goal from the defender, what a brilliant piece of opportunist football there.
It's advantage China as we advance into the first half. The crowd flushed with waving red flags as their optimism rises to an all time high. India seem unphased by the early goal and are looking to try and hold possession to prevent any further Chinese attacks, spreading out nicely across the pitch to look for options. The English influence clear here as India have sought in recent years to emulate the play of European teams. Syed Nayeemuddin has the ball in the centre, he's got options out front. He makes a light advance before sending a long ball down the pitch, which could be ill advised but it lands at the feet of Mohammed Habib, who turns away from the defender and finds Shyam Thapa waiting. It's only him and the keeper as he fires a powerful shot... GOAL!! India bring it level!! It's tied at the half and India keep themselves firmly in the match as we head into the second half.
The second half begins and we see a clear change in tactics, neither side holding the advantage here as it stands level at the break. Both sides struggle to get the ball into space as the ball gets bogged down in the centre. For a spectator, one could consider this kind of play boring but the tactics of slowing the pace down may suit both sides here, giving themselves breathing space and time to set up some chances. China look to be inching ahead on the tactical side of things, trying to keep themselves in the lead and to dominate the Indian midfield, but they still can't breach the defence, the pace of the Indian midfield to return to the box with every forward ball proving too much for the Chinese forwards. There's not much to report here, as the number of chances takes a dive from the first half, and both sides settle in.
Striker Inder Singh is out waiting for the pass, which comes from the midfield. The minutes tick on as we head towards the end of the match, but Singh has a fantastic chance here. He receives the ball and has a good run on goal, he charges towards the box as he tries to keep ahead of the defence. The Chinese defenders are waving their arms at the referee and slow down, allowing Singh to take a shot unchallenged... AND IT'S IN!! But wait, the flag for offside is up as soon as they start to celebrate! The Indian side are livid with the referee, what a late call that was! Reviews are showing the pass caught Singh far offside from his nearest marker Qi Wusheng, the goal won't stand.
Final score in Beijing: China PR 1-1 India. It's all level and it's all to be decided in the final match for the AFC qualifiers.
---------------------------------------
United Arab Republic v Ghana
The whistle blows as Cairo comes alive as we enter this first CAF play-off. The U.A.R. holding possession in the first minutes as they try to find a way through, but the aggressive and physical play from the Ghanaian side starting to pressure them as we begin play here. Abdel-Karim El-Gohary with the ball, he's trying his luck to get the ball forward despite pressure from Ghana, the defensive line advancing in unison here. After some light play here, the ball is forward to Hassan Shehata, and then through the Taha Basry, who finds Aly Abou-Greisha, who has space for a shot... GOAL!!! It's an early goal for the U.A.R. here and the stadium erupts into cheers and jubilations!! The U.A.R. sending Ghana a clear message with that goal there!!
The first half continues and Ghana tries to make some inroads. The U.A.R. defence however is standing firm and the Ghanaians are facing up against a capacity crowd supporting their opponents. They're standing as strong as they can, trying to get some deep passes into their opponents half but to no avail, they're being closed down by the defenders before they even get a chance. No doubt this hyper-defensive play is frustrating Ghana, who are desperately trying to find a way through to level the match as the half continues.
Second half begins but not much changes, the U.A.R. still standing firm in their defensive play. Holding a majority of possession, they appear to be trying to run down the clock and tire out their opponents, taking away the athletic advantage many thought that Ghana would impose over their opponents tonight. Still, the U.A.R. are trying to get some balls forward, looking to secure a potential second goal to get themselves in the comfort zone for the next match, but it's tentative, as one wrong move could leave them vulnerable to a counter-attack.
It's slow and steady as the clock runs down, and we're seeing some excellent defensive play from the U.A.R., perhaps at the expense of viewer enjoyment. The Ghanaians have continued to pressure the U.A.R., recording three times the shots on target than their opponents, but some impressive goal-keeping and positioning has prevented the equaliser from going through. Despite the lack of goals the athleticism on the pitch tonight has been astounding, we've seen some players making runs and tackles the likes of which haven't been seen in Europe or the Americas. Whichever team qualifies, the world should be watching this match tonight, and take away a stern warning that this kind of play will cause them problems.
Final whistle in Cairo: U.A.R. 1-0 Ghana. It's advantage U.A.R. heading into the next match, but it's still very much to play for as we await our next match in Accra.
---------------------------------------
Hungary v Romania
Kick-off in Budapest and already the Hungarians take possession of the ball, but with the Romanian team not far behind trying to pry possession away from them. Tonight is a battle of rivals, a derby match with the potential for sparks to fly, with the added glory of world cup qualification, we could be in for a real treat tonight. Both sides are bosting some serious talent as the ball is knocked around the midfield. Lajos Kocsis for Romania passing back and forth to right midfielder Zoltan Halmosi, trying for the slow build-up as he finds Laszlo Fazekas in space. Fazekas weaves his way through the Romanian defenders, looking for space to shoot... GOAL!! Hungary take the lead and it's already advantage to the hosts. The Romanian side look furious with themselves as Fazekas leads his team in celebrations. 11 minutes in, and it's advantage Hungary.
The sting of that early goal hasn't worn off on the Romanians, as Hungary look to try and get a second goal in this half to really cement their lead in place. Their aggressive style of play still paying off for now as they continue to advance forward. The Romanians aren't having any of it, with Ion Dumitru working overtime to prevent any Hungarian chances on goal even at the risk of a yellow card, which he gets in the 17th minute. This is more aggressive play than we saw from either of these teams in their previous matches, the pressure of derby day really getting to both sides as Radu Nunweiller picks up the second yellow card of the half as a result.
The second half begins and Romania finally get the advantage in possession, opting to hold possession for the early stages of this match as they try to maintain their position. The Hungarian defence seems firm here but they will be looking to try and piece them apart on the set pieces. Some struggling in the Hungarian half but eventually Antal Dunai makes a clumsy tackle on Nicolae Dobrin, who has a chance to get the ball into the box now. He steadies himself for what will be a difficult one, from near the half-way line. It will require a lot of power but also precision as the squad pushes forward into the Hungarian half. The whistle blows, and Dobrin steadies himself. The ball flies towards the box, it won't make it the whole way but it finds the foot of Lajos Sătmăreanu, who strikes... GOAL!! Romania gets the equaliser, and it's their talisman defender who steps out of his comfort zone to deliver the goal they needed to level out the match!!
As the minutes tick down, the aggression picks up. The Romanians have rattled the cage here in Budapest and taken away Hungary's advantage. For the second time consecutively, Hungary look unable to definitively beat their opponents, not boding well for this side as the minutes count down. It's becoming tense as we get more yellow cards from either side, the referee looks to be struggling to keep the players away from each-other. What drama we're seeing down on the pitch here, does it get any more exciting than this?
Final whistle in Budapest: Hungary 1-1 Romania. It goes down to the wire in Bucharest and we'll see a thrilling conclusion to this tie in our next coverage of the play-offs.
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Maziya, Spain-
Post by Shadowjunction suppressed by Metropolitan Francais.
i'm speechless
I just came here to chat
Post by Shadowjunction suppressed by Metropolitan Francais.
I'm not sure, people are way too busy doing whatever this is.
FEBRUARY , 1970
15th Constitutional Amendment
| A bill made by prime minister [I]Goh Hock Guan[/I] for a constitutional amendment would be passed with a majority in his cabinet in favour of amending the constitution. |
| This would become the 15th constitutional amendment in Malaysia's constitutional history. This amendment of the constitution was created by [I]Goh Hock Guan[/I] to create more equal opportunities for all races within Malaysia. The amendment states:
[List][I]Section 1:
[B] Article 153 of the Malaysian constitution, which has been part of the Malaysian constitution since the nation's inception. Will be removed from the constitution with this amendment.
Section 2:
[B] Alongside Article 153. Article 3 would also be removed from the constitution as Article 3 declares that Islam is the religion of the Federation but it then goes on to say that this does not affect the other provisions of the Constitution (Article 4(3)). Therefore, the fact that Islam is the religion of Malaysia does not by itself import Islamic principles into the Constitution but it does contain a number of specific Islamic features.
Section 3:
[B] Article 152 which states that the national language is the Malay language. Will also be removed from the constitution.
[B]Section 4:
[B] Article 152 would be replaced with Article 152.1 which will state that the national langauge of Malaysia is English. The other languages within Malaysia, like Malay and Tamil are the people's language.
[B]Section 5:
[B] Article 3 will be replaced with Article 3.1 which will state that the there is no official religion of the federation.
[B]Section 6:
[B] Article 153 will be replaced with Article 153.1 which will state that the prime minister will be responsible for upholding the interest of the Indians, Chinese and other minor communities (such as the Kristang and Khmer people) in government. Meanwhile the Yang di-Pertuan Agong will be responsible for upholding the interest of the Malays and Borneo aboriginals in government.
[B]Section 7:
[B] This amendment will stay until a referendum is done to repeal this amendment.[/I] |[/list]
| As a result of this amendment to the constitution. The [URL=https://www.nationstates.net/page=rmb/postid=55078291]New Development Plan[/URL] would no longer be a viable national plan for the future of the nation, as the plan had followed the words of Article 153 for its New Economic Policy segment. As such a new iteration of the [I]New Economic Policy[/I] needs to be drafted immediately once the amendment takes effect, to take the place of the 'old' [I]New Economic Policy[/I] within the [I]New Development Plan[/I]. |
| However once news came out on the constitutional amendment. Those within Malaysia society that advocate for the ideas of Malay Nationalism and Malay Overlordship were furious about this amendment as it removed their special position and passive authority of the Malay race within Malaysian policy making. The strongest of these voices, advocating for [I]Malay Overlordship[/I] was one Mahathir Mohamad who is a disgraced member of the now [URL=https://www.nationstates.net/page=rmb/postid=55141137]defunct[/URL] [I]UMNO[/I].
However as the Malays were not happy about this amendment, the Chinese and Indians rejoiced with the amendment as it meant that race no longer mattered within the policy making of Malaysia and as such more equal opportunities will present themselves.
Prime minister [I]Goh Hock Guan[/I] would also make a statement critiquing Article 153 on the radio:
[List][I]" Article 153 granted the Yang di-Pertuan Agong responsibility for "safeguarding the special position of the Malays and natives of any of the States of Sabah and Sarawak and the legitimate interests of other communities" which would be achieved by establishing quotas for entry into the civil service, public scholarships and public education. Article 153 however creates an unnecessary, distinction between Malaysians of different ethnic backgrounds, because it has led to the ethnocentric implementation of affirmative action policies which benefit only the Malays, who comprise a majority of the population. One should also consider that Article 153 creates preferential treatment for the Malay race within policy which is against both meritocracy and egalitarianism. "[/I] |[/list]
______________________________________________
Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Spain-, Zingium
Welcome! See the above message please.
Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon
[list][sub]FEBRUARY 1970[/sub][/list]
[list][sub]BUNDESREPUBLIK DEUTSCHLAND
FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY[/sub][/list]
___
[sub]BONN, THE FEDERAL CAPITAL[/sub]
SCHOLL's PROGRESSIVE GOVERNMENT DOES NOT SHY AWAY FROM PRINCIPLES IN VIGOROUS BUDGET FIGHT
| [sub]The new government of Chancellor Sophie Scholl pulled out its boxing gloves and threw fists without hesitation, to the enthusiastic cheering of its youthful, liberal base of ardent supporters, as the German Bundestag sought to tackle the significant issue of the first budget under the new government. Speaking to a class of economics students at the Technical University of Frankfurt (Technische Universität Frankfurt, or TUF) in early January, Chancellor Scholl sought to close speculation that her government would be fiscally irresponsible and politically "overambitious", as the opposition center-right Christian Democrats alleged the DfV would be if they were given the chance to govern. Scholl now held the office of Chancellor, and thus had the prerogative to begin planning for the next federal budget. In a Cabinet meeting on 14 January, Scholl reasserted her primary objectives that she wished to achieve with their first budget and attached packages on national defense, foreign policy and more:[/sub] |
[list][sub]- Reductions in unnecessary, bloated military spending
- Expansion of budgets for new generation social welfare programs and initiatives
- Public community development programs under new federal initiatives
- Establishment of a legislative ban on conscription under non-essential circumstances
- Establishment of a renunciation of violence and armed conflict as a primary instrument for defense and foreign policy
- Establishment of a commission to investigate the safety of nuclear energy in Germany
- Denunciation of the War in Vietnam and German commitment to a peace deal[/sub][/list]
| [sub]Unbashedly liberal and unashamed to show off her true colors, apparently, reporters say as they swarmed the Chancellor's residence to get their heads wrapped around the most liberal budget package proposed to the Bundestag yet. There were some worries that Scholl might not be able to deliver for her hyper-liberal base while delivering for independents who care more about economic issues rather than the social issues that many say drove Scholl's DfV to victory. The budget package was otherwise clear-cut and standard; the same levels of funding for infrastructure and other programs, but increases are made to "New Generation" social welfare programs, public community development programs, and reductions in unnecessary military spending. The most liberal part of the agenda, however, came with the four final points: The banning of non-essential conscription, the renunciation of violence and armed conflict as a primary instrument of U.S. defense and foreign policy, and the denunciation of the War in Vietnam and reiterated German commitments to a peace deal between East and West.[/sub] |
| [sub]Immediately, the Chancellor and her government faced criticism for what opponents - and there were many - described as overly wordy or unnecessary in some parts. Protests and counter-protests erupted in the country as various forces sought to secure dominance in the new political age of Germany. Chancellor Scholl and her government here displayed the prowess with which they aimed to guide the country into the future. They buried their heels and refused to make any significant concessions in negotiations with their Free Democratic Party (FDP) coalition partners, who were skeptical about military spending cuts and the expansion of social welfare budgets. The Christian Democrats slammed the budget proposal as a "clear betrayal of German allies near and far" and called Scholl's decision to support denunciation of the Vietnam War a "sign of their clear lack of foreign policy and diplomatic experience". Ludwig Erhard, opposition leader, opened lanes of attack against the governing DfV, but Scholl's government resisted hard, opening vicious floor debates where DfV deputies defended firmly their government's budget.[/sub] |
| [sub]Eventually, with the backing of the FDP, a watered-down version of the budget that pleased as many people on the left as possible. It was one point for Germany's progressives in this round of political gamesmanship. While the denunciation of the Vietnam War, military cost reductions, and renunciation of violence and armed conflict as a national instrument of policy were not included in the final budget passed, Scholl pledged to keep fighting for the "issues that matter", pointing to her success in bridging the increasingly vast CDU-SPD divide. Some progressives chafed at the idea of their government partnering closely with the free market FDP, but by and large, many within the ruling government coalition supported reaching compromises to get things done.[/sub] |
______
[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
]
Peoples Republic Of Czechoslovakia
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
[/spoiler]
Arcanda, Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Tallahan, Maziya, Spain-, Zingium
The Republic of Northern Rhodesia (1965-1970)
The rise of Northern Rhodesia is one that the world did not expect. After the independence of Rhodesia on November 11,1965, the Republic of Northern Rhodesia would follow suit in November 20, 1965. The premise is the same: white minority rule much like South Africa and Rhodesia. The third such country that has white minority rule in Africa. The largest city known as Rottingham was becoming a modern city under the African sun rivaling the modernity of Johannesburg or Sailsbury. And the capital city of New Edinburgh a beauty among all the capitals in the region known for it's rising urban core and remains of the Victorian and Edwardian eras. The little sister of New Edinburgh, Victoria Bay is a modern beach resort as well as port city along Lake Malawi. It's beauty the backdrop of the hills and the lake.
President Robert Kingsman has become the head of state with the head of government as Prime Minister George Wright. The legislative of Northern Rhodesia the 100 member single chamber Northern Rhodesian General Assembly. The chamber is dominated by the far right wing National Front the party of the Prime Minister. The official opposition of the right wing North Rhodesia Party and the third parties of the left wing, Democratic Party and Green Party. Over the last 2 years alone, the Wright government and the National Front has pushed a even harsher segregation policies than ever before. Including creating black slums and small homelands similar to Native American reservations of the Old American West. With the black population being prohibited from living in White or Asian communities but allowed to work and visit white areas during curfew hours only.
Other policies prohibit blacks from owning land outside of slums or homelands. Interracial marriages are prohibited. Education up to a competition of high school are required for all residents regardless of race. Though education such as college or university are reserved for Whites and Asians. The Northern Rhodesian Defense Force has been at the forefront of security and defense of the country. While the bush war counties and has been going on since 1963 it has only recently escalated with an increase even harsher restrictions on the black majority. Northern Rhodesia can be described as a police state warry of communism and any attempts of a power grab or sharing of power with the black majority. The white population has ballooned in recent years because of a settler campaign encouraging whites to move in for a better life.
Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Tallahan, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Zingium
★ AL-MUKHABARAT AL-ARABIYYA ★
[list][list][list][pre]
"Events are not a matter of chance."
[/pre][/list][/list][/list]
_________________
[list][sub]░C░L░A░S░S░I░F░I░E░D░[/sub]
[sub][sup][REDACTED] 1970 - [REDACTED][/sub][/sup]
[list][sub]Whether both entities liked it or not, Egypt and Sudan were bound by geopolitics, history, and blood. For both of their fates are tied together, for better and worse, and both of each other's fortunes depend on each other. For this reason, the status of Sudan had always been of prime importance to the national security of the United Arab Republic, and the handling of the so-called 'Sudanese files' were one of the first departments created within the General Intelligence Service of the UAR, currently handled by Lt. Col. ██████ who has overseen it since 1967. The Sudanese files are the second largest intelligence files after the Israeli one.[/sub]
[sub]In recent years, there has been somewhat of a discontent that the United Arab Republic has not taken...certain actions to ensure the dominance of Arab Nationalist elements in the Sudanese government. Nonetheless, Sudan has never really went out of its way to become more than just a minor issue, though there were alarm bells all over during the normalization process with the Israeli enemy, though it was 'conveniently' overlooked due to the special status of Egypt and Sudan. In recent years however, it had become apparent that for the future, especially in the wake of the 1967 Setback, that nothing can be left up to chance and that the status of the Sudanese question must be settled. [/sub]
[sub]Thankfully for Cairo, the opportunity almost came to them served on a golden platter. Their fellow Intelligence head in Khartoum had begun to plot against the government, something that the UAR's services confirmed through its sources in the S.I.R.A quickly enough. Ga'afar Nimeiry seemed like a quite perfect option, a military strongman with no strong ties to any ideology, a mercenary unlikely to cause much problems for his neighbors up north.[/sub]
[sub]For the SIRA to step in and acquisition the top seat required first a scene of chaos in which they were the only sane institution left. Once again, the Mukhabarat had a chance right on their laps. It is no secret that despite the Socialist veneer that the United Arab Republic exudes, that it opposes the proliferation of any Communist presence on Arab land, due to the view of Communism as an atheistic foreign import. For the UAR politicians like the head of the Sudanese Communist Party, Abdel Khaliq Mahjub, were nothing short of an existential threat especially as Mahjub's writing found its way to some of Egypt's intelligentsia.[/sub]
[sub]In a bid to eliminate two birds with one stone, the GIS and SIRA approved a joint operation to assassinate Mahjub and begin setting up a scene of chaotic political violence that would force the SIRA to eventually step in and restore order. The decision to assassinate Mahjub was not a hard one, being a radical Communist in the Middle East meant he had no shortage of enemies, and the "brave" soldier put himself in harm's way out of a false sense of martyrdom more often than not.[/sub]
[sub]Really, all that was needed was one bullet in the middle of a speech, later to be claimed by an 'Islamist' front operated by the GIS and the work was done. Quick and efficient, as the GIS had established as their modus operandi for many years. Repercussions were anything but simple of course, immediately the next day following Mahjub's death, the entire leftist current in Sudan was in uproar and had all but declared a unilateral decision to combat Sudanese Islamists and Mahdists. The nation was in no threat to collapse any time soon, its institutions were much stronger than that, but one of many steps forward towards a land of undistilled chaos was achieved.[/sub]
[/list]
Cascadla, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Tallahan, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Mutawakkiliti, Zingium
Hey, I have a question. Am I allowed to claim any land for my country?
The Great Game (Intermission): The Unexpected Entry of the Athletes
[sub]January, 1970[/sub]
As Indonesias elite played a high stakes game for the future of the nation, undercutting and plotting against one another the country continued on as usual. Ordinary life, both inside and outside the nation went on as if nothing grand was happening behind the scenes. Perhaps, one of the greatest symbols of this was Indonesias continuing participation in international sport. Indonesia had sent a delegation to the 1968 Summer Games and its national team had fought for a spot in the prestigious FIFA World Cup. Much to the frustration and embarrassment of many Indonesians, the country had underperformed in both. No medals during the Summer Olympics and Indonesias National Football Team, arguably its most popular national sports team, had failed to qualify both for the regional Asia Cup and for the coveted World Cup. The bottom line was that Indonesia was seriously behind when it came to sport.
Indonesias failure to qualify or even stand out significantly in international sport didnt go unnoticed by the average Indonesian. Young Indonesians in particular, the majority of whom had access to radio and television were very invested in the countrys performance abroad and upon seeing it underperform they made their complaints known. Over the next few months, the offices of both the President and the Peoples Consultative Assembly were inundated with letters demanding that the government act to support Indonesian sport. Athletes from the Indonesian Olympic Committee and the Indonesian Football Association along with several other national sport organizations signed letters of protest to President Suharto and the Speaker of the Assembly, Abdul Haris Nasution who in their eyes had done little to support national sport.
However, it wasnt until the Indonesian Students Action Front (KAMI) became involved that the demands of Indonesias athletes were finally heard. The Action Coordination Committee (Komite Koordinasi Tindakan - KKT) signed the letters penned by the Indonesian Football Federation and Olympic Committee, prompting both Suharto and Nasution to take some form of action or risk angering the nations most powerful youth group. Both national sporting groups had made simple demands. They wanted support from the National Government, additional funding and better infrastructure to train their athletes. The Olympic Committee in particular requested that Jakarta provide them with resources to form a national scholarship program to attract young talent to sports, taking advantage of Indonesias youth moving to the cities in search of better opportunities and a better education.
KAMIs intervention and a strange and growing interest by the Radikal faction eventually pushed both Nasution and Suharto to work together to make their demands a reality. While rare, both Suharto and Nasution had seen the threat posed by such a seemingly contentious issue. To many, sport was a symbol of national pride and prestige, and that had been enough for many radicalized students to back efforts to ensure Indonesia properly invested in its athletes. Refusing to support them could be interpreted as rejection of Pancasila. After all, wasnt nationalism and pride in the nation one of the only things keeping Indonesia together?
In the end, Indonesias athletes received what they wanted and more. Motivated largely by self-preservation, Nasution and Suharto had agreed to give national sporting bodies significant autonomy and authority over funding provided by the National Government. The Peoples Consultative Assembly unamimously passed two bills related to sports.
One, dubbed the Sports in Education Act would provide funding for the expansion of sports infrastructure in high schools and universities and provide scholarships for students based on their performance and recognized athletic talents, and gives the Ministry of Education a mandate to expand the curriculum to include physical education as a main part of all schools across the country. The second bill, dubbed the Patriotic Sports and Youth Enrichment Act, forms the MPR Committee on Sports tasked with specifically hearing the concerns of national sports organizations. The bill goes further by mandating that annual budgets contain funding for sports adjusted for inflation and finally, it also declares specific sports as having national importance. These were listed as:
[list][*]Football
[*]Canoeing
[*]Cycling
[*]Rowing
[*]Sailing
[*]Shooting
[*]Diving
[*]Swimming[/list]
These sports would receive additional funding, including extra support for infrastructure and the training of new athletes. Finally, the Act also includes a provision for the construction of a so-called national sports center in Indonesias future capital. This final section of the bill was added by Suharto at the last minute despite opposition from Nasution who saw it as excessive and unnecessary. Despite his opposition, blocking the bill would have been disastrous for the MPR, giving the President the upper hand in short-lived conflict.
While the new laws have certainly satisfied the high demands of Indonesias athletes, only time will tell if state support for sport will propel Indonesia forward in international sport as fast as many within the sports community believe. Regardless, emotions have died down on the issue and now, many within the top national sporting organizations particularly the Football Association of Indonesia and the Indonesian Olympic Committee have gathered to begin the difficult task of distributing government funding and outline plans for the future of Indonesian sport.
Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Sport-Internationale, Zingium, Independent Singapore
The enclave is here
Great Birmania
A Successor to Cantave?: The Last Caudillo or Iron Pants
February - March 1970
| As Prime Minister Léon Cantave lay dead, his political party, the Haitian Action Party (PAA), would meet to decide the fate, and direction of their party. While many candidates threw their hat into the ring, including the current interim Prime Minister Franck Lavaud, only two men appeared as suitable replacements for the late Prime Minister, Joaquín the Last Caudillo Balaguer, and Paul Iron Pants Magloire. Each man presented radically different ideas for their version of Haiti.
The Last Caudillo
| Strongmen built Haiti, they ruled Haiti, and they have saved Haiti more than once. Liberalism, and weak democracy had brought civil war, segregation, and foreign occupation. This was the line of reasoning Joaquín Balaguer followed. His faction, often referred to as the Conservatives, or the Cantavists, argued that an authoritarian hand was needed in Haitian politics. Not only did they believe all of Cantaves restrictions on press, media, and assembly should remain, they believed elections should remain narrow, restricted, and infrequent. Pushing for meritocracy, technocracy, and authority, they represented the authoritarianism that exemplified the Cantave regime.
The Achilles heel of the Cantavists would be the economy. Cantaves economic policy favored excessive state intervention, high taxation, and protectionism, with state ownership of the economy drastically increasing to offset declining exports. These policies did little to save the stagnant economy, which had contracted in the 1960s, nearing the end of Cantaves regime. While Balaguer provided some promises for economic recovery, mainly favoring massive civilian projects to stimulate economic growth, the failures of the economy would plague his faction and prevent his rise.
Iron Pants
| When someone looks at Paul Magloire, most do not expect him to be a liberal. A military general, he was among the highest-ranking members of the Haitian military next to Cantave who participated in the 1946 coup. Nonetheless, while agreeing the fall of the Mulattocracy was necessary, Magloire and Cantave quickly split on what to do next. Cantave and his supporters ardently supported the rigorous dismantlement of democracy, enshrining of military dictatorship, and firm control of the economy.
Meanwhile, Magloire and his supporters who would become the main instrument and body of the party favored a more light hand towards ruling. While kept in the shadows politically, Magloires popularity and charisma ensured that when Cantave finally died, his chance to rule had come.
Favoring as he called it State Guidance not State Dominance Magloire adopted ideas he had seen from Scandinavia, Korea, Singapore, and Japan, pushing forward the idea of totally restored elections, maintaining bans of radical parties, speech, assembly, etc, while liberalizing restrictions for everyone else. Economically, tax reduction, self-made welfare, and the transferring of state-owned industries into private management under a state-owned holdings company.
The Victory for Liberalization
| The Haitian Action Party met in the Haitian Parliament building. There they would begin to cast their votes for who would be the next party leader, and by extent Prime Minister of the Haitian nation.
As everyone cast their votes, the parliament sat in anticipation. Interim Prime Minister Franck Lavaud read the results, announcing that Paul Magloire had secured the partys nomination to be the new party leader, and Prime Minister.
While the parliament exploded into debate, with the Cantavist faction being the loudest screaming their rejections, Joaquín Balaguer sat quietly, politely clapping at the announcement, even as his faction seethed in rage. Above all, Balaguer was a political operative and a snake; if the Cantavists failed he would not attach himself as the hip to them.
Even when given the punishment of being named president, and so being stripped of any real ability to effect policy, and being excluded from the party for the next decade, Balaguer still made the most of it, diving headfirst into economic management of the reforming of state-owned enterprises and the new state-owned holdings company. Ironically, in defeat, Balaguer became far more popular than he likely ever would have been as the Prime Minister.
For Magloire his mandate was now secure, and the liberalization of Haiti would begin.
Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Tallahan, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Independent Singapore
[list][spoiler=🇵🇱🇦🇾 🇲🇪 🇫🇴🇷 🇦🇲🇧🇮🇪🇳🇨🇪⦂ ᴇʟ ᴛʀɪꜱᴛᴇ]https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LWSAEGMPXT8&t=50s[/spoiler][/list]
[list]░░░ 𝐓𝐇𝐄 𝐄𝐍𝐃 𝐎𝐅 𝐓𝐇𝐄 𝐏𝐀𝐑𝐓𝐘
[sup]𝐒𝐢𝐠𝐥𝐨 𝐗𝐗 - 𝟏𝟗𝟔𝟗 | 𝙴𝚂𝚃𝙰𝙳𝙾𝚂 𝚄𝙽𝙸𝙳𝙾𝚂 𝙼𝙴𝚇𝙸𝙲𝙰𝙽𝙾𝚂[/sup][/list]
[sup]In the aftermath of the glorious Mexican Revolution, a new era of politics had at long last arrived for the people of Mexico. From the top of a mountain of corpses, Mexico's enlightened despots, Alvaro Obregon and Pultarco Elias Calles, would dictate to the unwashed masses the new order of things. An order of peace and progressall that was needed for this great change was just a little more blood and a little more violence. More so by Calles, who was the one to establish the National Revolutionary Party (PNR) in 1929, setting the stage for the one-party rule that would dominate Mexican politics for decades to come. Calles would come to power after Obregon's assassination on July 17th, 1928, by a Catholic fanatic opposed to his anti-clerical laws. Calles, known as "The Jefe Maximo," would implement policies that centralized all politics under the PNR while also cracking down on opposition and dissent through harsh tactics such as the infamous Cristero War. Despite his presidential term ending in 1928, Calles would not simply withdraw from Mexican politics but rather conduct political maneuvers within the PNR to keep a tight hold on future presidents of Mexico and continue his political will. This era of Mexican politics would be known as the "Maximato," as Calles ruled by proxy over three Mexican presidencies: Emilio Portes Gil (19281930), Pascual Ortiz Rubio (19301932), and Abelardo L. Rodríguez (19321934). The Maximato would eventually come to an end when Calles very own political disciple, Lázaro Cárdenas, assumed the presidency in 1934 after the elections. Rather than serve as another pawn for Calles, Cardenas would outmanuver Calles, eventually having him arrested in his own home and immediately exiling Calles from the country. Officially ending the Maximato and the PNR would transform into the PRM, Partido de la Revolución Mexicana.[/sup]
[sup]With the end of Calles influences, a new chapter emerged in Mexican politics. Cardenas sought to put an end to the old caduillo system, which had former generals of the Mexican Revolution dictate party policy. Now was the time for a civilian government and a return to the PRI's original support base of rural peasants and working class urbanites. Under the Cardenas presidency, he was renowned for his progressive policies, including agrarian reform and the nationalization of the oil industry, which came under the control of state owned PEMEX. He also implemented social welfare programs, improved working conditions, and protected workers' rights. He supported the formation of labor unions and enacted legislation to establish minimum wage laws, limit working hours, and provide social security benefits for workers. Cardenas would also enact social justice programs to uplift the indigenous population and reconciliation with the Catholic Church by repealing former Calles laws. All around, Cardenas left the presidency popular and beloved by the general population in 1940. After Cardenas, the country entered what many referred to as a golden age of economic prosperity, dubbed the ''Mexican Miracle" in the 1950's . The PRM's name would undergo its final name change under President Avila Camacho to the PRI, or Partido Revolucionario Institucional, to symbolize the final consolidation of a new modern civilian government.[/sup]
[sup]After a decade of economic abundance and political dominance, the PRI began to face challenges in the 1960s as social unrest and dissatisfaction with the one-party system grew. The economic developments of the 40s and 50s led to the birth of an emerging Mexican middle class that increasingly saw the dominance of the PRI in a negative light. Various worker unions also began causing ripples, more so the national teachers syndicate, which saw itself at odds with the administration of President Gustavo Díaz Ordaz. Ordaz, a long time PRI politician, assumed the presidency in 1964. Compared to the previous administrations, Ordaz's had an authoritarian streak and was infamous for his inflexibility when dealing with dissent. This led to further tensions and protests within Mexico, culminating in the tragic events of the Tlatelolco massacre in 1968, where hundreds of students were killed by government forces. With corruption scandals, PRI authuritariasm, and the economy setting into decline, it seems the long party is coming to an end.[/sup]
[list][list][spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
]
Peoples Republic Of Czechoslovakia
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
[/spoiler][/list][/list]
Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Sport-Internationale, Independent Singapore
International Association Football Federation | Fédération internationale de football association
FIFA World Cup 1970 | Copa Mundial de la FIFA 1970
THE PLAY-OFFS: PART 4
---------------------------------------
It's been just over a full year of qualifying, with shocks and heartbreaks abound, as we enter the final matches for qualification for the 1970 FIFA World Cup. Congratulations must be offered to every single team and player that represented their country and contributed to the excitement that makes this the greatest sporting spectacle in the world. For our last day, we're down to the wire, with the final six teams competing for the last three spots. The excitement grows and the tension is palpable as the crowds flood into the stadiums. Tonight, we travel to New Delhi to see India face China PR, level on aggregate, it's all to play for. We travel to Accra where hosts Ghana find themselves a goal down to their opponents the U.A.R.. Finally, we head to Bucharest where Romania are level with their rivals Hungary for the final European qualifying spot. No team has enough of a gap to be comfortable heading into these matches, and we could see some play-off magic come to fruition tonight.
Let's head pitch-side with our correspondents for our coverage of the final play-off matches.
---------------------------------------
India v China PR
Kick-off in New Delhi as China take an early advantage, holding possession from the centre as they take the ball away from a seemingly disorganised Indian midfield. We've got a capacity crowd tonight, one of the largest attendances in regional football history as both teams will be vying for their first appearances at the World Cup. Already we see central-midfield Yang Anli with the ball for China, he's trying to look for options as they opt for the slow build attack. It's tense here but he gets it over to Lui Li Fu, the attacking midfielder trying to make a run but he's stopped, the ball rolls back to Gai Fangchen, who intercepts and does make his way through. He's got defenders around him but he weaves his way around them and tries his luck from the distance... AND SCORES!! 1-0 China and what a way to open the scoring here!! A goal from outside of the box just slips out of the reach of the Indian keeper. That's got to hurt for him this early on!
Advantage China, and they're certainly playing to it. The Red Dragons looking dominant in the pitch here as India fail to secure a single forward play as the match goes on. Captain Qi Wusheng determines the play here, and sends a long ball down the left wing to Zang Cai Ling, who's going for a superb run here, he's basically unopposed as the Indian defenders can't get to him in time. He makes it down to the corner flag, where Syed Nayeemuddin is trying to block him in. He wriggles his way out and delivers the cross, which flies into the box and drops into huddle of players. It's chaotic there, nobody is quite sure where the ball is but it comes to Wang Jilian who gets a foot to it... GOAL!! The ball rolls past the unaware keeper and comfortably into the net!! China make it 2 and the match already seems to be getting away from the hosts tonight!!
India need to find something special here if they're going to keep themselves in this tie. 2 goals down at the 30th minute is not where they wanted to be. Shyam Thapa with the ball, he's trying to find a way out of the closing Chinese midfield but delivers an excellent through ball to Inder Singh, who's out front with space, and now this is really dangerous of the Chinese side. He's outpacing the defenders as he sprints towards the goal, just keeper Li Fu Sheng to beat now, and he takes his shot... AND IT'S IN!! A triumphant goal there for Singh and with such power it almost takes the net off of the goal frame!! The crowd erupts into a deep roar, enough to shake the very ground, as India get one back!! It's not enough to save them just yet, but it will be enough to keep them in the running as the first half ends!
Second half begins and China understandably opt for the defensive approach. They're dropping the midfield back to hold onto their lead and trying for long balls out the forwards waiting. India look far more spirited heading into this second half, looking to try and rectify the deficit, but the Chinese side are looking extremely determined not to let a single ball through their defensive lines. A few chances sent forward into the Chinese half are not enough to worry them, as the look to run-down the clock and play the game of attrition.
Only five minutes on the clock as the Indians make a run for goal, this time getting nearly all their men forward to swamp the Chinese defence and give themselves a better chance. It's Singh again with some space as he's looking to get his way through, having to hold off defender and defender until he's brought down... and it's a free-kick for India at a dangerous distance. The referee organises the players as China try to secure their player wall as best they can. Mohammad Habib to take, he's deadly from this range but Li Fu Sheng has been on excellent form this tournament. The whistle blows, he steadies himself and shoots. The ball flies towards the goal, it's heading towards the far post, can the keeper make it... HE CAN'T!! GOAL!! They've levelled it at the death and India are still in this match!! The Chinese side are furious with themselves, wasting a 2 goal lead here and now it looks like we're heading into extra time!
Extra-time starts and it's becoming pandemonium, both sides fighting eachother to keep possession of the ball. India have exhausted themselves getting the equaliser and are being run ragged by the aggressive Chinese forwards, that second half offering them a brief moment to collect themselves. India desperately fend off shot after shot from the Chinese forwards, their best case scenario is either getting a set play or holding the Chinese to penalties. China must be remembering their previous appearance here, having held the advantage against Saudi Arabia in the 1966 AFC play-offs before losing it at their second match in Beijing, they'll be wanting to avoid yet another defeat consecutively at this stage. The whistle blows, and it's all over for extra time, as we head into the dreaded penalty shootouts.
Hosts to take first, with Shyam Thapa to take. He's steadied himself as the referee orders to Chinese keeper behind his line. The crowd stamps their feet, shaking the stadium and trying to throw off the keeper. Thapa takes his run, and shoots... MISSED!! Over the crossbar!! Keeper didn't have to move there, he saw that coming!!
Gai Zengchen to take China's first penalty. Cool and collected, he lines up and shoots... GOAL!! 1-0 China, and they take the advantange.
Inder Singh to take India's next penalty, can he put them back into the running here? He takes a long run, going for power... SAVED!! A powerful shot deflected from the hand of the keeper, that's got to hurt stopping that shot!!
Xu Yonglai to take China's next penalty. The pressure mounts on this young man as he steadies himself to shoot... GOAL!! 2-0 China!! It's all running away from India now!!
Mohammed Habib to take the next penalty for India. It's all down to him, if they miss, China will be able to finish this with their next penalty. He takes a run, trying to trick the keeper... MISSED!! It hits the post and it's heartbreak for this man, he drops to his knees as the referee tries to usher him away from the spot!
Qi Wusheng, the captain, to take China's next penalty. If he scores, China will qualify for their first ever FIFA World Cup. He steadies himself, seemingly calm but undoubtedly feeling the nerves, he makes a run and... IT'S IN! The captain sends them through as the entire Chinese squad floods onto the pitch to celebrate!
Final score in New Delhi: India 2-2 China PR, China win 3-0 on penalties and will go to Colombia for their first ever FIFA World Cup. A disappointing night for India, but their performances will undoubtedly offer them hope for the future. There will be celebrations in Beijing tonight, the Red Dragons victorious for the first time in their history!
---------------------------------------
Ghana v U.A.R.
Kick-off in Accra and the Ghanaian supporters are out in force for their team tonight. It's so loud we're struggling to here ourselves here in the media box, as Ghana battle for their first ever World Cup appearance. The U.A.R., after a strong starting performance in Cairo, are looking to maintain their advantage, already opting for a slower, more defensive play. Ghana, on the other hand, are opting to play a far more aggressive match, already demonstrating feats of athleticism as they seemingly outpace the Egyptian players around the field. The ball comes to Osmanu Orlando, who gets it to Ibrahim Sunday, who sprints down towards the box with support. He looks unstoppable as he can't caught by his markers, he gets down close to the box with the keeper waiting, and sends the ball back into Osmanu... GOAL!! Ghana score and the crowd goes wild!! It's all level on aggregate and the U.A.R. look in trouble now!
Ghana's early goal prompts an immediate change, where the Egyptians may have hoped to hold onto their lead from the first match they are now forced to do it all over again. They try to hold their ground in the midfield, sending the ball back and forth the central midfielders but unable to get it forward, the strikers getting blocked and marked before they even have a chance to react. Ghana are clearly on a mission tonight and it's all to play for now. With the second-half beckoning, both sides try to get some chances but neither manages to convert for now.
The second-half begins and the tensions grows, the score is all level here and it's going to be a fight to the end for both sides. Some early changes from the exhausted Ghanaian sides, the downsides to their aggressive and physical strategies being the need to constantly change out their players. They push into the Egyptian half, really looking to make an impression, and the ball falls to the feet of Malik Jabir, who shrugs off Hany Moustafa to get through the defence, he's being pressured by the other centre-back now as he tries to get through towards goal. He's got Kwasi Owusu trying to call for the pass, but Jabir is being held so he tries his luck... GOAL!! What a shot to get that in!! With seemingly no space, the keeper fumbles the save and it goes past him into the back of the net!! It's Ghana who hold the advantage now, and the U.A.R have it all to do!
Substitutions for the U.A.R. as they bring on more attacking midfielders, they need the equaliser to stay in this match and the clock is ticking down. The Ghanaian fans are shouting and cheering in the stands as they get closer and closer to their World Cup dreams. Aly Abo Greisha taking a commanding role at the front here as we enter the final ten minutes, trying to organise an Egyptian counter-attack. Getting the midfielders forward, they have a chance from the set-piece here. The free-kick flies in towards the box, but keeper Robert Mensah is there to punch the ball away, and it goes behind the Egyptian midfield into the path of Ibrahim Sunday, who runs unopposed as the keeper rushes to get back into his box. The crowd goes wild and noise fills the stadium as the keeper can't make it back in time, with Sunday catching up to him he delivers a shot from long distance. It rolls past the keeper, will it go in... IT WILL!! Ghana make it 3!! Surely it's all over now as the Egyptian side looks dejected!1
Final score: Ghana 3-0 U.A.R., Ghana win 3-1 on aggregate! The Ghanaians will travel to the World Cup for the first time in their history, cementing themselves as a rising force in African football, and what a memorable way to secure their qualification. The U.A.R. will have to wait another four years, a disappointing performance from previous qualifiers but with a two-year absence from international football, it couldn't be ruled out.
---------------------------------------
Romania v Hungary
Bucharest roars into life with the whistle signalling the start of play, as we head into yet another derby day between these two European nations. Hungary looking to secure back-to-back World Cup qualification after a disappointing run over the past few years, and Romania seeking to make their first World Cup appearance since 1938, it's all coming down to the wire between these old rivals. Early on it looks like Hungary are holding the advantage, definitely in the midfield, trying to bait the Romanians into chasing after the ball and tiring them out before the end of the first half. Particularly they'll be wanting to target the midfield, especially their talisman Dobrin, who caused havoc for both Hungary and the Soviet Union in previous matches. Undeterred, they jostle for possession in the centre.
The first half goes on and Hungary are the first to get some chances forward, despite the opposition from the ferocious Romanian crowd tonight. Laszlo Nagy with the ball, he's got plenty of options but chooses to hold onto it for now, nudging forward slightly as they try to keep themselves in formation. He's got to make a decision quickly before they close the options down. A lob pass forward to Ferenc Bene, who taps the ball quickly to Laszlo Fazekas, who has the space and he's in range to shoot... GOAL! Hungary take the lead and it's Fazekas who strikes first! The Hungarians in the crowd are loving this as Bucharest falls silent! Advantage Hungary, but for how long as he head into half-time.
Second-half begins and immediately the Romanian side springs into action. A clear change in tactics here as they focus on holding possession, trying to keep the Hungarians from securing another goal. Despite being a goal down the team appears to be unphased, focused entirely on striking back and bringing the match level once again. Controlling the midfield, they slowly inch forwards, trying to bring their defenders forward with them. A free-kick from range provides a welcome relief for the Romanians, we're looking at the potential for a comeback here, with plenty of options in the box. Dobrin steps up to take, waiting for the whistle he lines up. The whistle goes, and he takes his shot, the ball flying towards the box, but going too high and heading towards the goal... AND IT'S IN!! Romania bring the score level again and what a superb goal that was!! Dobrin celebrates with his team to the jubilations of the crowd!
Hungary look to be struggling as head into the final ten minutes, it's crunch time now as either side could steal away the win in the closing moments. It's the Romanians with the advantage, controlling the pace of the match and looking to keep themselves ahead of the ailing Hungarian team. Dobrin in the centre, he gets the ball to Dembrovschi, who keeps it moving forward as they advance, being closed down by the midfield. The ball teeters around the Hungarian half until it gets out wide to Radu Nunweiller, who has a chance for the cross... but it's wayward and flies to the other end of the pitch. It's collected by Mircea Lucescu, the captain seeing an opportunity here fires another one in, it curves towards the far post, and Dumitrache is there to meet it... GOAL!! A simple header is all it takes and Romania have taken the lead!! The crowd look like they're going to break through the boundaries onto the pitch at this rate! It's chaos at the touchline as the the team crowds around their striker to celebrate!
Final whistle in Bucharest: Romania 2-1 Hungary, Romania win 3-2 on aggregate. Romania make it to their first World Cup in over 30 years with a triumphant win against their rivals, with Hungary suffering another missed tournament, signalling that maybe their time at the top is starting to end.
And with that, World Cup qualifiers are over! Join us next time for the World Cup draw!
Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, New Provenance, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway
[pre]١٩٧٠, Fibrāyir February, 1970
SIRA HQ, Khartoum 2nd Neighborhood, 39th Avenue East, Khartoum, Province of Khartoum(Mukataet Khartoum)[/pre]
[list][pre]The Republic Of Sudan جمهورية السودان[/pre][/list]
[list][list]SIRA ROUNDS UP DISSENTERS AND POLITICAL AGITATORS ABDEL KHALIQS ASSASSINATION PUTS COUNTRY AND GOVERNMENT ON EDGE AHEAD OF ELECTIONS[/list][/list]
Amidst the election year of 1970, the Sudanese Republic had finally completed 20 years of sovereignty as an independent state, including a decade as a fully-fledged Republic since 1960. However, it had only been 3 years since the last election in 1967, where the streets of Khartoum had felt rather intense, where the air had felt suffocating, your actions watched, and your ability to trust strangers on the streets dwindled by the day. Those three years had blanketed Khartoum in an era of suspicion and paranoia, all under the watch of the military police occupation now existing within the limits of the capital city. Deployed after the 1967 Khartoum riots, Provincial and local municipal police departments have increased in patrols and numbers, along with help from members of the Sudanese Defense Force stationed in Khartoum.
The deployment of troops to the capital had all occurred under the guidance and recommendations of the SIRA to the Presidential Administration, in response to the horrendous riots that rattled the city back in 1967. The Nimiery Directory of the SIRA benefited greatly from this deployment. Soldiers on the streets under the command of high-ranked military allies meant more power involved in Nimierys restoration of peace and order initiatives, should the outcome of the upcoming election prove chaotic. It also provided him with the help he needed to bring and arrest dissenters, and deemed political threats to the capital if necessary. However, its becoming increasingly speculated amongst opponents and those critical of Nimeiry and the Lwoki Administration, that the continuous spurs of violence are a symptom of a crumbling corrupt regime attempting to sow the seeds of chaos and instability to promote and justify a hostile authoritarian take over of the Sudanese State.
But those speculations fail to rise amidst Sudans rising sectarian ideology, especially amongst Islamists, Arab Nationalists, and Communists, putting the moderate establishment Nimiery is devoted to protecting, under the threat of hostile takeover. It had seemed with the help of some dark foreign powers, the SIRAs plot to secure the seat of power for Nimiery was rolling straight down Barlaman Avenue, amidst the chaos and frenzy following the assassination of the political leader of the Sudanese Communist Party, Abdel Khaliq, which many now pin the responsibility of his death on the Islamist Faction of the Mahdi Umma Party, that had for long planned to establish a theocratic state under the Mahdi lineage. The MUP, now accused of political treachery with no serious evidence to land any of its members behind bars, had found itself at odds with the coalitions government vision of a secular democracy in Sudan. The MUPs position in a future coalition government with any of Sudans factions has now entirely been eviscerated by what many label a show of hostility. On the street level, it had seemed that the communists in retaliation to the deaths of their leader, had declared a shadow war against the Mahdi Party, and inadvertently, the government itself, which had long opposed the communists as harbingers of atheism and foreign deviancy to the country. This shadow war had transpired to minor yet serious clashes amongst several groups throughout the country. In Berber Province, rumors had spread that the communists had torched an Islamist institution, angering many of the countrys self-acclaimed religious devotees to Islam, regardless of their political affiliation. This had in turn also further sparked anti-government hostilities, much of which were directed at the southern and Christian President, along with the Islamists now accusing the Liberal Partys ideology of federalism as actively dividing and undermining the unity of a strong Muslim north.
As peace continued to crumble and the political cohesion of a united nation devolved even further, President Lwoki began questioning his position in the 1970 election, even considering in private discussions with the cabinet, to postpone the elections in the aftermath of the Khaliqs assassination and the recent Islamist Communist clashes amongst themselves and also against his government. A disaster for the President, however a perfect case scenario for the SIRAs Director who had attended this cabinet emergency meeting. Nimiery is about to have the opportunity to finally put the government and country in line, and return the country to its much-needed stability and restoration of confidence in their government. A confidence that he had actively undermined, to rattle the foundations on which this facade of the Republic has been built.
AL-NASRU LENA!
AL-NASRU LE SUDAN!
[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
]
Peoples Republic Of Czechoslovakia
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
[/spoiler]
Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Tallahan, Spain-, Slipway, Sport-Internationale
[list][pre]Febuary 1970[/pre]
[sub][/sub][/list]
[list][list][list][pre] T H E S T A R L E D G E R [/pre][/list][/list][/list]
[list][pre]Governor Cahill Launches Bold Anti-Corruption Agenda in Inaugural Address, Promising Comprehensive Reforms for New Jersey[/pre][/list]
[list][sub]During the summer of '67, Newark and the adjacent city of Plainfield found themselves in the grip of urban upheaval. Predominantly fueled by African American residents, unrest unfurled over a five-day span, marking the infamous 1967 Newark and Plainfield riots. These tumultuous events stemmed from a prevailing sense of disenfranchisement within the African American community. The aftermath of the Newark riots painted a bleak picture, tallying 26 fatalities and nearly 1,600 arrests. This era of civil discord stands as a pivotal chapter in the subsequent downturn of Newark and its neighboring locales. A profound consequence was the mass migration of residents to suburban enclaves, reshaping the urban landscape. Racial tensions persisted across New Jersey, surfacing in smaller upheavals in Trenton in '68 and Camden in '69, highlighting the enduring challenges afflicting the state.[/sub][/list]
[list][sub]Earlier last year, Cahill entered the political arena by launching his campaign for the Governorship: his rival, Democrat Robert B. Meyner, former governor who had previously served from 1954 to 1962. In a notable win, Cahill defeated Meyner, clinching the position and becoming New Jersey's first Republican governor in 16 years. Cahill officially assumed the governorship duties on January 20, 1970, initiating his term in office.[/sub][/list]
[list][sub]In his succinct inaugural address, Governor William T. Cahill solemnly vowed to eliminate corruption from the government and restore the state's compromised political reputation. During this period, the state continues to grapple with recurrent scandals involving organized crime and misconduct by public officials. Governor Cahill committed to undertaking a thorough initiative to tackle these issues and renew the focus on education, law enforcement, and transportation. In addition to these pivotal areas, he promised resolute action in housing and healthcare, outlining a comprehensive agenda to improve the overall well-being of the state and its residents.[/list][/sub][/list]
[list][sub]Upon assuming office, Governor Cahill promptly translated his commitment to combating corruption into tangible measures. In a swift and decisive move, he issued 12 executive orders in the initial days of his tenure. These executive orders were meticulously crafted to reinforce his commitment to addressing corruption within the government comprehensively.[/sub][/list]
[list][list][list][spoiler=[sub]Commonwealth of Liberty[/sub]
I'm literally New Jersey
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
The Kemalist Republic Of Turkiye
[/spoiler][/list][/list]
Arcanda, Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Tallahan, Spain-, Slipway
West Indies Federation - Port-of-Spain
February 1970: An Unstable Unity
The West Indies Federation was born out of the idealism of the pro-independence, pan-caribbean initiative and spurred forth by the agreements in London for our own independence. The formative years were one of internal strife and fractures that nearly tore this nation apart before it had time to establish itself, the leeward islands opted out, divisions between Trinidad and Jamaica nearly ripped the federation apart, yet we put aside our challenges for the sake of our unity. Now, just 12 years after our formation in 1958, our institutions are solid and the foundations secure, or so we would like to believe. Our institutions still remained shackled by the old colonial system. Besides the PM a majority of our cabinet is white, our banks run by whites, our school boards, even the beloved carnival still prefers the light-skinned for beauty contests. The commanding heights of our economy are still held by foreign whites or local whites, and our own people are not given the means for advancement. It cannot stand, and for many now, it will not.
The Black Power Movement, an anti-imperialist and anti-colonial idealist movement formed by Jamaican and Trinidadian scholars alike, has taken the spotlight as hundreds of striking poor workers and angry students began a march through Port-of-Spain. They waved the Pan-African green, black and red banners, carried portraits of Fidel Castro, Kwame Ture and Uriah Butler. Such scenes had not been seen in Trinidad since the labor uprisings of the 1930s, as police and protestor brawled on the avenue, the opportunistic robbers slashed store windows and the impassioned threw stones. After 3 days of riots, the National Joint Action Committee, the leading organization of the movement, formally broke off the Port of Spain Riots. Small scale demonstrations are still continuing across the Federation, and the possibility of things escalating is still high. What was 100 could turn to 1000, what were stones could turn to bullets.
Prime Minister Eric Williams has begun his counteraction plan. Williams is perhaps uniquely suited to calming the BPM, his work on Capitalism and Slavery and his knowledge of the political system make it clear that he personally supports the overall ideals. The issue is making the movement believe that, and at the same time saving his political career and face of the international community by not appearing as "anti-white". Making a radio announcement, he declares that "I am for Black Power.", he continues, "The Black Power Movement enlisted the sympathy of a number of people, especially young people, who bitterly resented discrimination against black people, both here and abroad. This is a legitimate grievance and I would have been no party to any attempt to repress it. Following he went to continue that the, "Black Power Movement has degenerated into race hatred and even attacks on black business in Tobago and Point Fortin. These cannot stand further, and we will address all events as they fit."
Making good on that promise, he has announced a 5% levy to fund black unemployment campaigns and officially opened the nation's first local commercial bank. This should be seen as a sign of progress, and the listening of the people, yet the effects are still yet to come.
Arcanda, Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Spain-, Slipway
[pre]| FIRST OF FEBRUARY | PREMIER FÉVRIER |[/pre]
[pre]| 1970 |[/pre]
[list][list][list][pre]DRC ★ DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC OF THE CONGO
RDC ★ RÉPUBLIQUE DÉMOCRATIQUE DU CONGO |[/pre][/list][/list][/list]
THE LEOPARD OF ZAIRE:
THE MAN, THE STATE, THE PARTY!
LE LÉOPARD DU ZAIRE :
L'HOMME, L'ÉTAT, LE PARTI!
| THE MAN - L'HOMME |
[pre]A former soldier of the Colonial army and later journalist promoting independence Mobutu Sese Seko has lived a crazed life of many changes and shocks. Mobutu was born in Northern Belgium Congo in the city of Lisala to a Ngbandi family, his mother a maid and father a cook for a Belgian judge. His disobedience in his youth led to him being forced into the Colonial Army of the Belgians which he served in for seven years creating a militant discipline within the young man. While in service he continued to educate himself and even found himself writing pro-independence articles for magazines while inside the Colonial Army after leaving the Colonial army he entrenched himself further into politics and journalism. The Congo crisis allowed him to distinguish himself to western politicians. Many called him an excellent pragmatist and a proponent of Common sense compared to the rest in positions of power in the Democratic Republic of the Congo such as Patrice Lumumba who worried the west with his favoritism towards the Soviets and leftist thought. During the crisis a dispute between Lumumba and Kasa-Vubu allowed Mobutu to enact a bloodless coup to establish a government of technocrats. Lumumbas actions to try to thwart Mobutus first coup led to his future execution. With assistance by Kasa-Vubu Mobutu firmly established power in both the Political sphere and the Military which allowed him to end the Simba and Kwilu rebellions.[/pre]
[pre]Mobutu was not satisfied with his brief stint in complete power though which ended after the crisis. A stalemate occurred in the government post crisis between Tshombes presidency and its refusal to confirm Kimbas confirmation to become the nation's Prime Minister. At the age of thirty-five in 1965 he conducted his second bloodless coup against the Congolese government. He declared a state of emergency giving him near totalitarian status in the nation for five years and banned political parties blaming them for the ruin in the Congo. Later in the year most power of the state was concentrated in Mobutu and his cabinet. In 67 the Popular Movement of the Revolution was established as the sole political party in the DRC and progress Mobutus mission in transforming the DRC forever.[/pre]
| THE PARTY - LA FÊTE |
[pre] The official party stance was officialized in 67 with the Manifesto of Nsele. This manifesto laid out what Mobutuism and Authenticité are, the cornerstones of the Popular Movement of the Revolution. Mobutuism claimed to be an ideology of neither Right, nor Left ; a third position culminated through Mobutu Thought and the ideals of a continual never ending Revolution to cleanse and progress the Congo for eternity. The revolution called for extreme pragmatism to guide the Congo through the turmoil it has faced previously and will continue to face for decades to come. Its strongest point though was the intense disdain and distrust of communist thought as Mobutu has shown with the severing of relations with the eastern bloc and a full embrace of western support for his regime at large. For the people of the Congo the party promised a strong central government, sweeping reforms to better labor conditions, creation of an authentic identity, and complete economic independence. Authenticité is the campaign to effectively force an authentic national identity across the Congo to combat ethnic tensions, tribalism, and regionalism. One major movement of this campaign is the removal of remaining colonial culture within the Congo including the changing of individuals name such as Mobutu Sese Seko himself formerly Joseph-Désiré Mobutu and the renaming of Cities and towns within the country such as Kinshasa which used to be called Léopoldville.[/pre]
Authenticité has made us discover our personality by reaching into the depths of our past for the rich cultural heritage left to us by our ancestors. We have no intention of blindly returning to all ancestral customs; rather. We would like to choose those that adapt themselves well to modern life, those that encourage progress, and those that create a way of life and thought that are essentially ours. - L'Authenticité nous a fait découvrir notre personnalité en puisant au plus profond de notre passé le riche héritage culturel que nous ont légué nos ancêtres. Nous navons pas lintention de revenir aveuglément à toutes les coutumes ancestrales ; plutôt. Nous aimerions choisir ceux qui s'adaptent bien à la vie moderne, ceux qui encouragent le progrès et ceux qui créent un mode de vie et de pensée qui sont essentiellement les nôtres.
[pre]Authenticité was an ideology that Mobutu has successfully been using to establish his strong Cult of personality that after five years of rule has only grown stronger by the day. Mental decolonization would also find an enemy in the Christian churches of the DRC allowing Mobutu to force all Christians into the four remaining legal churches: Kimbanguist Church, the Catholic Church, Eastern Orthodox Church, and Church of Christ in Congo. All remaining sects would be forced to assimilate into these four legal churches.[/pre]
| THE STATE - L'ÉTAT |
[pre]Since 67 the MPR has acted with complete power being the only political party to nominate candidates for elections. The position of President had been given immense power with the abilities to admit and dismiss and determine their responsibilities of nearly all political positions within government. The bicameral legislature was replaced with a unicameral Legislative council. President Mobutu was also allowed to rule by executive decree as he pleased alongside the use of security forces as he pleased.[/pre]
[list][list][pre]PEACE-JUSTICE-WORK![/pre][/list][/list]
[list][list][pre]PAIX-JUSTICE-TRAVAIL ![/pre][/list][/list]
Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Tallahan, Spain-, Slipway, Salisbury-Southern Rhodesia
[sup]-- SOUTHERN RHODESIA --[/sup]
╾╾╾╾╾╾╾╾╾╾╾╾
[sup]FEBRUARY 1970[/sup]
[sup]|-| THE POWER STRUGGLE |-|[/sup]
[sup]Rhodesia's two largest parties will begin a power struggle in a rather unconventional way.[/sup]
[sup]The Rhodesian Front and Ian Smith[/sup]
[sup]Initially formed as a party to protect European interests, the Rhodesian Front has moderately moved towards becoming a nationally representative party in recent years, lowering attitudes on race and exclusion and introducing race rolls. While somewhat opposed to it, many conservative Europeans did see the need to moderate, especially with major changes hitting the nation economically and militarily due to numerous reasons. However, one should not be led to believe otherwise to the fact that this was nothing but an act of preservation. The Rhodesian Front was aware of the nation's pressing issue, and it sought to save itself by offering concessions to the African population. The problem? Giving a taste does not satisfy needs, especially on issues regarding civil rights, the train had started and it would not stop. The party was divided, one side blamed it on concessions to the African community, and the other for not acting sooner on concessions, regardless, the consensus was clear, the 1970 General Election would be chaos. The result of this all? Opposition within his party. It was pretty clear that some within the Rhodesian Front were not too fond of concessions, but it was always a silent minority. Now it was a loud minority. With his grip on power in an unclear positioning, Ian Smith must consider his actions coming into the 70s, a new decade for either change or the status quo.[/sup]
[sup]ZAPU[/sup]
[sup]Despite some defections to ZANU in his party, Joshua Nkomo's ZAPU had remained stable in the face of the newly-seen armed opposition in the form of ZANU. Hailed for his ability to get fair race rolls into Rhodesian law, Nkomo felt that change could be achieved honestly and without bloodshed should they push for further concessions in the political realm of Rhodesia. ZANU and Mugabe, however, had other plans. Capitalising off the betrayal some felt towards Nkomo, Mugabe defected from ZAPU to his own ZANU and saw a solid intaking of ZAPU militants and members, allowing ZANU to gain a new foothold within African politics nationally and undermine Nkomo's ZAPU. Nkomo must now seek to gain victory in Rhodesian politics if he wishes to keep his party and himself prominent and trusted.[/sup]
[sup]The General Election; a Power Struggle begins[/sup]
[sup]Every voting place would have three sections, one for Africans, one for Europeans, and one for Asians. Every hall would be separated by temporary walls, soldiers, and government workers. How could someone gain an upper hand with such a system? Simple; rally for your enemy. The Rhodesian Front was massively supported by the European population, however, there was still a significant group of outliers. The Centre Party, an opposition to Ian Smith's RF was rising in popularity before the election, espousing ideas of moderation and safety. The party would likely gain very few seats than it already held- without outside help. Nkomo ordered his party to rally for the Centre Party, raising its support and spreading its posters and ideals. By doing so, they hoped to secure enough of the European vote for it to gain a voting upper hand against Ian Smith. The unexpected help would come from Smith's party, ironically from those who opposed any form of African power. The stage is set for Nkomo to usurp Smith with his own group, whether he will succeed is a matter of pure luck for him.[/sup]
Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Spain-, Slipway
★ UNITED ARAB REPUBLIC ★
[list][list][list][pre]
"Fear is, I believe, a most effective tool in destroying the soul of an individual - and the soul of a people."
ANWAR EL-SADAT
[/pre][/list][/list][/list]
_________________
[list][sub]𝐍𝐀𝐒𝐒𝐄𝐑'𝐒 𝐆𝐀𝐌𝐁𝐋𝐄:
𝐑𝐄𝐕𝐎𝐋𝐔𝐓𝐈𝐎𝐍𝐀𝐑𝐘 𝐒𝐓𝐄𝐏 𝐅𝐎𝐑𝐖𝐀𝐑𝐃[/sub]
[sub][sup]FEB 1970 - UNITED ARAB REPUBLIC[/sub][/sup]
[list][sub]Despite the many successes of the revolution and the various gains made under President Nasser, there had always been the understanding that the revolution has failed to translate into a truly enshrined institution, most obvious being the lack of a true political vehicle for mass participation or a true mass party. This is reflected by the emergence of three different 'political organizations' across the years, the Liberation Rally which was the first attempt at creating such an organization in 1952, its successor, the National Union in 1956, and finally the Arab Socialist Union in 1962. In each of those cases, the party has failed to truly take root, partially due to just the power vested in Nasser himself. Attempts at reforming the Arab Socialist Union into a more traditional mass party were only partially successful, as factionalism and the outbreak of the Six-Day War grinded the reforms to a halt.[/sub]
[sub]The emergence of Khalid Muhyi al-Din as the head of the Arab Socialist Union restarted this process, and it soon became apparent that a new path was once again necessary. The Arab Socialist Union suffered too many issues and its conflicting paths between being an engine for Nasser's policies and its attempt at being its own political organization had caused it to stagnate and it was agreed upon that it would be better to fully reorganize the party. Thus, the main powers in the ASU went to the drawing board, and announced the February 6th Resolution. .[/sub]
[sub]Building on the March 30th reforms, the February 6th Resolution is fully the brainchild of Khalid Muhyi al-Din. Drawing on his Marxist background, and his various influences, the Feb 6th Resolution aims to re-organize the Arab Socialist Union along Marxian lines, taking greatest inspirations from Third-World experiments such as in Cuba. The first change comes through the creation of a new political party, the National Progressive Party, which is set to consume the infrastructure existing from the ASU without any of the baggage.[/sub]
[sub]The National Progressive Party differs from the ASU in several respects that makes it function more traditionally as a leading political party in the state. It's charter explicitly details its ideology as 'Socialist', and 'Arabist' (unlike the ASU which remained purposefully vague), it operates on the principle of Democratic Centralism, adopting it from the foreign Socialist parties (and even some non-socialist ones such as the Taiwanese Koumintang), which essentially makes all decisions taken by the leadership of the NPP binding after a period of debate and discussion, it creates a new 225-man Central Committee which is to be the main executive organ of the state, which in turn would elect an 8-man Standing Committee which would operation when the Central Committee is not in session. In addition, as one of the first decrees passed by the NPP, factionalism would be banned, thus forcing ideological discipline for Nasser's 'Socialism'. In general, the National Progressive Party is also structured much more like an actual mass party. As part of the reorganization, the National Progressive Party would merge within it the various mass organizations (such as the Socialist Youth Organization) into its own structure, as well as the economic planning committees, thus putting under it most of the state's executive functions such as state planning, youth organizations, the press, and so on.[/sub]
[sub]Furthermore, in order to truly cement it as part of the state, a decree parallel to the February 6th Resolution set that each provincial chapter would now have equal power to the provincial governor, with both in effect having equal power though the National Progressive Party's would in practice force ideological subordination from the governors, thus keeping them in check. The state-controlled Arab Trade Union Federation, the only legal national trade union centre, would be under the subordination of the National Progressive Party. [/sub]
[sub]One notable consequence of the National Progressive Party was the re-emergence of more radical and socialist sectors of the Arab Socialist Union that were hampered by the non-ideological character of the Arab Socialist Union, such as the youth movement led by Mufid Shehab. With the NPP aiming to be an ideologically driven party, and a leading guide of state activities, it required the emergence of a class of political theorists to drive its development, thus these formerly sidelined ideologues became an important function of the newly created party, creating literature and analysis for the Central Committee. [/sub]
[sub]The National Progressive Party would later then hold its first political conference, electing President Nasser as it's Chairman and Khalid Muhyi al-Din as General-Secretary, as well as the 8-man Standing Committee consisting of Gamal Abdel Nasser, Khalid Muhyi al-Din, Anwar Sadat, Hussein el-Shafei, Ali Sabry, Sharawi Gomaa, Sami Sharaf, and the surprising election of Mu'mmar al-Gaddafi. The Standing Committee reflected generally the still large amounts of power held by the Gomaa-Sabry axis, which was the main political power during the Arab Socialist Union, and the general elimination of many of Nasser's previously powerful comrades such as Zakaria Muhyi al-Din who would generally occupy these positions. Elections for the Central Committee itself in the meanwhile would be held later on a pending date. [/sub]
[/list]
Arcanda, Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Spain-, Slipway
[pre]T H E K I N G D O M O F S A U D I A R A B I A | المملكة العربية السعودية [/pre]
𝐓𝐡𝐞 𝐘𝐞𝐦𝐞𝐧𝐢 𝐖𝐚𝐫 [sup]4[/sup]
[pre]P A R T F O U R - PEACE IN A RUPTURED WORLD, EXCERPT[/pre]
[pre]In a world where unfair merits and measures keep bring our people down, we stand in the face of a powerful opinion; to invade a fellow ally and brother or to face pressures from larger entities than ourselves; for that is the choice were are faced with.[/pre]
[list][pre]-King Salman of Saudi Arabia[/pre][/list]
________________________________________________________
| A choice many modern Arabs face today is a choice of war; made by a single man. King Salman openly agreed to declare war on the Yemeni Peoples Republic for a long time. Though Arab citizens were neutral with the decision, and some unhappy. As the war progressed for the few months it was in action, the increasing possibilities of a Saudi controlled Yemen seemed inherit. As naval forces surrounded Aden and armies marched for Aden, it seemed the war was already won. Though, a single desicion from one superpower would create a different story. As the Soviet Union began to warn Saudi Arabia that an invasion of Yemen would mean an indirect war with the Soviet Union. Fearing the possibilities, Salman truly looked at the situation and realized he had made an inherit mistake. He immediately arranged for soldiers to be extracted from deep Yemeni cities and be redirected to Shibam or Al-Waidah, depending on the specific instruction. Most went to Shibam, while others to Al-Waidah, the epicenter of the war in the first place. The city slowly became larger as Saudi construction projects to hold over the months. Shibam has not had the same luck, for local citizens put up a fight to be controlled. The local authorities evutnally got it under control and began making themselves home, but this wouldnt change a thing about the people themselves.
| Salman claimed the war to be over and wished to discuss negotiations with the nearby UAR president, Nasser. He told Nasser to meet his brother, Prince Faisal, for a brief meeting regarding the terms of a ceasefire. Nasser came and told the Saudi minister what he wished, and Faisal approved, later Salman did as well. A official ceasefire was ordered on the 17th of February, which became known as the Day of Silent Smoke. The Saudi soldiers began returning to Shibam and Al-Waidah and navy assets discontinued regular bombings on the Aden Coasts. The ships went back to Saudi ports on the mainland. As Salman is faced with increasing desperation for an end, he ordered soldiers to stay in Shibam and Al-Waidah and wait for further instruction. The military admirals began following the kings orders and marched back to either Shibam or Al-Waidah. The king was hopeful that maybe the Yemeni would allow territory up to Shibam to be occupied and considered Saudi land, but this was unlikely even by his standards. He did know however they would most likely give up Al-Waidah, which was the most realistic scenario. For now, however, a ceasefire between Saudi Arabia and South Yemen insures a hopeful resolution to a seemingly endless war.
Paramountica, Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Slipway
[list][list]SHŌWA 45 | MARCH 1970[/list]
[list][list]日本万国博覧会
[pre]NIHON BANKOKUHAKURANKAI[/pre][/list][/list]
[pre] E X P O 7 0 [/pre]
[list][list][sub][pre] オー・スネイル 富士山に登ろう でも、ゆっくり、ゆっくり
O Snail; Climb Mount Fuji But slowly, slowly![/pre][/sub][/list][/list]
SUITA, OSAKA AFTERNOON
[sub]OSAKA PREFECTURE, Nippon-Nihon[/sub]
| Expo 70 has growth and harmony as its theme. Workers scurried between incomplete structures. Rumbling around on red scooters, postmen were figuring out their routes. Police officers reviewed strategies to deal with the anticipated number of pickpockets. But theres no question that Expo will open on time. Before the 1964 Tokyo Olympic Games, chaos likewise reigned, essentially until the hour that the flame was reignited. After that, in a last mad dash of work known to the Japanese as a kamikaze construction charge, the laborers completed everything up to the very last doorknob. At Expo, the same is anticipated. |
| Over the course of Expos 183 days, visitors from Japan and the 1,000,000 foreign visitors that are anticipated will be inundated with an astounding array of sights, sounds, and smells. The pavilion area is home to 72 nations showcasing their products, creating what observers refer to as the battle of the rooftops. Naturally, the Soviet Union and the United States are among the fighters, with the former sporting a striking 339-foot-tall red-and-white sickle-shaped structure and the latter with an oval Fiberglas Beta roof that hugges the ground and is secured to concrete embankments with wires. Buildings in Burma are shaped like royal catamaran barges, those in Hawaii like volcanoes, and those in the Ivory Coast like elephant tusks. Abu Dhabi, a tiny sheikdom on the Persian Gulf, even has a pavilion because, as the Expo brochure states, by participating, it aims to make new friends throughout the world. The general planner, Japanese architect KENZO TANGE, says he enjoys the contrasting effects. He claims that the Furukawa company of Japan constructed a traditional seven-story pagoda, which is the only structure that truly enrages him. The displays are as different as the building design. The United States will exhibit real moon rocks, space suits, and an Apollo 11 lunar module mockup to highlight its lunar victory. Russia will place a strong emphasis on Soviet science, culture, and history as it marks the centennial of Lenin's birth. The fair uses methods that were first introduced in Montreal three years ago, and it offers a number of eye-popping multiscreen light shows together with surreal audio performances. 1,300 loudspeakers set into the walls and ceiling of the Japan steel and iron industries building will dazzle guests with a Song of Steel. |
| Visitors to the Expo will have access to a 64-acre Japanese garden with ponds, bridges, cherry trees, twisted pines, bamboos, and teahouses as an escape when they get tired of the displays. With 210 dining establishments designed to serve 235,000 meals daily, they can try anything from Siberian snow grouse to Algerian cous-cous. The Bolshoi Opera, the New York Philharmonic, and the three-mile Daidarsaurus roller coaster are just a few of the entertainment options. Offering an alternative kind of entertainment, radical Japanese students organize protests to voice their opposition to the Establishment in charge of the event as well as the U.S.-Japanese security treatys anticipated renewal in June. Protests could also be scheduled to take place in conjunction with foreign leaders scheduled visits, so the Japanese police are ready. The majority of the $2 billion invested by the government and business on Expos transportation and lodging facilities. Even so, Expo might not be able to accommodate the crowds. Families are being requested to host guests, and all hotel rooms within a two-hour radius of Osaka are already reserved. The worst issues might arise on a recently constructed highway designed to handle 25,000 automobiles per day but expecting an influx of 35,000. Drivers heading to Expo are advised by the police to make sure they have two meals, drinking water, and a portable restroom before they leave. |
Paramountica, Arcanda, Amsterwald, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Slipway
Eesti Metsavennad - We Endure!
Estonian Brothers!
The flames of freedom still burn bright in the hearts of true Estonians! The occupiers may claim victory, but their grip weakens with each passing day.
WE ARE NOT CRUSHED!
We, the Forest Brothers, have not been silenced. We live on in the spirit of resistance that courses through the veins of every Estonian. We are the sons of the forest, the ghosts that haunt the occupier's dreams.
Our fight continues!
Every act of defiance, every raised voice, every flicker of Estonian spirit is a victory against the oppressor. We call on all Estonian hearts to join us!
Together, we will:
Defend our language and culture!
Preserve the traditions of our ancestors!
Fight for a free and independent Estonia!
Remember:
Silence is compliance! Let your voices be heard!
Unity is strength! Support your fellow Estonians!
Hope is our weapon! Never lose faith in a free Estonia!
Estonians! Rise up!
Join the Forest Brothers!
Freedom for Estonia!
Eesti jääb!
Official flyer of the Forest Brothers
Paramountica, Arcanda, Nippon-Nihon, New Provenance
[list][list]SHŌWA 45 | MARCH 1970[/list]
[list][list]大阪万博
[pre]ŌSAKA BANPAKU[/pre][/list][/list]
[pre] E X P O 7 0 [/pre]
[list][list][sub][pre] オー・スネイル 富士山に登ろう でも、ゆっくり、ゆっくり
O Snail; Climb Mount Fuji But slowly, slowly![/pre][/sub][/list][/list]
SUITA, OSAKA MORNINGTIME
[sub]OSAKA PREFECTURE, Nippon-Nihon[/sub]
| His Majesty the EMPEROR and several other members of the imperial family entered their private box as the strains of Japans national anthem floated over the Senri Hills near Osaka. As paper cranes and multicolored flags swirled around them in the strong breeze, cannons fired a five-gun salute and a 100-member orchestra played the MASARU SATO-written piece Fanfare of the 21st Century. Then two giant robots entered Festival Plaza, along with 110 members of a childrens band that launched into the Expo March. Japans Expo 70 was officially underway. Worlds fairs have been held in the West since Britains Prince ALBERT organized his Crystal Palace Exhibition in 1851. But this is the first fair to be held in Asia. Japan, defeated at the end of the war, far surpassed all Asian nations, and most Western nations, in an admirable economic boom that placed it in third place (behind the U.S. and the Soviet Union) among the world's industrial giants. The spectacular Expo 70 remains the ultimate symbol of Japans growing self-confidence and strength. |
| More than $2 billion (much of it for the construction of new roads, subways and housing) were invested in the Expo. Seventy-seven countries (including Hong Kong) have pavilions. The Americans exhibit, aimed at Japanese baseball fans, features BABE RUTHs uniform, a moon rock, and a lunar module. Russias exhibit includes two Soyuz rockets that docked in space in 1969 and a replica of composer PETER ILYICH TCHAIKOVSKYs elegant 19th-century room, with his real grand piano. 50 million Japanese (about half of Japans population), as well as 1,000,000 foreigners, are expected to visit the Expo. Japanese police officers are ready to warmly welcome 203 guests pickpockets whose necessary information has been provided by Interpol; police are also looking for 482 outstanding locals. Most worrying for authorities, however, is the prospect of terrible traffic jams and packed hotels. In Osaka, everything is crowded and even the tiny ryokan, or rural inns, are doing good business. Tokyo is also congested. |
Paramountica, Arcanda, Amsterwald, Metropolitan Francais, Slipway
[B]AN UNCERTAIN FUTURE: CHANGING HANDS, MUSTERING FORCE
[sub]| 23 September 196717 January 1968 | The Valley, Republic of Anguilla, Leeward Antilles |[/sub]
Whilst clandestine supply runs keep the sovereigntist Anguillans emboldened to their cause of independence, the Bradshaw administration in St. Kitts soon began to plan it's mustering of an adequate force to take the necessary actions in restoring Anguilla's place within the tripartite Associated State. On 25 September 1967, Premier Robert L. Bradshaw flew to St. John's in an effort to meet with Antiguan Premier, Vere Cornwall Bird, and establish a consensus on how to proceed against the Anguillan Crisis, as is known outside of Anguilla itself. Months of independence for an entire peoples, reduced to an 'ongoing crisis' by forces ignorant of their plight and way of life. In the eyes of post-colonial Premier's like V.C. Bird and Robert Bradshaw, the expression "might makes right" was a code by which they governed in adherence to.
For Vere Bird and Antigua, it would only become a matter of time before copy-cat secessionists revolutionised on Barbuda, part of a duumvirate union-state with Antigua, all the same. Bearing this in mind during his impromptu visit to St. John's, Premier Bradshaw amplified those fears to solicit assistance of Antigua in a unified intervention to repatriate and occupy Anguilla whilst negotiators from the United Kingdom on behalf of the Crown ensure a compromise of return. However, Antigua's support alone was not enough and Bradshaw began forming a campaign around it. By late November 1967, R.L. Bradshaw had made similar visits to Willy H. Bramble, Chief Minister of Montserrat and H. Lavity Stoutt, Chief Minister of the British Virigin Islands. Though the Premier made headway with Stoutt in Road Town, in Plymouth, William Bramble stonewalled most of Bradshaw's plans to garner constables from Montserrat for his aspiring combined police operation.
On 11 December 1967, the Anguilla Island Council concluded an agreement over telephone with two members of Parliament wherein for one year, a British official would exercise basic administrative authority alongside Anguilla's governing council and it's chairman, Ronald Webster. The interim agreement would wrench the idea of an intervention, at least for a time. On 8 January 1968, Mr. Tony Lee was sworn in as British Commissioner of Anguilla for this transitory collective administration, to take up residence for the next year within the island trenched in political strife, with armed militants camped out on the South Hill overlook, regularly observing The Valley through binocular lens. All the meanwhile, the hodge-podge equipped Anguillan Gendarme would continue to receive drop shipments from Nevis, with Lee's presence doing little to alter the scope of their cause or bring Tenny Dover down from his commandant's view upon the hillside redoubt.
After the new year reared, however, it grew ever apparent that this interim cooperative government agreed upon and exercised by Mr. Tony Lee in conjunction with the Anguilla Island Council was not sufficient enough to guarantee any true lasting solutions regarding the fate of Anguilla, at least not for Anguillans themselves, who will except nothing less than separation, whether from St. Christopher-Nevis-Anguilla or from free association with the United Kingdom altogether. Telephone negotiations between London and The Valley would continue despite the initial December agreement, attempting to permanently remedy the 'crisis' at hand. Speaking before the House of Commons of the United Kingdom on 17 January 1968, Joseph B. Godber, Minister of the Foreign and Commonwealth Office, assured that no decision unacceptable to the Anguillan people would be made "under any circumstance". By extension, this relieved the minds of many but not of all. It was clear, Whitehall did not intend to utilise force to solve this crisis, much to the chagrin of Tenny Dover, who viewed peace resolutions as politically disadvantageous. This, perhappenstance, is derived in part from fear that an accord reached peacefully would not only lead to the disarmament of his paramilitary, but would, with equitable measure, stifle the progress made on behalf of Anguillan sovereignty thus far. If the people of Anguilla came under the belief they could achieve political headway through non-violent means, they more than likely would opt to do so rather than to be armed and encamped as an insurgent. Though, Dover had not yet garnered the reactionary reprisal that which he nor the some 250 other Anguillans amongst his band had initially anticipated their independence puscht would.
[spoiler=[sub]O LANDS OF BEAUTY![/sub] ] Adriatican Islands AmsterwaldAnglo Channel Arcanda Bhaarat Lok Cascadla Cheezaslovakia Connomia East Germany Ddr Great Britain Gb Greater Kurdistane Hatzburg Israelli Kewtpuff Klingenthalerburg Kotakuan Ii Ma-Li Maziya Metropolitan Francais Mutawakkiliti Nevbrejnovitz Newauroria New Provenance Nileia Nippon-Nihon Osivoii Paramountica Paseo Peking Zhongguo Pontianus Provenancia Ranponian Rio De La Plata Argentina Rutannia Saudi Arabiyah Socialist Democratic Republic Romania Spainard Spain- The Confederate Prussian Empire Vancouver Straits Victoria Harbor Vietnam Sv Virnall [/spoiler]
Paramountica, Arcanda, Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Spain-
Northern Rhodesia
1970 Northern Rhodesian General Election
On the morning of March 1, 1970, registered voters went to polling stations to cast their ballots in this year's general election. The second election since independence of the Republic. A test of Prime Minister George Wright and the National Front Party's rule. 345,000 voters out of the total 426,000 registered voters a 81% turnout went to cast their votes. The National Front retained their majority albeit smaller. The National Front has promised a motorway and improved national highway network. Another promise is a increase in budget in police, security, and the armed forces. A final promise is to encourage couples to have at least 2 children with a tax credit from the government for each child as well as subsided childcare costs up until the age of 5.
The official opposition, the Northern Rhodesia Party promised race rolls similar to Southern Rhodesia and allowing educated and wealthy Africans the same rights as white and Asian residents. Another promise is to establish a public national healthcare system similar to the NHS in the UK. And to decimalize homosexuality.
The left wing Democratic Party has promised an end of segregation and a transition to multi racial government under a black majority. Another promise is to expand the white and asian public education system to all people of the country, as well free healthcare for all.
The far left wing Green Party has promised to end segregation, a increase in founding to environmental causes such as the creation of new national parks and cleaning up polluted areas. In addition to selling land to black farmers from white and asian land owners with compensation.
Prime Minister George Wright has won reelection and will remain Prime Minister. His rule has been tested and he passed the test cast by voters. Prime Minister Wright's party has moved to pass a National Highway improvement and establishment of motorways bill that will transform the country much like it has for South Africa. If passed plans and construction of such motorways and national highway network will begin soon after. Other promises of National Front are said to be in the works.
Paramountica, Arcanda, Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Slipway
Assembled with Dot's Region Saver.
Written by Refuge Isle.